Thesaurus Palaeohibernicus/St. Gall Glosses on Priscian

From Wikisource
Jump to navigation Jump to search
Thesaurus Palaeohibernicus, Volume II  (1903) 
Whitley Stokes and John Strachan, eds.
St. Gall Glosses on Priscian
[ 49 ]

Priscian.

a. Codex Sangallensis. No. 904.

P. 1a

Cum omnis eloquentiae doctrinam et omne studiorum genus sapi­entiae luce prae­fulgens a Graecorum fontibus diriuatum Latinos proprio sermone inuenio cele­brasse et in omnibus illorum uestigia libra­libus1 con­secutos artibus uideo, nee in his solum quae emendate ab illis sunt prolata, sed etiam quosdam errores eorum amore Graecorum doctoruni deceptos imitari2, in quibus maxime Graeca uetus­tissima gram­matica ars arguitur peccasse, cuius auctores, quanto sunt iuniores, tanto3 perspi­caciores, et ingeniis floruisse et dili­gentia ualuisse omnium iudicio con­firmantur eruditis­simorum—quid enim Herodiani artibus certius, quid Appol­lonii scropu­losis defici­libus­que quaes­tionibus enucle­atius possit inueniri4?post illos5…conatus sum pro uiribus6 rem arduam quidem…

[ 49 ]

P. 1a

1: .i. libardaib2: attá diṡeirc[1] la laitnori innangrec[2] co seichetar cid a­comroircniu[3] ·3: inméitso4: issí tra indiassa ro(s)echestar som5: indead innanísin6: is huasneurt dom ara­doidṅgi

[ 49 ]

P. 1a

1. i.e. librariis[4].2. the Latins have such love for the Greeks that they follow even their errors.4. it is this couple[5], then, that he has followed.6. ’tis above my strength for its diffi­culty.

  1. the second i over the line
  2. MS. innagrec
  3. MS. acomroicniu
  4. ‘libralibus’ should of course be liberalibus
  5. i.e. Apollonius and Herodianus
[ 49 ]

P. 1b

…si eos imitor1, qui…

…quamuis ad Herodiani scriptorum pelagus et ad eius patris2 Appol­lonii spatiosa uolumina meorum compen­diosa sunt existi­manda scripta librorum.

[ 49 ]1: .i. ci insamlar2: aite

[ 49 ]

P. 1b

2. tutor[1].

  1. i.e. Apollonius
[ 49 ]

P. 2a

Huius tamen operis te hortatorem sortitus iudicem quoque facio, Iuliane consul et patricie, cui summus digni­tatis1 gradus summa ad­quisiuit[1] in omni studio2 ingenii claritudo3 non tantum accipiens[2] ab excelsis gradibus honorum pretii, quantum illis decoris addens tui, cuius mentem tam Homeri credo quam Virgilii animo constare, quorum uterque4 arcem pos­sederat musicae, te tertium5 ex utroque

[ 50 ]copos­situm esse con­firmans quippe non minus Graecorum quam Latinorum in omni doctrinae genere praefulgentem. Tibi ergo hoc opus quasi ad Deum6 deuoueo, omnis eloquen­tiae praesul, ut quan tamcumque mihi Deus annuerit suscepti laboris gloriam7, te comite quasi quodam sole delu­cidius crescat.

Titulos etiam uniuersi operis per singulos8 supposui libros…

…quae (sc. litterae) et in quas transeunt per declinationes uel composi­tiones9 partium orationis.

…de accidentibus10 singulis syllabis…

[ 49 ]

P. 2a

1: inna­flaith­emnachtæ2: hicach ceniul fis ⁊ ecni3: .i. int­airdircus[3]4: .i. indias sin5: .i. trisfer friu

[ 50 ]6: amal bid do dia7: .i. cid bec cid mar indinducbál ó dia tarhési denmo ind libuir bith má de do buith daitsiu hi coim­thecht oco·⏑8: athitol re cach libur ar naroib cummasc foir9: .i. ut accentus ·d· ·c·10: donaib hí thec­moṅgat

[ 49 ]

P. 2a

1. of the princedom.2. in every kind of knowledge and wisdom.3. the conspic­uous­ness.4. i.e. that pair.5. i.e. the third man (joined) to them

[ 50 ]6. as if it were to God.7. i.e. whether the glory from God for making the book be small or be great, it will be the greater from thy being asso­ciated in it.8. before every book its title that there be no confusion upon it.9. i.e. as accentus [= ad-cantus] d into c.10. of the things that happen.

  1. MS. adͨq̅ssiuit
  2. MS. ɫ ac   / excipiens
  3. MS. inḍtairdircus
[ 50 ]

P. 2b

…de denominatiuis1 et uerbalibus…

…de figuris et earum compage2;

…de constructione3 sine ordinatione partium orationis inter se.

[ 50 ]

P. 2b

1: .i. dinaib déainmmnichdechaib2: acobás ṁbís etar ṅ[1] dirainn hi comṡuidiguth3: dligeth nimmo­gnama rann

[ 50 ]

P. 2b

2. the connexion which exists between the two parts in composition.3. law of con­struction of parts.

  1. the n is unusual; cf. Sg. 45b 19, far ṅóeṅ deilb 90b 2, fornóin ṅ deilb Sg. 201b 6
[ 50 ]

P. 3a

Philosophi diffiniunt, uocem esse aerem tenuissimum ictum uel sonum sensi­bilem aurium1, id est, quod proprie auribus accidit ut est prior diffi­nitio á sub­stantia2 sumpta…

Articulata est, quae coortata[1]3 hoc est copulata cum aliquo sensu mentis eius, qui loquitur, profertur. Inarti­culata est contraria uox quae4 a nullo affectu5 mentis profi­ciscitur6.

Quaedam, quae non possunt scribi intelliguntur tamen, ut sibili7 hominum… aliae autem sunt, quae, quamuis scri­bantur tamen inarti­culatae sunt, cum nihil signi­ficant8, ut ‘coax,’ ‘cra,’ eas enim uoces quanquam intelli­gimus de quo9 sint uolucre profectae tamen

[ 51 ]inarti­culatae dicuntur… Scire autem debemus quod has quattuor species uocum profi­ciunt quatuor supe­riores diffi­rentiae gene­raliter uoci acci­dentes10, binae per singulas inuicem coeuntes11.

[ 50 ]

P. 3a

1: .i. citabiat chlúasa2: .i. afolad dianimmolṅgaithær uox3: .i. ex aere et ore in unam uocem .i. doimm­thastar fri slond ṅint­liuchta bís his­in­menmain[2]·⏑4: .i. ni­astaider ⁊ ni­timmorcar frislond ṅintliucta[3]5: .i. hua duthracht6: .i. ní æscomlai7: .i. iscosmart dorétaib ind fet ·8: .i. nephthimmorti[4] fri slond n int­liuchta9: .i. cide

[ 51 ]10: .i. hit cenélcha sidi doguth11: [in marg.] .i. cach gnúis fil and ata dechor imme­folṅgat tri­a­nemnad ut diximus ·

[ 50 ]

P. 3a

1. i.e. which ears perceive.2. i.e. the substance from which vox is produced.3. i.e. it is combined to express the meaning which is in the mind.4. i.e. it is not fastened down and it is not checked to express a meaning.5. i.e. from volition.6. i.e. it proceeds not.7. i.e. the whistling is a signal by things.8. i.e. not con­strained to express a meaning.9. i.e. from which. [ 51 ]10. i.e. these are general to voice.11. i.e. every aspect (species) which is therein there is a differ­ence which they produce by doubling them, ut diximus.

  1. leg. coartata
  2. MS. memain
  3. the second n is over the line
  4. the second h is over the t
[ 51 ]

P. 3b

Lyttera est pars minima uocis compossitae, hoc est quae constat com­positione literarum, minima autem, quantum ad totam adpre

hensionem uocis litte­ratae1—ad hanc enim etiam productae uocales2 breuis­simae partes in­ueniuntur—uel quod omnium breuis­simum eorum3, quae diuidi possunt, id quod diuidi non potest.

Dicitur autem litera…4 a lituris5… Literas autem etiam ylemen­torum uocabulo6 noncupauerunt ad similitudinem mundi ylemen­torum7: sicut etiam coeuntia8 omne9 perfi­ciunt corpus, sic etiam haec coniuncta literalem uocem quasi corpus aliquod10 componunt uel magis uere corpus est. Nam sí aer corpus est11, et uox, quae ex aere icto constat, corpus esse osten­ditur, quippe cum et tangit12 aurem et tri­partito diuiditur, quod est suum corporis, hoc est in altitu­dinem, latitu­dinem13, longui­tudinem, unde ex omni quoque parte14 potest audiri. Praeterea tamen singulae syllabae15 altitu­dinem quidem habent in tenore, crassi­tudinem uero uel latitu­dinem in spiritu16, longui­tudinem in tempore.

[ 52 ]Litera est igitur nota ylementi17 et uelut imago quaedam uocis literatae, quae cogno­scitur ex qualitate18 uel quan­titate19 figurae linearum20. Hoc ergo interest inter ylementa21 uel literas22, quod elementa proprie dicuntur ipsae pronunti­ationes23, notae autem earum literae. Abussiue24 tamen et elementa pro literis et literae pro elementis uocantur. Cum enim dicimus non posse25 constare26 in eadem syllaba r ante p, non de literis27 dicimus, sed de pronun­tiatione earum28, 29: nam quantum30 ad scrip­turam possunt coniungui, non tamen etiam pronun­tiari, nisi post­possita r31.

[ 51 ]

P. 3b

1: .i. hicoindeulc[1] ingotho comtherchomraicthi olitrib2: .i. deithbir limm nalitrae olchænae3: innaní4: .i. ua­lenomnaib5: Consentius .i. timmorta li· quia correptum lego ⁊ si a lino correptum ⁊ is epenthesis dobeir ·t· nand doimmolung fuit apud poetas reliqua6: .i. ɔepertar doib ylementa7: innandule8: cach di dúil reliqua9: innuile[2]10: .i. corp suin11: ⁊ iscorp12: cani deithbir si dicatur corpus proprium est corporis tangere et tangi et diuidi reliqua13: indasian .i. imbucai[3]lethit14: .i. dind trediu remeperthu15: cenmitha fodailter[4] indrann insce16: .i. indasian ꝉ psilites[5]

[ 52 ]17: .i. not inchoisc .i. pronuntiationis .i. in chumachtai ⁊ indfogair18: .i. ind tóraind .i. cruindædirge ꝉ uocalis ꝉ consonans19: .i. oméit di­flescaib bís hisin tórunt .i. mad óenflesc is ·i· mad[6] diḟlisc is ·n· reliqua20: .i. inna­ngláos­nathe[7]innafuath .i. ishé ingloṡnáthe caractar innaliter21: .i. cumachtai[8]22: carachtra23: .i. derbaisṅdísin · derbḟogir24: .i. ind húadairberthach bith[9]25: .i. archuit aisṅdisen ⁊ foguir26: .i. hitosug ṡuin27: ní di­chárach­traib28: .i. is archuit foguir ní ruba nand ní archuit scríbind29: [marg.] stirps uinse[10] ·r· ante ·p· and sudet qui legat ·⏑30: .i. meit as ṅdo scríbund31: .i. an as niarmuídigthe[11] ·r· ut pro reliqua

[ 51 ]

P. 3b

1. i.e. in comparison with the word composed of letters.2. i.e. lawful, I deem (for) the other letters (to be brevis­simae partes).5. i.e. the li (in littera) is short because lĕgo is short, et si etc., and it is an epen­thesis that inserts a t in it, to make length in the poets, etc.6. i.e. so that they are called elementa.8. every two elements (two by two), etc.9. all (in the accu­sative sg.).10. i.e. the body of the word.11. and it is a body.12. is it not lawful si, etc.13. into roughness (δασεῖαν), i.e. into softness or breadth.14. i.e. of the three things aforesaid.15. besides that the part of speech is divided.16. i.e. in roughness or ψιλότης.

[ 52 ]17. i.e. a note of signification, i.e. of pronunciation, i.e. of the power continued and of the sound.18. i.e. of the figure, i.e. roundness or straight­ness.19. i.e. from the quantity of strokes in the figure, i.e. if it be one stroke it is an i, if two strokes it is an n, etc.20. i.e. of the lines or of the forms, i.e. the character of the letters is the figure[12].21. i.e. powers.22. char­acters.23. i.e. certain precise pronun­ciations, certain precise sounds.25. i.e. as regards pronun­ciation and sound.26. i.e. in the beginning of a word.28. i.e. it is as regards sound that it cannot be, not as regards writing.29. stirps: here is r before p therein.30. i.e. as far as writing.31. i.e. when r is postponed, as (in) pro, etc.

  1. The MS. has hicoindeilc, with u written above the last i
  2. the masc. article is used as Ir. corp is masc.
  3. cf. fri buga, B. Ball. 324a36
  4. cf. cenmitha aranecatar Sg. 65a 11
  5. or psilin, Thurneysen
  6. Here by a kind of sandhi, mat has become mad before the d of . So in Wb. 1c10, ad drogduine from at drogduine, and conatarad Dair, LL. 77a6, from conatarat Dair
  7. MS. innaglaosnaithe
  8. rectius cumachtae
  9. coined to express ab-usiue
  10. uinse (inse Ascoli) = uinnsi .i. atá, O’Cl. huinse Conall Cernach sund LL. 252c31, unse a ben lasin ríg, ondat a bai issin tír ar far ṁbelaib ‘here is his wife with the king, here are his cows in the country before you,’ LL. 252a14, undseo LL. 100a3, undsea 101a1, 2, unnse, unnsi, ondar B.Ball. 320b18
  11. leg. niarsuidigthe?
  12. cf. quae est figura litterarum? caractera quibus scribuntur etc., Clemens Scotus (Suppl. Gramm. Lat. xxxiii.).
[ 52 ]

P. 4a

Sunt igitur figurae1 literarum quibus nos2 utimur uiginti tres, ipsae uero pronunti­ationes3 earum multo ampliores, quippe cum singulae uocales denos4, 5 in­ueniantur sonos habentes uel plures, … … hámus6

[ 53 ]Praeterea7 tamen i et u uocales, quando mediae sunt, altemos8 inter se sonos uidentnr confun­dere9​.….​10positum11….

Nomen, uelut a, b. Et sunt indeclinabilia tarn apud Graecos[1] ylemen­torum nomina quam apud Latinos, siue quod a barbaris inuenta dicuntur, quod esse ostendit12 Varro in ii de anti­quitate literarum docens lingua Chal­daeorum singu­larum nomina literarum ad earum formas13 esse facta, et ex hoc certum fieri, eos[2] esse primos

[ 52 ]

P. 4a

1: .i. inna tóranda2: laitnorib3: .i. fogair4: .i. deichthi5: cóic deich cóica6: .i. ǽcath

[ 53 ]7: .i. issed a plus remeperthae8: .i. fogur cechtar de aralaliu ⁊ fogur naliter naile[3] airriusom .i. ear ·í· ut hominem·9: Papirinus I litera in locum u· literae posita sicut optimum et maximum dicimus quae antiqui optumum et maxumum dicebant · ⏑ arba bes lasuidib ·u· tarhesi ṅí · ut pessumus pro pessimus · ut pris­cianus in ante · ⏑10: [marg. l.] archiunn11: .i. anas suidigthe12: ní fail intestimin so hisind libur romanach13: .i. do­chru­thugud inna liter foib

[ 52 ]

P. 4a

2. (we) Latins[4].5. five tens, fifty.

[ 53 ]7. i.e. this is the plus aforesaid.8. i.e. the sound of each of the two for the other, and the sound of the other letters for them, i.e. e for i, as (in) hominem.9. for it was a custom of theirs (to put) u instead of i, as in pessumus, etc.10. further on.11. i.e. when it is placed.12. this text is not in the Roman book.13. i.e. to form the letters according to them.

  1. MS. tam apud Graecos comes after nomina
  2. MS. eorum
  3. n over a
  4. Cf. ar preceptorib Wb. 19a3, etc. Pedersen Celt. Zeitschr. ii. 379
[ 53 ]

P. 4b

auctores literarum, siue quod simplicia1 haec et stabilia2 esse debent quasi funda­mentum3 omnis doctrinae immobile, siue quod nec aliter apud Latinos poterant esse, cum a suis uocibus uocales nomi­nentur, semi­uocales uero in se disinant, mutae a se incipi­entes uocali termi­nentur, quas si flectas, signi­ficatio4 quoque nominum una5 euanescit6.

Vocales igitur per sé prolatae7, ut dictum est, nomen suum ostendunt,​….…​absque x, quae sola ab i incipit per anos­trophen8 Graeci nominis ξῖ​.…​quae nouissime a Latinis assumpta post omnes ponitur9 literas, quibus Latinae dictiones egent10​….​in

[ 54 ]commento11… semi­uocales sunt septem12 .… h autem aspira­tionis est magis nota13.

Ex his uocales dicuntur, quae per se uoces efficiunt et sine quibus uox literalis proferri non potest14 unde et nomen hoc praecipue sibi defendunt15.

[ 53 ]

P. 4b

1: .i. airbit comṡuidichthi oaḟograib liter naile ma­du­ellatar .i. conroib comṡuidigud liter no sillab indib fri slond geniten reliqua2: .i. cen diall3: ar[1] nicóir infotha utmall4: .i. indinne bís indib riam .i. inne ainmmnichthe issí ám inne ainmmnichthe guthaichthe a turcbál treo fesin níbad ṡamlaidson didiu ma duelltis · reliqua5: .i. ladiall6: .i. tinaid ⁊ atbail .i. facheirt in alios sonos ·7: ocrélad ananmmae8: .i. treimpúth csí9: .i. ordd airic fil fuiri10: aid­ligni­gitir[2] dano uadisi

[ 54 ]11: .i. hisintráctad12: ithé se innabriathra13: .i. is airi nistabur la ·k ⁊ q14: .i. rann insce níturgabar ade didiu ⁊ ni ro­graigther[3] cen guttai15: .i. adsuidet

[ 53 ]

P. 4b

1. i.e. for they will be compound­ed of the sounds of other letters if they be declined, that is, so that there may be in them the compo­sition of letters or syllables to signify a genitive, etc.2. i.e. without declen­sion.3. for an unstable foun­dation is incon­gruous.4. i.e. the meaning that is in them before, i.e. the meaning of denom­ination. This, indeed, is the meaning of the denom­ination of vowels, their produc­tion by them­selves: it would not be thus, then, if they were declined, etc.5. i.e. with declen­sion.6. i.e. it vanishes and perishes, i.e. it puts itself into other sounds.7. manifest­ing their name.8. i.e. by ana­strophe of ξῖ.9. i.e. the order of invention is (still) on it.10. they indeed need it.

[ 54 ]12. these are the words (of Servius).13. i.e. therefore I do not place it with k and q.14. i.e. a part of speech; this then is not produced, nor can it be pro­nounced without vowels.15. i.e. they keep.

  1. here ar is expressed by the Latin siglum for quia. So also in Sg. 4b3, 5a4, 17a5, 19a1, 21b13, 32a9, 38a2, 55b5, 71b5, 148a9, 159a3, 161b11, 164b1, 165b3, 174a1, 179a5, 179a6, 188a27, 188b1, 189b1, 191a5, 202a2, 207b2, 211a14, 212b16. In Sg. 7b14 the siglum is the usual abbre­viation for quam, but which, according to Thurn­eysen is in Sg. used for quia
  2. MS. aidlignitir: corr. Ascoli
  3. rograigther = ro-ḟograigther; leg. ní fograigther or ní rofograigther? as the elision here would be excep­tional, cf. Trans. Phil. Soc. 1895–6, p. 106 J.S.
[ 54 ]

P. 5a

Hae ergo quantum uincuntur1 a uocalibus, tantum superant mutas.

…in semiuocales, quae secundam habent euphoniam2, disinunt, quam nos sonori­tatem3 possumus dicere…‘Semi­uocales’ autem sunt appel­latae4, quia plenam uocem non habent, ut ‘semideos’ et ‘semiuiros’ appel­lamus, non qui demediam {uel dimidiam} partem habent deorum uel uirorum, sed qui pleni dii uel uiri non sunt5.

Reliquae sunt mutae … Et sunt qui non bene hoc nomen putant eas accipere … Qui nesciunt6, quod ad compara­tionem bene sonantium ita sint nominatae, uelut ‘informis’7 dicitur mulier non quae caret forma, sed quae est male formata, et sic ‘frigidum’ dicimus eum, qui non penitus expers est caloris8 sed qui minimo hoc utitur {uel cocitur}.

Vocales apud Latinos sunt omnes ancipites9 uel liquidae10, hoc est quae facile modo produci modo corripi possunt, sicut etiam apud antiquis­simos Graecorum erant ante inuen­tionem η et ω11, quibus

[ 55 ]inuentis ε et ο[1], quae ante ancipites erant12 reman­serunt13 perpetuo breues14, cum earum produc­tarum loca15 posesa sunt a supra dictis

[ 54 ]

P. 5a

1. semiuocales .i. noch is méit fornúais­lichter són2: .i. inbindius tánaise indegaid ṅguttae ·3: .i. bindius4: .i. Ni arindí bed leth ṅgotho nobed indib sem ar is huilliu · sed quia plenam uocem non habent sicut uocales · ⏑[2]5: .i. tre­thesbaid naich baill dind deilb ·6: .i. hit hé dod­mainetar insin in qui reliqua7: .i. michruth­aigthe8: .i. intesa9: .i. eter fot ⁊ gair10: ꝉ liquidae .i. hit lechdacha lesom in tan nád­techtat acht oin aimsir · is follus asin tra nand ainmm ⁊ nand cumachte legas do­lech­dagaib acht is aimmserad namma · ⏑11: .i. renairec éta ⁊ ω

[ 55 ]12: .i. coitchena riam eter fot ⁊ gair13: doruarthatar14: .i. bith­gairddi són .i. e ⁊ o15: .i. indluic himbítis airdixi · e ⁊ o

[ 54 ]

P. 5a

1. that is, as far as they are surpassed.2. i.e. the euphony (which comes) next after (that of the) vowels.4. i.e. not that there is (only) half of a voice in them, for it is more.5. i.e. through the want of some member to the image[3].6. i.e. it is they who think that, those who, etc.8. i.e. of the heat.9. i.e. both length and shortness.10. i.e. he deems them liquids when they have only one time. Hence then it is clear that it is not the name and it is not the power which produces liquidity to liquids, but it is tempo­rality only.11. i.e. before the invention of η and ω.

[ 55 ]12. i.e. common before, both length and shortness.14. i.e. always short.15. i.e. the places wherein used to be the longs e and o.

  1. MS. e et o
  2. cf. B. Ball. 318b 39 sq.
  3. the gloss refers to pleni dii
[ 55 ]

P. 5b

uocalibus semper longuis1.

…auctoritate tam2 Graecorum quam2a Latinorum …[in marg.]3

Inuenitur tamen etiam m ante n possitum, nec producens ante se uocalem more mutarum4.

Apud antiquissimos Graecorum non plus quam sedecim erant literae, quibus ab illis acceptis Latini antiqui­tatem serua­uerunt perpetuam5.

ϝ est Aeolicum digamma6, 7, quod8 apud antiquissimos Latinorum uerius eandem uim quam apud Aeolis habuit. Eum autem prope sonum9, quem nunc habet, signi­ficabat ṗ cum aspira­tione, sicut etiam apud ueteres Graecos pro φ π et ͱ10… Postea uero11 in Latinis uerbis placuit loco p et h f scribi, ut ‘fama,’ ‘filius,’ ‘facio,’ loco autem

[ 55 ]

P. 5b

1: .i. bith ḟotai sidi2: emith2a: emith3: archiunn4: cinith mút5: .i. suthain dano la laitnori anisin6: .i. quasi dixisset nírbuliter ade ɔnaue7: ꝉ carachtar digaim quod non bonum neutur híc digamma8: ol[1]9: emith infogur nísin10: dasis11: .i. la­nue­litridi

[ 55 ]

P. 5b

1. i.e. always long these.3. below (lit. ahead).4. although it is not a mute.5. i.e. that then is perpetual with the Latins.

6. i.e. as if he had said it was not a letter till lately.7. or the character digamma, quod, etc.; digamma is here neuter.9. such as that sound.10. δασύς.11. i.e. with recent writers.

  1. cf. Vol. i. p. 716
[ 55 ]

P. 6a

digammae u pro consonante1, quod cognatione soni2 uidebatur affinis esse digammae ea litera3. Quare cum f loco mutae ponatur, id est p et h siue φ, miror4 hanc inter semi­uocales possuise artium scrip­tores. …sed hoc potes­tatem literae motare non debuit5; si enim esset semi­uocalis, neces­sario termi­nalis nominum in­ueniretur6 quod minime reperies7, nec ante l uel r in eadem syllaba poni posset, qui locus mutarum est8 duntaxat, nec communem ante easdem

[ 56 ]posita faceret syllabam. Postremo Graeci, quibus in omnia doctrinae aucto­ribus utimur, φ, cuius locum f apud nos optinet, quod osten­ditur in his maxime dictio­nibus, quas a Graecis sumpsimus9, hoc est, ‘fama,’ ‘fuga,’ ‘fur’ mutam esse con­firmant. Sciendum est tamen quod hic quoque error10 a quibusdam antiquis Graecorum gramma­ticis inuassit Latinos11, qui φ et θ et χ semi­uocalis putabant, nulla alia causa, nisi quod spiritus12 eis abundet, inducti13. Quod si esset14 .. …spiritus15 enim potes­tatem literae non motat, unde nec uocales addita aspi­ratione aliae16 fiunt et aliae16a ea dempta[1]. Hoc tamen scire debemus, quod non fixis labris17 est pronun­tianda f, quomodo ph18, atque hoc solum interest19.

K enim et q…cum c20…eandem…potestatem continent.

[ 55 ]

P. 6a

1: .i. intan ṁbís ar­chonsain2: foguir3: comocus afogur díblínaib4: ad­machdur­sa[2] .i. is machdad limm5: ni cum­scaichthi cumachtae nairi cedoinscana sí ó guthaigthi6: for­ceinnfitis anmmann inte7: acht a ainmm[3] féssin[4]8: buith re­lechda­chaib

[ 56 ]9: [in marg.] níbbu machdath hetis grecdi ⁊ nothath[5] foraib linni ⁊ dano it latindi amal ṡodain ut dixit prius · in latinis uerbis placuit · f usque facio ··10: áram[6] f la lethguthaigthi11: .i. tre intṡamail inna sengrec com­roircnech12: tinphed13: ánamtar[7] tuid­chissi[8] sidi ónach ḟochun ailiu14: anísin15: atinphed16: saini16a: saini17: timmthastaibcumcaib18: tri beulu dlútai19: .i. inter · f ⁊ alias mutas .i. fogur tantum noda deligedar frimuta ⁊ is mútsi ara­chuitsidi[9]20. la ·c·

[ 55 ]

P. 6a

1. i.e. when it is for a consonant.3. the sound of them both is akin.4. I marvel, i.e. I wonder.5. the power (of the letter) is not to be changed from it, although it begins with a vowel.6. nouns would be ended in it.7. save its own name.8. being before liquids.

[ 56 ]9. it were no wonder that they were Greek and….; and yet they are Latin in that case, ut dixit, etc.10. to count f with the semi­vowels.11. i.e. through imitation of the erroneous ancient Greeks.13. when they were not led from any other cause.17. com­pressed or close.18. through com­pressed lips.19. i.e. the sound only distin­guishes it from mutes, and it is a mute so far as that goes.

  1. MS. fiunt alia dempta, corrected to fiunt et alia ea dempta
  2. admachdursa is coined as a literal rendering of admiror, the idiomatic Irish for which is is machdad limm
  3. MS. aimm
  4. féisin, Windisch
  5. KZ. 35, 355; the meaning is obscure
  6. The mark of length is over the r
  7. MS. ańamtar with the mark of length over the n
  8. MS. duidchi; of. Ml. 72d1
  9. cf. Sg. 184b1, 195b4, Wb. 11c17, 12a26
[ 56 ]

P. 6b

‘Kartago’ enim et ‘caput,’ siue per c, siue per k scri­bantur, nullam faciunt nec1 in sono nec1a in potestate in metro eiusdem conso­nantis diffe­rentiam2. Q uero propter nihil aliud scribenda uidetur esse3, nisi ut ostendat, sequentem u ante alteram uocalem in eadem syllaba4 possitam perdere uim literae in metro. Quod si ideo5 alia litera6 existi­manda quam c7 debet g quoque, cum similiter8 pro­ponitur u amittenti u uim literae9, alia10 putari, et alia10a, 11 cum id non

[ 57 ]faci12. Dicimus enim ‘anguis13’ sicut ‘quis’ et ‘augur14’ sicut iȧcur[1]15.

Vnde si uelimus cum ueritate contemplari16, ut diximus, non plus quam xviii literas in Latino sermone habemus… Nam y et z17, causa Graecorum…asciuimus18 nominum, h autem aspira­tionis nota et nihil aliud habet literae nisi figuram et quod in uersu19 scribitur inter alias literas. Quod si suffi­ceret20, ut ylementum putaretur, nihilo­minus quorundam etiam numerorum figurae21…elementa sunt habenda22. Sed minime hoc est ad­hibendum23, nec aliud aliquid24 ex acciden­tibus propri­etatem ostendit25 unius­cuius­que elementi, quomodo potestas, qua26 caret aspiratio…. Vocalis non est [h], quia a sé uocem non facit27, nec semi­uocalis, cum nulla syllaba Latina uel Graeca in perfecta {in marg. ꝉ per integras} dictione in eam dissinat28

[ 56 ]

P. 6b

1: emith ifogur1a: emith2: ind óenfoguir ní fail dechor comḟogair indib3: ni roscríbad ar naill[2] nisi4: la ·q· ⁊ la­sin­gutai dodai­ar­morat5: .i. ar­thaidb­sin nihelsa far ·u·6: liter ṡain7: oldaas ·c· sain · fri ·c·8: fri ·q·9: dond ·u·10: sain10a: sain11: [in marg.] .i. bad liter sain ·g ⁊ bíth charactar naill di amal sodain .i. intan ·m· bís nihelas do ·u· fri ·g·

[ 57 ]12: nihelas frie13: nathir14: mathmarc15: caebb · oo ·16: lín liter laitinde17: .i. ar ní biat in­anmanaib laitindib ⁊ ní erchui­retar lín liter laitinde iarum18: do­ro­chuir­semmar19: do immḟolung ḟuit20: anísin ascribend inter alias21: nanota áram22: bith[3] techtai23: nítedparthi inso arnibat litre nota aram ciascríbtair hifers24: alaill ṡain25: ní fail nach naiccidit taibsed sainred litre amal donadbat chumachtae26: is ósuidiu27: nírela aainm amal guthaigthi[4] ⁊ ní diuschi fogur amal ɔsana28: Ní foirc­nithær nach rann óg indi · si enim in­ueniamus · uah · etc.

[ 56 ]

P. 6b

1. as much in sound1a. as.2. of the one sound: there is no differ­ence of conso­nance in them.3. it was not written for anything else unless, etc.4. with q and with the vowel that follows it.5. i.e. for shewing the (metrical) nullity of u.6. a different letter.7. than c: different to c.8. as q.9. to the u.11. i.e. in that case let g be a different letter and have another character, to wit, when there is nullity in u beside g.

[ 57 ]12. nullity beside it.16. the number of the Latin letters.17. i.e. for they are not in Latin nouns (words), and so they do not increase[5] (?) the number of Latin letters.19. to cause length.20. that, (namely) that it is written among the others.21. the figures of numerals.23. this is not to be applied, for the figures of numerals will not be letters, although they are written in the verse.24. another thing peculiar.25. there is no accident which can display the peculiarity of a letter as the power displays (it).26. it is it (that it lacks)[6].27. it does not manifest its name, like vowels, and it does not awaken sound, like consonants.28. no complete part (of speech) ends in it.

  1. the true reading is cur, so that the puncta delentia would naturally refer to the first two letters of iacur: the corrupt iacur seems to be explained by the obscure gloss: with caebb cf. coep chro ⁊ fola LL. 172a 12, Zeitschr. f. deutsch. Alt. xx. 227
  2. leg. ar na aill
  3. leg. bit
  4. in full Sg. 18a 6, 53{a 1. But it is possible, as Thurneysen suggests, that guth. may be an abbrevi­ation of guttai, guth. being written etymo­logical­ly
  5. cf. arcuiredar saegul Celt. Zeitschr. iii. 448
  6. cf. the use of ó after aidlignigur, e.g. Sg. 4b 10
[ 57 ]

P. 7a

Nulla eam syllaba plus duabus1 mutis iuxta se2 possitis3, nec plus tribus conso­nantibus conti­nuare potest4.

Videntur tamen i et u, cum in consonantes transeunt quantum

[ 58 ]ad potes­tatem5, quod maximum est in elementis, aliae literae esse5 praeter supra dictas……quia diuersum sonum6…habent.…quamuis7 et Censorino…idem placuit8.

Tantum9 enim fere interest inter uocales et consonantes, quantum inter animas et corpora. Vocales similiter ut per se mouentur ad perfi­ciendam syllabam et conso­nantes mouent secum10, conso­nantes uero sine uocalibus inmobiles[1] sunt11. Et i quidem modo12 pro simplici, modo pro duplici accipitur conso­nante: pro simplici, quando ab eo[2] incipit syllaba in principio dictionis posita[3] sub­sequente uocali in eadem sillaba13…pro duplici quando in medio dictionis ab eo incipit syllaba14 post uocalem ante­possitam15 sub­sequente quoque

[ 57 ]

P. 7a

1: níbia dimútaib bes huilliu in oen sillaib2: occi3: inóen ṡosuth ṡillabe4: trebrigedar cechconsain indegaid araile cengutai ṅetarru ·

[ 58 ]5: saini archuit cumachti6: infogur7: adas8: atasaini litre archuit cumachti9: inméitse10: to­ddiusgat guth nintiu11: nís­tuarascbat feisin cengutai12: cach­la­cein13: la ·í·14: tosach sillabe15: remisi

[ 57 ]

P. 7a

1. there will not be more (than two) mutes in one syllable.2. beside it.3. in one position of a syllable.4. to continue each consonant (directly) after another without a vowel between them.

[ 58 ]5. diverse as regards power.6. the sound.8. that they are different letters[4] as regards power.10. they awaken voice into them.11. they do not express them­selves without vowels.12. with i.14. beginning of a syllable.15. before it.

  1. MS. īnmobiles
  2. MS. om. ab eo
  3. MS. posito
  4. cf. above p. 39, note c, Sg. 28b2
[ 58 ]

P. 7b

uocali in eadem syllaba1, ut ‘maius,’ ‘peius,’ ‘eius2,’ in quo loco antiqui solebant geminare eandem i literam et ‘maiius,’ ‘peiius,’ ‘eiius’ scribere, quod non aliter3 pro­nuntiari posset quam4 si cum superiori5 syllaba prior i, cum sequente6 altera pro­feretur, ut ‘pei-ius,’ ‘ei-ius,’ ‘mai-ius’; nam quamuis7 sit consonans, in eadem syllaba geminata iungi non posset; ergo non alitor quam ‘tellus,’ ‘mannus’ proferri8 debuit. …nam tribus i iunctis qualis possit syllaba pro­nuntiari? quod9 Caesari…placitum10 a Victore[1] quoque in arte gram­matica in syllabis11 com­probatur. Pro simplici quoque in media dictione inuenitur, sed in com­possitis, ut ‘iniuria12,’….Virgilius in bucolico proceleus­maticum[2]13 posuit pro dactylo: [ 59 ]

Tytyre pascentes a flumine reiice14 capellas:

…‘hiulcus15’ trisyllabum est.

V vero loco consonantis possita eandem prorsus in omnibus16 uim habuit apud Latinos, quam apud Eoles digamma. Unde a plerisque ei nomen hoc datur, quod apud Eoles habuit olim ϝ17 digamma, id est ‘uau’ ab ipsius uoce18 profectum19… Pro quo Caesar hanc Ⅎ figurani scribi uoluit20.

[ 58 ]

P. 7b

1: .i. inóensillaib disi ingute[3] innadegaid2: comtis ainmmnidi atriur3: nírubai nach cruth ailiu4: oldaas5: dá intairmmthechtas forsindí toisech ḟrisingutai remi6: .i. lasin ṅgutai innadegaid7: adas8: do­fur­gabtais9: .i. andliged nísin nephac­comoil inna teora liter inoen sillab10: ro­toltanai­gestar11: sáer oc­suidigtid sillab12: ar­chonsain diuit insin13: traig cethar­garait

[ 59 ]14: proclematicum sin ⁊ is­ar­chonsin diuit atá í and cotarsne sin fri hono⏑ ar[4] is airdíxa re· lasuide ·15: huabéla ·cicero dicit ·hiulcus· patens·⏑ etc.16: .i. potes­tatibus ꝉ uirtu­tibus rothecht digaimm17: .i. carachtar ṅdigaim18: óndḟogur inméth innadigaim doratath anomen sin don chumachtu·⏑19: anasrochumlai anainmsin do ·u· .i. uau ·20: do inchosc uau apud latinos

[ 58 ]1. i.e. in the same syllable is it and the vowel after it.2. the three of them would be nomina­tives.3. it cannot be[5] otherwise.5. two passages on the first i, towards the vowel before it.6. i.e. along with the vowel after it.8. to be pro­nounced[6].9. i.e. that law of not joining the three letters in one syllable.10. it has pleased.11. an artist in putting syllables.12. that (is) for a simple consonant.13. a foot of four short syllables. [ 59 ]14. that (rĕĭĭcĕ) is a procel­eusmatic, and the i therein is for a simple consonant: that is contrary to…, for the re (in rēice) is long in his opinion.15. open.16. which digamma had.17. i.e. the character of digamma.18. from the …[7] sound of the digamma: that name (vau) has been given to the power.19. when that name, i.e. vau, has gone out to u.20. to denote vau.

  1. a Victore: MS. auctori, to which the Irish gloss refers
  2. MS. proclimaticum corrected to proceleu­maticum
  3. leg. ⁊ ingute, cf. Vol. i. p. 234 note
  4. cf. p. 53 note d
  5. Cf. 209a3 infra, rubi 21b13, rombi 29b16
  6. Here the Irish subj. pl. 3 trans­lates the infin­itive proferri
  7. ‘intrinseco’ Ascoli; we have no other instance of the word
[ 59 ]

P. 8a

quod1 quamuis illi recte uisum est, tamen consuetudo antiqua superauit. Adeo2 autem hoc uerum est, quod pro Aeolico ϝ digamma ponitur u: quod sicut illi solebant accipere digamma modo3 pro conso­nante simplici teste Astyage, qui diuersis hoc4 ostendit usibus.…

Est tamen quando idem Eoles inueniuntur5 pro duplici quoque conso­nante digamma possuisse..

Nos quoque uidemur hoc6 sequi in praeterito et plusquam­perfecto tertiae et quartae con­iugationis, in quibus i ante u con­sonantem possita pro­ducitur eademque snbtracta cor­ripitur.

Nostri quoque hoc ipsum fecisse inueniuntur et pro consonante u7 uocalem breuem accepisse, ut Horatius ‘siluae’ tri­syllabum protulit in epodo hoc uersu:

Niuesque deducunt Iouem8, nunc mare9, nunc siluae10:

est enim dimetrum iambicum con­iunctum pente­mimeri[1]11 heroico… Similiter Catullus Vero­nensis12.

Quod zonam soluit diu ligatam

[ 60 ]inter endica­syllabos Phalegios13 posuit.… Hoc tamen ipsum14 in

[ 59 ]

P. 8a

1: anisin2: inmár3: cachlacéin4: abuith archonsin diuit5: intan ara­necatar6: abuith ar­chonsain diabuil7: tairhesi ·u ɔsone8: daṅdichdet snechti ioiuis9: daṅdiat muir incéiṅ naili·10: penthe­mimeris hérecdae[2] 11: sillab fordeib dactilib[3] són reliqua12: uero­nenstæ

[ 60 ]13: forsa cenélae metir sin14: .i. buith do ·u· ɔsoin ar guti

[ 59 ]

P. 8a

1. that.4. its being for a simple consonant.5. when they are found.6. its being for a double consonant.7. in place of the consonant u (v).8. the snows of Jove bring him down.9. the sea at another time brings him down.10. an heroic penthe­mimeris.11 . this is a syllable in addition to two dactyls, etc.

[ 60 ]13. in that kind of metre.14. that u-consonant should be for a vowel.

  1. MS. pentemereͥ
  2. MS. herécdae
  3. For the omission of n after deib cf. isin dib desmrechtaib so Ml. 114d 1
[ 60 ]

P. 8b

deriuatiuis uel compossitis frequenter fieri solet, ut.…‘auis, auceps1’ …‘lauo lautus2, ‘faueo fautor3.’

Et epigrammata4, quae egomet legi in trepode5 uetustissimo Appol­linis qui stat in Xerolopho6 Bizantii …

Nos quoque hiatus causa interponimus u loco ϝ ut ‘Dauus7,’ ‘Argiuus8,’ ‘pauo9,’ ‘ouum10’.…Hoc tamen etiam per alias quasdam conso­nantes hiatus uel euphoniae causa solet fieri11, ut ‘prodest’…

In b etiam solet apud Eoles transire ϝ digamma quotiens ab ρ12 incipit dictio… Apud nos quoque est inuenire, quod pro u conso­nante

[ 60 ]

P. 8b

1: comṡuidigthe són2: diaruidigthe[1] són3: fortachtid4: inna forliterdi5: nomen artis isin trechostu6: hisindluc sin indṡainriuth ꝉ forsan nomen ciuitatis7: dáne[2]8: grecdae9: gésachtach10: og11: arimm­gabáil ménaichthe12: ρ hró

[ 60 ]

P. 8b

1. this (is) compounded.2. this (is) derived.5. in the tripod.6. in that place especial­ly, or etc.8. a Greek.11. for avoiding hiatus.

  1. leg. diruidigthe
  2. as Ascoli observes, the gloss points to a lemma danus, not dauus, in marg. danus seruus simonis priscianus in ante .i. in libro [de] constructione
[ 60 ]

P. 9a

b ponitur, ut ‘caelebs1,’ caelestium uitam ducens2, per b scribitur, quod3 u consonans ante conso­nantem poni non potest. Sed etiam4 ‘Bruges’ et ‘Belena[1]’ anti­quissimi dicebant, teste Quinti­liano, qui hoc ostendit in primo institu­tionum[2]5 orato­riarum6: nec mirum, cum b quoque in u euphoniae causa conuerti inuenimus, ut ‘aufero7’ pro ‘abfero.’

Aspiratio ante omnes8 uocales poni potest… Ideo extrin­secus ascri­bitur uocalibus9, ut minimum sonet, conso­nantibus autem intrin­secus10, ut plurimum sonet : omnis enim litera sine uox plus sonat ipsa sese, cum[3] post­ponitur quam cum ante­ponitur, quod uocalibus accedens esse uidetur11, nec, si tollatur ea, perit etiam uis signifi­cationis, ut si dicam ‘Erennius12’ absque aspira­tione, quamuis

[ 61 ]uitium13 uidear facere, intel­lectus tamen permanet14. Conso­nantibus autem sic cohaeret, lit huiusdem[4] penitus sub­stantiae sit15, ut si auferatur, signifi­cationis uim minuat prorsus16, ut si dicam ‘Cremes’ pro ‘Chremes.’ Unde hac consi­derata ratione17 Graecorum doctis­simi singulas18 fecerunt eas quoque literas19, quippe20 pro τͱ θ, pro πͱ φ, pro κͱ χ scri­bentes. Nos autem antiquam scrip­turam seruamus21. In Latinis tamen22 dicti­onibus[5] nos quoque pro ph coepimus f scribere…nisi quod…est aliqua in pronun­tiatione23 huius literae

[ 60 ]

P. 9a

1: óentaim2: celae · dondí as caelestem ·b· tarhesi ·u· dindi as uitam ·s· dindí as ducens3: ol4: cid5: inna­forcetal6: inna­sulbaire7: arcelim8: isairi is reṅguthaigthi suidigthir atinfed dosemigud ⁊ mesrugud indḟoguir máir his isingutti9: remib són10: hitiarmóracht són do­lethnugud afoguir11: accidit tecmaiṅg dogutaib anísin12: dofoirṅde inson ⁊ afolad inchoisig

[ 61 ]13: tredígbáil tinfeth14: incoissig afolad cétnae15: conid­hinunn folad dóib16: ní inchoisig inson afolad cétne—.i. in­choisged riam[6]iarṅdígbail intinfith17: dlúthe intinfith donaib ɔsonaib18: oéndai oenlitre dodénom díb hiscríbunt19: cárachtra na conson ⁊ intinfeth20: indemin21: híscríbiunt dá­carachtar beos .i. carachtar ɔsine ⁊ carachtar tinfith amal dondgnítis sengreic · ʼ22: ciaforcomamni riagoil sengrec hiscríbunt inda caractar isnaib ɔsonaib ucut[7] ro­ċruthaig­semmar[8] camaiph immurgu oen cháractar ·f· tarhesi ·p· cotinfeth inepertaib latinṅdaib[9] · ⏑23: hifogur

[ 60 ]

P. 9a

2. celae from caelestem, b instead of v from vitam, s from ducens.6. of the eloquence.8. for this reason its aspi­ration is placed before a vowel, to attenuate and moderate the ample sound which is in the vowel.9. that is, before them.10. that is, in sub­sequence, to broaden their sound.11. that is an accident which happens to vowels.12. it deter­mines the sound and the substance which it signifies.

[ 61 ]13. through taking away the aspiration.14. it signifies the same substance[10].15. so that they have the same substance.16. the sound does not signify the same substance—i.e. which it signified previous­ly—after taking away the aspi­ration.17. the closeness of the aspi­ration to the conso­nants.18. single, that single letters should be made of them in writing.19. the charac­ters of the conso­nants and the aspi­ration.20. certainly.21. in still writing two charac­ters, i.e. the character of a consonant and the character of aspi­ration, as the ancient Greeks used to do.22. though we preserve the rule of the ancient Greeks in writing the two charac­ters in yon conso­nants, we have, however, formed one character—f instead of p with aspi­ration—in Latin words.

  1. MS. blena
  2. MS. add. libro
  3. MS. sonat cum ipsa secum
  4. leg. eiusdem
  5. MS. add. uel nothis
  6. this part of the gloss is over the other
  7. cf. Sg. 202b 3
  8. the aspiration is irregular
  9. i.e. latindaib
  10. for the technical folud ‘sub­stantia,’ ‘signi­ficatio’ cf. Sg. 3a 2, 9a 12, 15, 16, 9b 4, 5, 25b10, 17, 26b 9, 12, 27a 3, 6, 8, 16, 27b 9, 28a 1, 2, 28b 5, 19, 20, 22, 30a 5, 17, 39b 8, 45b 1, 7, 61a 4, 71a 1, 72b 5, 73a 15, 73b 3, 4, 7, 75b 6, 150b 2, 189b 6, 189b 10, 197a 1, 200b 4, 5, 211a 9, 211b 3, 5, 7, 212b 8; cf. secundum sensum, hoc est secundum substan­tiam quali­tatis, Ars Anonyma Bernensis, Suppl. Gramm. Lat. p. 64
[ 61 ]

P. 9b

differentia cum sono1 ph.

ρͱ autem ideo non est translatum ab illis in aliam figuram2 quod3 nec sic cohaeret huic quomodo mutis nec, si tollatur, minuit signifi­cationem4. Quamuis enim subtracta aspira­tione dicam ‘retor,’ ‘Phirrus’ intel­lectus intiger manet5, non aliter6 quam7 si ante­cedens uocalibus8 auferatur, unde osten­ditur ex hoc quoque aliqua esse cognatio r literae cum uocalibus. Ex quo9 quidam dubita­uerunt utrum praeponi debeat huic aspiratio an subiungui. Unde Aeoles loco, ut diximus, aspira­tionis digamma[1] ponentes in dictio­nibus ab ρ

[ 62 ]incipi­entibus, solent loco digamma β scribere, indi­cantes10 debere praeponi digamma quasi uocali: sed rursus quasi conso­nanti11 digamma in eadem syllaba prae­ponere recu­santes, com­motabant id in β .…. sed apud Graecos haec litera, id est ρ, multis modis fungitur loco uocalis…ut ωρα12, ωρας13….

Quaeritur, cur in ‘uah,’ ‘nah14,’ ‘ah’ post uocales ponitur aspiratio, et dicimus, quod apogope15 facta est extremae uocalis cui praepo­nebatur aspiratio; nam perfecta ‘uaha,’ ‘naha,’ ‘aha.’ Ideo autem absci­sione extremae uocalis16 tamen aspiratio mansit ex superiore pendens uocali17, quia suum18 est inter­iectionis uoce abs­condita19 proferri. Itaque pars abs­conditae extre­mitatis20 uidetur congruae in inter­iectionis naturali pro­latione reman­sisse … etiam in fine21 ….

[ 61 ]

P. 9b

1: hifogur2: ɔṅdenta[2] óentorand tarahesi[3] amal naheliu3: ol 4: sluindid afolad cétnæ5: issed afolad cétnae sluin­ditae6: níntṡain[4]7: oldaas8: ar9: huadligud in­choibnis

[ 62 ]10: isairi nobíth digaimm leo ante ρ· sin[5]11: amal bith do­chonsain amal asṅdi12: crích13: agenitiu · arguttai tra atá ·ρ· sin[5]14: inter­iectio inso15: ablatio in fine16: .i. a .i. dirogbad · a · díib17: lenaid dingutai thóisig18: .i. proprium .i. is­sainreth do inter­iecht guth for­múigthe cotrummai thinfid19: for­múchthai20: indḟormúichdetad21: fodeud

[ 61 ]

P. 9b

2. so that one figure should be made instead of this, like the others.4. it expresses the same substance.5. it is the same substance which they express.8. from.9. from the principle of the affinity.

[ 62 ]10. this is why they used to have digamma before ρ here.11. as it were to a consonant, (or) as to it.12. a boundary.13. its genitive: ρ then stands for a vowel here. 14. this is an inter­jection. 16. that is a, i.e. a has been taken from them. 17. it adheres to the preceding vowel. 18. i.e. a peculi­arity of an inter­jection is a smothered sound with heaviness of aspi­ration. 20. of the smother­ing.

  1. MS. digammae
  2. is over the line
  3. MS. tarhesi
  4. is over the line
  5. 5.0 5.1 cf. Sg. 191a 2: here sin seems equivalent to isin Vol. i. p. 724; but in Sg. 9b 10, sin might go with is airi: cf. Ml. 37c 20
[ 62 ]

P. 10 a

interiectionum autem pleraeque communes sunt naturaliter omnium gentium uoces1.

Inter c sine aspiratione et c cum aspiratione est g2 … inter p et ph3 sine f est b4 … Hoc5 autem ostendit etiam ipsius palati pulsus et linguae uel labrorum con­similis est quidem6 in ternís7, in p et ph uel f et b et rursus in c et ch et g, similiter inter t et th et d. Sed in leuibus8 exterior fit pulsus, in asperis interior, in mediis inter utrumque supra dictorum locum, quod facile de­noscitur, si ad­tendamus in supra dictis motibus ora mirabili naturae lege

[ 63 ]modolantibus9 uoces. Tanta autem est cognatio earum quod inuicem inueni­untur pro se possitae10 in quibusdam dictio­nibus, ut ambo pro αμφο11….

…immotabiles12 sunt apud nos tres, l, n, r: per omnes enim casus eadem remanent13 … … t quoque et c… hoc idem seruant14….

[ 62 ]

P. 10 a

1: ataat alaaili interiecta and itcoitchena docach ceniul2: medónda etarru fogur ·g·3: medóndæ etarru4: is cummmae limm etir · ph · ⁊ f ·5: ata medóndai6: is cosmail afogur .i. cosmai­lius foguir beos7: .i. isnaib tredib8: ·c· t· p· isairi asbertar étrumma ⁊ slemna huare nád techtad[1] tinfeth

[ 63 ]9: donaib hí bindi­geddar10: cachae tarhéisi araili11: .i. is cummae leissem bid ·f12: .i. itnephchumscaichti[2] nateora litreso13: nalitre cétni14: a­neph­chums­cugud · amal · l · ⁊ n ⁊ r

[ 62 ]

P. 10 a

1. there are some interjections common to every nation.2. inter­mediate between them (is the) sound g.3. inter­mediate between them.4. ’tis the same to me, both ph and f.5. that they are inter­mediate.6. their sound is alike, i.e. (there is) still a resem­blance of sound.8. c, t and p, therefore they are called ‘light’ (lĕves) and ‘smooth’ (lēves), because they have no aspi­ration.

[ 63 ]9. to those that modulate.10. each of them instead of the other.11. i.e. it is the same in his opinion as though it were f.12. these three letters are immutable.13. the same letters.14. their immuta­bility, like l and n and r.

  1. leg. techtat
  2. leg. nephchumscaichthi
[ 63 ]

P. 10b

Reliquae uero consonantes uel motantur uel abiciuntur1….

In uerborum quoque praeteritis perfectis solent omnes modo2 motari modo manere, exceptis l p s x. …lippio3 lippiui…

[ 63 ]

P. 10b

1: allán indarpe hirecc[1]2: cachlacéin3: fliuch­aigim

[ 63 ]

P. 10b

1. their complete banishment directly.

  1. cf. hirec infra 148b8, 153a3, hirrec Pr. Cr. 60b2 = in + rec .i. ní doníthear go hobann ‘a thing which is done suddenly,’ O’Cl.
[ 63 ]

P. 11a

Haec eadem uocalis peneultima in uerbis secundae coniugationis mutatur in u, ut ‘doceo docui’… Quod1 similiter est quando in tertia uel quarta con­iugatione patitur i, ut ‘rapio rapui,’ ‘aperio aperui.’

U et o manent in principalibus syllabis positae immotabiles2, temporum quoque in quibusdam sunt ut ‘ruo rui’….

…nunquam in supra dicto tempore potest geminari nec in principio nee in fine syllaba nisi quae a muta incipit, ut…‘pedo3 pepedi’ …‘prodo prodidi4’…

[ 63 ]

P. 11a

1: anísin cumscugud ·e· in ·u· is cosmail són dano ⁊ intan fondaim ·i· acumscugud in ·u· hi­sechma­dachtu tert­choibedna ⁊ quartae cobedna2: forcomaiḋder ·u· ⁊ ·o· in praesenti ⁊ in prae­terito3: braigim4: in fíne són infechtsa

[ 63 ]

P. 11a

1. this, the change of e to u, alike is this also and when i suffers its change into u in the preterite of the third and fourth conju­gations.2. u and o are preserved in the present and preterite.4. in fine this (gemi­nation), this time.

[ 63 ]

P. 11b

M… loco mutae in multis fungitur: nam et ante n. m. posita communem syllabam facit, ut ‘Ramnes Ramnetis,’ sicut ‘Chremes Chremetis1,’—iambica enim sunt quae sic decli­nantur, quod2 Calli­machi quoque aucto­ritate con­firmatur….

Aliae uero sunt affines3 per commutationem…aliae autem per

[ 64 ]coniunctionem uel per cognationem4, ut b p f, nec non g c cum aspiratione uel sine ea, x. quoque duplex5, similiter d et t cum aspiratione uel sine ea et cum his z duplex, unde saepe d scribentes Latini hanc exprimunt sono6, ut ‘meridies’.… Quin etiam s semplex habet aliquam cum supra dictis cognationem, unde saepe pro z eam, geminatam solemus ponere ut ‘patrisso7’ pro πατρίζω,

[ 63 ]

P. 11b

1: analach amal legas r fri ·c· hisuidiu2: .i. ius · dliged lechtha ·n· post ·m3: coib­nestai

[ 64 ]4: treaccomol cosmilse foguir ⁊ issed són desimrechtaigedarsom namma innadeud[1]5: affinis iscoibnesta ·x· do ·g· ⁊ ·c· ⁊ biid cachae ar[2] alailiu6: fogur ·z· for ·d·7: athrigimm

[ 63 ]

P. 11b

1. an analogous instance; as r becomes liquid with c here.2. the law of the liqui­dation of n after m. [ 64 ]

P. 11b

4. through conjoining a similarity of sound, and it is this which he exemplifies only after.5. x is akin to g and c, and each of them is for the other.6. the sound of z in d.

  1. innadead, Ascoli and Windisch; doubtful, Thurneysen
  2. om. MS.
[ 64 ]

P. 12a

‘putisso1’ pro ‘πυτίζω’….

In uocalibus quoque sunt affines2 e correpta uel producta cum ei diptongo, qua ueteres Latini utebantar ubique loco i longuae: nunc etiam contra pro ea i longam ponimus uel e productam, ut… χορεία chorea[1], e[2] paenultima modo producta modo correpta3; o breuis siue longa cum u, ut bos4 pro βοῦς[3]…et ‘platanus5’ pro πλάτανος.

[ 64 ]

P. 12a

1: dofuibnimm2: coibnestai3: ꝉ .i. intan dofuarat ind ·e· timmorte indeoguir iarfoxul ·i· as· ut in ante dicit4: quia y u graecum est aris ·u· gaibes engracus5: proprium feda

[ 64 ]

P. 12a

1. I cut.3. when the short e remains of the diphthong after removing the i from it, ut etc.4. because it is u that takes (its) place[4].5. the proper name of a tree.

  1. MS. seorea
  2. om. MS.
  3. MS. βυϲ
  4. cf. Sg. 61a5
[ 64 ]

P. 12b

I transit in a,…paulus pauli paulatim1; in e, ‘fortis2 forte’…in o, ‘patris patronus3’…tibia tibicen4…par paris5 parricida6, 7…quibusdam tamen uidetur a parente esse compositum et pro parenticida per sincopam[1]8 et per commotationem t in r factum ‘parricida,’

[ 64 ]

P. 12b

1: in biucc2: .i. genitiuus nominis quod est fors .i. inbéstaid3: sruith athir4: erochair chétlaid5: cosmail6: cosmailoircnid inter[2] athir oircnidtuistid oircnid7: cosmail leiss cacha[3] orr im car a fá æscare · reliqua ·8: en sillabe

[ 64 ]

P. 12b

3. a venerable father.4. a flute-player.6. a like-slayer (pari-cida), whether a father-slayer (patri-cida), or a parent-slayer (parenti-cida).7. alike to him whichever he may slay, whether friend or foe.8. of the syllable en.

  1. MS. sinagocopam
  2. in abbreviation
  3. leg. cachae, Ascoli
[ 64 ]

P. 13a

…soror sororis sororicida1

O aliquot Italiae ciuitates2 teste Plinio non habebant…Transit o…in e, ut tutor3 tutela….

Tunc hoc4 ignipotens caelo discendit ab alto.
Nec Tityon[1] uolucres ineunt Acherunta iacentem5.

[ 64 ]

P. 13a

1: sethar oircnid2: ilchathraig3: inill4: hille5: fossad

[ 64 ]

P. 13a

1. a sister-slayer.2. many cities.3. safe.4. hither (huc).

  1. MS. y /tizon
[ 64 ]

P. 13b

Transit u…in e,…‘sacrum sacellum1’… Ponitur haec eadem

[ 65 ]litera in Graecis nominibus modo loco ου[1] diph­thongi…modo pro ο correpta…pro eadem producta, ut ‘fur2’ pro ‘φώρ,’ sicut e contrario ‘byc’ pro ‘bos3’ {uel pro boyc, bos4}…

[ 64 ]

P. 13b

1: nemed

[ 65 ]2: bruthach ꝉ uerius ignis reliqua icidorus dicit⏑3: o· pro u· hi suidiu4: .i. ⁊ ni­taith­minedar deogras hic· uide principium secundi libri de uerbo ·

[ 64 ] [ 65 ]

P. 13b

2. furious, vel etc.3. o for (Greek) υ here.4. i.e. and he does not mention the diphthon­gation here.

  1. MS. y [in marg.] uel oy
[ 65 ]

P. 14a

Est quando amittit uim tam uocalis quam conso­nantis.… quoque ante­cedente et sequente a uel e hoc idem saepe fit1 ut ‘suadeo’.. quod2, 3 apud Eoles quoque υ saepe patitur et amitit uim literae in metro.… Similiter ‘πήλυι4’ disyl­labum inuenitur apud eosdem, cum υι[1] non est diph­thongus. Est quando transit5 in conso­nantem uau6, sicut econtra7 a conso­nante transit in uocalem….

L triplicem…sonum habet: exilem8, quando geminatur secundo loco posita9; plenum…ut…‘flauus10’; medium in aliis… Transit in x, ut ‘paulum11 pauxillum12,’ ‘mala13 maxilla14,’ ‘uelum15 uexillum.’

M…apertum16 in principio, ut ‘magnus’…transit in n…ut…‘idem

[ 65 ]

P. 14a

1: nihil dano hisuidiu2: , 3: dliged nihelsa dano4: nihil hic dano5: .i. addita ·i· cenideper sem6: .i. hifogur digammsa ar is ·uau· a ainmmsidi·⏑7: .i. fri tairm­thecht hiɔsain8: séim tana9: .i. dond ·l· aili ind ·l· inna dédensillabe10: buide11: bec12: becán13: gruad14: glain­ethat15: séol16: réil ær­soilcthe beoil ocafogur isind lucsin

[ 65 ]

P. 14a

1. nothing then here.2, 3. rule of nullity then.4. nothing here also.5. i.e. i being added (nauta nav-i-ta etc.), though he (Priscian) does not say it.6. i.e. into the sound of digamma, for its name is vau.7. i.e. (contrary) to the passage into a consonant.8. slender, thin.9. i.e. to the other I, the I of the last syllable.16. manifest in the opening of the mouth[2] at the sound of it (i.e. m) in that position.

  1. MS. y
  2. for the genitive cf. Wb. 4c 18, 31b 23
[ 65 ]

P. 14b

identidem1’…‘num nuncubi2’…‘anceps3’ pro ‘amceps.’ ‘am’ enim praepo­sitio…uocali…sequente inter­cipit4 b: ‘ambitus’…

N quoque in primis plenior sonat et in ultimis partibus sylla­barum, ‘nomen’ ‘stamen5,’ exilior6 in mediis, ut ‘amnis’…. Sequente g uel c, pro ea g scribunt Graeci et quidam tamen uetus­tissimi auctores Romanorum…ut ‘aggens7’…quinta uicesima est litera, quam uocant agma8, cuius forma nulla est et uox9 communis est Graecis et Latinis, ut his uerbis…‘iggerunt10.’ In huius­cemodi

[ 65 ]

P. 14b

1: .i. idem ⁊ idem fonóenchummi2: num ⁊ ubi .i. indosa3: immchenda4: .i. m· etergaib ·b· cucae5: dlúth6: semiu7: tachtad8: carectar9: .i. fogur literae10: insnadat

[ 65 ]

P. 14b

1. i.e. ‘idem et idem,’ in one way.2. ‘num et ubi,’ i.e. now.4. i.e. m inter­poses b to it.8. a letter.9. i.e. sound of the letter.10. they insert (ingerunt).

[ 65 ]

P. 15a

Graeci et Accius noster bina g scribunt, alii n g, quod1 in hoc2 ueritatem uidere facile non est. Transit in m, sequen­tibus b uel m

[ 66 ]uel p,…ut…‘immineo3’… propter celeriorem motum linguae labrorumque ad uicinos facilius transeuntium pulsus4. …‘findo5 fissus.’

[ 65 ]

P. 15a

1: .i. ol2: .i. imbat da ·g· bete and ba ·g· ⁊ n·

[ 66 ]3: .i. taortaim .i. in· ⁊ mineo ꝉ mina   4: .i. soirthiu de inlabrad diatairmthecht isinlitir comḟograigthi dodaiarmórat5: indlung

[ 65 ]

P. 15a

2. i.e. whether there are to be two g’s there, or g and n.

[ 66 ]4. i.e. the easier is the pronunciation from its (the letter m’s) passage into the consonantal letter which follows it.

[ 66 ]

P. 15b

R…transit…in u consonantem: ‘tero1 triui’…in n: ‘aeneus2’ pro ‘aereus.’

S in metro apud uetustissimos frequenter uim suara amittit3. ‘Ne’ autem coniunctione sequente4 cum apostropho5 penitus tollitur ut ‘uiden6,’ ‘satin7,’ ‘uin,’ pro ‘uidesne,’ ‘satisne,’ ‘uisne.’ Nec non etiam in Graecis nominibus as uel es terminantibus plerunque tollitur…ut…‘sophista8’…in quibus etiam e producta in a correptam conuertitur9. …mutatur s…in x…‘pistrix10’ pro ‘pistris,’ in quo sequimur Doris: illi enim ‘ὄρνιξ[1]’ {uel lapis uictorię[2]11} pro ‘ὄρνις[3]’ dicunt… …huic praeponitur p et loco ψ12 Graeca fungitur…

[ 66 ]

P. 15b

1: .i. e in i productam ⁊ r· do thormuch lege uerbum post ⁊ ibi inuenies   2: .i. humide3: [marg. l.] uide post casus aut· ouium foetus—.i. glanad[4] ·u· ⁊ s·—aut urentis culta capellas reliqua[5]4: .i. andocoisgedar ne comaccomol ·s·   5: .i. ne fodaim apostroiph6: .i. uidesne .i. innaci7: .i. in lour   8: .i. fisid9: .i. iarfoxul ·s· diib10: belua marina .i. bled11: buaid lię12: .i. p con ·s·

[ 66 ]

P. 15b

1. i.e. e is changed into i long, and r is added. Lege Verbum etc.   3. i.e. elision of u and s (aut ouium foet’ aut…).   4. i.e. when the conjunction ne follows s.   5. i.e. ne suffers apostrophe.   7. i.e. is it enough?   9. i.e. after removing s from them.   11. a victory-stone.   12. i.e. p with s.

  1. MS. orniξ
  2. in marg. in the same hand as buaid lię, different from the usual hand. ὄρνιξ is mistaken for fornix, cf. Sg. 69a 19, 113a 2
  3. MS. ornis
  4. .i. glanad…s is between the lines: cf. Sg. 136a1, but glantar as 136a: 2
  5. Verg. Georg. ii. 196, cf. Prisc. I. 192
[ 66 ]

P. 16a

…quamuis1 non sine ratione2 haec quoque2a duplex a Graecis addita uidetur, nam multo molliorem3 et uolubiliorem4 sonum habet ψ quam ps5 uel bs…‘caelebs6’…‘Arabs7.’ Et x quidem assumpsimus, ψ autem non8; sed quantum expeditior9 est ψ quam10 ps…

…‘apex11’… …‘suppellex12 supellectilis’… …‘exoleo13’… ‘exspes’ in quo uidemur facere contra consuetudinem Graecorum14. …ponamus15.

[ 66 ]

P. 16a

1: adas2: .i. doclaind[1] quod noluit ꝉ aliis quod fecerunt   2a: cid3: .i. moithiu4: .i. asoirbiu[2]5: .i. oldaas ·πς·   6: oíntam7: .i. arabda[3]8: .i. nisnarróetmarni sidi9: .i. soirthiu sonu10: oldaas11: huasletu12: .i. intreb suppellectilis nominatiuus uetustus   13: ni forbiur[4]14: .i. iure feidligthe disi inógi ⁊ ·s· innatiarmoracht15: coa

[ 66 ]

P. 16a

2. i.e. for (the Latin) race quod etc.   8. i.e. we have not accepted this.   9. i.e. readier in sound.   13. I increase not.   14. i.e. by the principle of its remaining in (its) integrity with an s following it. 15. so that[5].

  1. recte dochlaind
  2. = as soirbiu
  3. MS. de   /arabda, de in another hand
  4. cf. forbartaig gl. exoletam Sg. 173a5
  5. coa seems to be for co, indicating the construction of ponamus, which is a scribal error for ponimus
[ 67 ]

P. 16b

…geminari autem uidetur post con­sonantem, si[1] x antècedente, quae loco c et s funguitur, ipsa1 con­sequatur2 ut ‘exseqaiae’…

B transit…in m: ‘summitto,’ ‘globus glomus3’… Nam ‘suscipio’ ‘sustuli4’ a ‘susum’ uel ‘sursum’ aduerbio composita sunt, undo ‘subtinnio5[2] et ‘subcumbo’ non mota­uerunt b in s. ‘Suspicor’ quoque et ‘suspicio’ a ‘susum’ uel ‘sursum’ com­ponuntur, sed abiiciunt unam s6, quia non potest duplicari consonans alia sub­sequente con­sonante, quomodo nee ante­cedente, nissi sit muta ante liquidam, ut ‘supplex’…quomodo et apud Graecos ‘συγγνώμη7’….

C transit in u consonantem…‘ascisco8 asciui’…in g antecedente n:…‘ango9’ quoque pro ‘ancho.’

[ 67 ]

P. 16b

1: ·s· aile2: ma­do­coisgedar3: sed tertiae declinationis ⁊ neutrum .i. comther­chomrac4: do­briathra[3] ata­chom­suidigthi frisnahí siu5: isfollus nach ·b· in ·s· in praedictis ar ni loc tairm­thechtae di in ·s· sequente ·c· ꝉ t· unde subtinnio reliqua non transit in his similiter6: .i. indaṅ[4] ·s· .i. s· aduerbii ꝉ uerbi   7: .i. emnad mutæ[5] re lechdaig híc   8: docuiriur9: cumcigim

[ 67 ]

P. 16b

1. another s.   2. if it follows.   4. adverbs which are compound­ed with these (words).   5. it is obvious that b (does) not (change) into s in the aforesaid (examples), for it is not an occasion for it to pass into s when c or t follows, unde etc.   6, i.e. one of the two s’s, i.e. s of the adverb or of the verb.   7. i.e. doubling of a mute before a liquid here.

  1. om. MS.
  2. MS. subtinnẹͥo
  3. expressed by the contraction dobre˘, cf. Sg. 220a 5, 6, 9
  4. leg. indalaṅ? cf. Sg. 205b 5, but daṅ may be gen. dual neut., cf. Sg. 9a 21, 22
  5. MS. mute with a mark under the e which may come from ę or æ, Thurneysen.
[ 67 ]

P. 17a

D transit…in t:…‘attamino1.’

F multis modis muta magis ostenditur, cum pro p et aspiratione ponitur, quae similiter2 muta accipitur…quanquam3 antiqui Romanorum Eoles sequentes loco aspira­tionis eam3a ponebant, effugi­entes quoque ipsi aspira­tionem4, et maxime cum con­sonante recusa­bant eam in Latino sermone proferre. ‘Sifilum’ pro ‘sibilum5,’ teste Nonio Marcello de doctorum indagine6, dicebant.

G transit…in ct: ‘agor7 actus’…

[ 67 ]

P. 17a

1: aslenaim[1]2: fri ·f   3: is mút si am quanquam .i. cinud· ꝉ is mút quanquam ·adas·   3a: digam ꝉ dasian   4: atac5: ar robbu digaim ind ·f· híc conducad ·b· innáloc6: .i. dindeclim7: cotom­erchloither

[ 67 ]

P. 17a

2. to f.   3. it is a mute indeed quamquam ‘although.’ Or it is a mute quamquam ‘even though[2]’ (?).   3a. digamma or rough breathing.   4. of the Attics.   5. for the f here was digamma and b was put in its place.

  1. MS. ad aslen⏑ where the ‘ad’ is a Latin gloss on the at- of attamino
  2. cf. Sg. 7a 7, 7b 7, 40a 21, 88a 1, 102b 5, 190a 4
[ 67 ]

P. 17b

H litteram non esse osten­dimus sed notam aspira­tionis quam Graecorum antiquis­simi .. in uersu scribe­bant1: nunc eam di­uiserunt et dexteram eius partem2 supra literam ponentes3 psiles notam

[ 68 ]habent, quam Remmius Palaemon exilem4…nominat, sinistram5 autem contrarie6 aspira­tionis, quam Grillius flatilem7 uocat.

De q.…quae nisi eandem[1] uim haberet quam c, nunquam8…in illam transiret… Apud antiques frequen­tissime quu loco cu sillabae ponebatur, et e contrario9, ut ‘arquus’…

T transit in s … c uero antecedente10 in x..

Y et z in Graecis tantummodo ponuntur dictionibus, quamuis in multis ueteres haec11 quoque motasse in­ueniantur et pro υ u, pro ζ uero … s uel ss uel d posuisse ut … ‘Saguntum[2],’ ‘massa’12 pro ‘Ζάκυνθος[3]’ ‘μᾶζα,’ ‘odor’13 quoque ἀπὸ τοῦ[4] ὄζειν… Ergo ‘corylus’ et ‘lympha’ ex ipsa scriptura14 a[5] Graecis sumpta[6] non est dubium.

[ 67 ]

P. 17b

1: eter litre ni huas­litrib2: alleth olaim deiss ┤   3: huas litir suidig­thir leo

[ 68 ]4: séim5: .i. partem graeci habent .i. ͱ dasien   6. .i. dopsilen7: tinfesti8: manibbad hinunn liter   9: .i. cid in­chotar­snu aris ·c· tarhesi ·q· thuas reliqua   10. .i. remitét[7] ·c· in ·t·   11: .i. asuidigud inepertib grecdib12: da ·s· tarhési z   13: ainm ṅetha14: ….υ indib[8]

[ 67 ]

P. 17b

1. among the letters, not over the letters.   2. the right half (lit. the half from the right hand).   3. it is placed with them above the letter.

[ 68 ]5. the rough breathing.   6. i.e. to the smooth breathing.   8. if it were not the same letter.   9. i.e. yet contrary-wise, for it is c instead of q above etc.   10. i.e. (when) c precedes the t.   11. i.e. their position in Greek words.   12. two s’s in place of z.   13. name of a grain[9].   14. (because) u (occurs) in them.

  1. MS. eundem
  2. MS. sacuntum
  3. MS. Ζακινθος
  4. MS. τοι
  5. om. MS.
  6. MS. sumpa
  7. misread by Ascoli remitéc
  8. ‘vor ·ẏ· scheint mir noch ein n oder r zu erkennen; von der zwei oder drei buch­staben die vorher­giengen, ist so gut wie nichts sicher zu sehen.’ Thurney­sen
  9. the glossator mistook odor for ador, Ascoli
[ 68 ]

P. 18a

Ordo quoque accidit literis, qui…quia con­iunctus esse uidetur1 cum potestate elemen­torum, non absordum puto ei nunc illum ordinem sub­iungere.

Sunt igitur uocales praepositiuae aliis uocalibus subsequentibus in eisdem[1] syllabis a e o, sub­iunctiuae e u2, ut oe ae eu au.

Diphthongi autem dicuntur, quod3 binos ptongos4, hoc est uoces, com­prehen­dunt. Nam singulae uocales5 suas uoces habent… In Graecis uero, quottiens huius­ce­modi fiat apud nos diæresis[2]

[ 69 ]peneultimae syllabae, i pro duplici consonante accipitur6, ut ‘Μαῖα7 Maia[3].’…

[ 68 ]

P. 18a

1: ·i· huare as accomalta dochumachtu isairi adfét de híc  2: .i. coitchenn ·e· hiter remsuidignd ⁊ foacomol3: .i. fogor dagutæ indeogur air thechtaid[4] cachgutæ aguth nindi ⁊ it digutai bite indeogur   4: Dionysius[5] Diptongos graece dia ꝉ dios ꝉ dio duo latine ptongos sonus· diptongos ergo dualis sonus sicut dialec­ticus dualis dictio· asberat alii isdeph­tongos asmaith and .i. combad dephtoros[6] dodichsed innaleith chomsuidigthi[7] ⁊ tonos .i. sonus· dephtoros didiu binus sonus inter­pretatur   5: nagutai oíndai

[ 69 ]6: Cindas on · ni anse ón uaire isin diguthaigthi airdíxi dofuasilcther deogur dorruairthetar di aimsir uocalis asberr ·i· in consonante ·i· inde duplex est · ·   7: .i. deogur ·a· ⁊ e

[ 68 ]

P. 18a

1. i.e. since it is connected with the power (of the letters), therefore he dis­courses of it here.   2. i.e. e is common both in ante­position and sub­junction.   3. i.e. the sound of two vowels is in a diphthong, for each vowel has its (own) sound in it, and it is two vowels that are in a diphthong.   4. Others say that deph­tongos is right there i.e. dephtoros (δεύτερος) would enter as half of the compound and τόνος i.e. sonus. dephtorus then etc.   5. the single vowels.

[ 69 ]6. How is this? Not hard is this: because the diphthong is resolved into two long vowels there have remained in consonante i two times of the vowel which is called i. Hence the consonant is double.   7. i.e. the diphthong of a and e.

  1. MS. hisdem
  2. MS. diaresis
  3. MS. μαηα. Maias
  4. cf. Sg. 206a 3, Vol. i. p. 370 note d
  5. i.e. Dionysius Thrax
  6. i.e. δεύτερος, Ascoli
  7. leg. inna­leith­chom­suidigthe ‘into half of the compound’? cf. leithun­gae Lib. Ardm. 17a 2 J. S.
[ 69 ]

P. 18b

Inuenitur tamen diphthongus, in media dictione correpta tunc, quando compositae dictionis antecedentis in fine est1 sequente uocali2, ut ‘praeustus[1].’

Oe quoque idem3 patitur apud Graecos.

Et sciendum est quod pro ‘ab’ praepositione au ponitur4… …si[2] abiiciatur uocalis posita post eum, id est post u[2] consonantem, au diphtongus fiat5 u redeunte in uocalem6… Transit in o productam…ut…‘cotes’7 pro ‘cautes’…

[ 69 ]

P. 18b

1: .i. hi foirciunn nacetnæ rainne bis isinchomsuidigthiu   2: .i. indead indeoguir bis isinchetna sillaib   3: .i. athimmorcuin   4: postea dicit aufero aufugio dicimus ne si affero • reliqua[3]5: co beith6: .i. andonaithchuiredar ·u· iterum   7. lieic

[ 69 ]1. i.e. at the end of the first part which is in the compound.   2. i.e. after the diphthong which is in the first syllable.   3. i.e. its shortening (correptio).   5. so that it may be.   6. i.e. when u returns again.

  1. MS. praeustis
  2. 2.0 2.1 om. MS.
  3. This note is in the middle margin
[ 69 ]

P. 19a

Oe est quando per diaerisin[1] profertur in Graecis nominibus et Graecam seruant scripturam1. Aufertur ei[2], id est oe diphtongo2, altera uocalis[3] sequente e longa…necnon pro ωι3 diphthongo Graeca nos hanc, id est oe, ponimus… …ad eraitationem Boetorum4… Transit in u longam, ut ‘Phoenices[4] Punices’5…moenio6

[ 69 ]

P. 19a

1: .i. ar dofuasalcat greic oe in ·u· sic latini   2. arin deogur   3: .i. oldaas a indlach ⁊ int[5] υ amal greic[6]a hairitiu ardib ɔsonaib4: inna cenelsin5: afracdæ6: daiṅgnigim

[ 69 ]1. i.e. since the Greeks resolve oe into u so do the Latins.   2. from the diphthong.   3. i.e. than its diaeresis, and the u as Greek and its assumption for two consonants.   4. of those nations.   5. African.

  1. MS. diarisin
  2. MS. ·i·
  3. MS. uocali
  4. MS. ΠΟΕΝΙΚΕϹ
  5. rectius ind, cf. Sg. 12a 3, 106b 4, 136a 2
  6. grec Sg. 53a 11, 65a 4, etc., innagrece 160b 1, di greic 196b 7, teora greca 148b 12. In contraction greic is commonly expressed by g⏑ic 9a 21, 19a 1, 40a 7, 196b 7, but g⏑c 112b 1
[ 69 ]

P. 19b

‘Raro’ autem diximus propter ‘Medeam,’ ‘Pluteam1’ nam quod2 Virgilius ‘Qui tela Typhoëa temnis’ e con-epta protulit, Doricum3 est.

[ 69 ]

P. 19b

1: .i. ɔroscaiged ·ei ꝉ i[1] in ·e· hisuidib2: .i. isairi nítabur3: grecda

[ 69 ]1. i.e. ei or i was changed into e in these examples.   2. i.e. therefore I do not give (it).

  1. MS. ɫi/·ei
[ 69 ]

P. 20a

….s. enim in metro saepe uim consonantis amittit1. ... ‘puls’2

[ 70 ]‘lanx’3 … … ‘Asbustes’4 … ‘squalor’5 …… ‘blandus’6 … ‘creber’7 … … ‘pratum’8

Ante m autem in­ueniuntur c d g t9

[ 69 ]

P. 20a

1: naich[1] imtha z   2: .i. hith

[ 70 ]3: medthescslice4: .i. neph­adnachte5: dóermamaigthetu   6: .i. prae­ponitur b· do ·l· síc ·c· reliqua7: dián8: sreith[2]9: .i. ní airecar ·b· na ·c· remi ·

[ 69 ]1. not so is z (i.e. z does not, as s often does, lose the force of a consonant).   [ 70 ]3. a balance or a dish[3] or a shell.   4. i.e. unburied[4].   6. i.e. b is prefixed to l: so c etc.   9. i.e. neither b nor c is found before it.

  1. the reason for the dependent naich here is not clear
  2. Of sreith in this sense we have no other instance. In Philarg. i srath glosses in gramine
  3. cf. teisc .i. mias O'Mulconry
  4. The glossator took Asbustes to be from as ‘ex’ and bustum, Ascoli
[ 70 ]

P. 20b

‘agmen’1 .. Tres autem con­sonantes non aliter possunt iungi in principio syllabae, nisi sit prima s2 uel c uel p …. tertia 1 uel r3…ut…‘uictrix,’ ‘sceptrum4.’ Nam post pt uel ct et simul iunctas l non inuenitur…ipsa soni natura pro­hibente5. In fine uero dictionis contra inuenimus primam liquidam, sequentem mutam6, postremam s… uel c uel t ante­cedente n7…uel loco ψ Graecae bs uel ps scribere pro ratione genetiui8, ut ‘Arabs Arabis’… …tamen cog­nationem soni9 ad hoc10 pro­cliuiorem esse aiunt. …euphonia superat11

[ 70 ]

P. 20b

1: sluag2: .i. manip ·s· bas toisech innasyllaib ·reliqua3: .i. trislitir immurgu hitosuch syllabe biid ·i·[1] no ·r·   4: ar ·c· ⁊ ·p· són infechtso5: .i. buith do ·l· post ct· reliqua6: .i. frimúit ⁊ lechdaig innadiad7: .i. n· re ·c· ·t·   8: .i. huare is b·s· ꝉ ps· bis in genitin   9: .i. hiter in ainmnid ⁊ ingenitin ꝉ inter · psi ⁊ ps ·   10: condib ·p·s do da intá·   11: .i. forhvaisligid[2]

[ 70 ]

P. 20b

2. i.e. unless s be the first (element) in its syllable etc.   3. i.e. the third letter, therefore, in the beginning of the syllable is wont to be l or r.   4. for (combi­nations com­mencing with) c and p this now (is an example, sce‑ptrum).   5. i.e. the occur­rence of l after ct, etc.   6. i.e. (contra) to a mute and a liquid after it.   7. i.e. n before c or t.   8. i.e. because it is bs or ps which occurs in the genitive.   9. i.e. both nomi­native and genitive, or both psi (ψ) and ps.   10. so that it may be ps that renders it.

  1. leg. ·l·
  2. The v is over the line, between h and a
[ 70 ]

P. 21a

Syllaba est com­prehensio literarum con­sequens sub uno accentu et uno spiritu prolata; abusiue tamen etiam singu­larum1 uocalium sonos syllabas nominamus. A singulis tamen incipiens, non plus quam2 ad sex literas procedere syllaba potest…

Saepe inueniuntur pro duabus3 uocalibus iunctis…singulae uocales positae, ut ‘plostrum’4 pro ‘plaustrum…’

[ 70 ]

P. 21a

1: .i. ceso com­prehensio literarum asberr camaiph reliqua2: oldaas3: .i. hiluc deoguir   4: .i. fén

[ 70 ]

P. 21a

1. i.e. although it is (by a syllable is meant) a col­lection of letters, still it is called etc.   3. i.e. in place of a diphthong.

[ 70 ]

P. 21b

Si antecedens syllaba terminet in con­sonantem, necesse est1 etiam sequentem a con­sonante incipere… Hero­dianus…ostendit, rationa­bilius esse sonorius­que2 quantum ad ipsam uocis prolationem, in compositis quoque3 simpli­cium regulam…seruare.

[ 71 ]Obiicitur4 tamen huic5 illud, quod oportet ‘oblitus6’ ‘oblatus’… si b in secundam syllabam transit7 more simpli­cium dictionum, primam habere8 communem in metris, ut possit etiam corripi: sed hoc nunquam inuenitur9. Praeterea10 ‘circueo’ et ‘circuago’ et similia non pate­rentur ab­scisionem m in pronun­tiatione si transis­set in sequentem syllabam m11, nec in ‘perhibeo,’12 ‘exhibeo,’ ‘inhumatus’…et similibus secundae syllabae prin­cipalis aspira­retur uocalis13… Est tamen quando in com­positis14 etiam sub­trahitur consonans, ut ‘coeo, cois.’

[ 70 ]

P. 21b

1: .i. isgnáth2: .i. bindiu3: .i. cid

[ 71 ]4: .i. frista­cuirther[1]5: .i. doberr hi­cotarsne do6: .i. combad o· ⁊ blitus dogneth reliqua [in marg.] .i. ob ⁊ liuitus ⁊ per sinagopen litus ·reliqua masued[2]7: .i. techt do ·b· hitosach sillabe   8: techtaite9: aratesed ·b· isinsillaib tánaisi in his ar it comsuidigthi   10: .i. Cenmithá innahí asrubart .i. oblitus reliqua11: Fri­tuidecht aile anísiu·   12: forgellim   13: .i. ar nirubi tinfed arbelaib ·x· ⁊ n· reliqua14: .i. con­forcmat dliged inna­ṅdiuite inmenicc ·

[ 70 ]

P. 21b

1. i.e. it is usual.  

[ 71 ]5. i.e. it is adduced in contrary (to it).   6. i.e. that it should make o and blitus etc. [in marg.] i.e. ob and livitus and by syncope litus etc. if it is so[3].   7. i.e. the passing of b into the beginning of the syllable.   8. that they should have.   9. (it is not found) that b should pass into the second syllable in these (words), for they are compounds.   10. i.e. besides those (words) which he has (already) mentioned, i.e. oblitus etc.   11. another objection this.   13. i.e. for there cannot be aspira­tion before x and n, etc.   14. i.e. so that they often preserve the law of the simple (words).

  1. cf. Ml. 106b 15, 118c 3
  2. The words .i. ob…masued are in the right margin
  3. cf. Sg. 50b 18, 88a2, 192b7 etc., Mod. Ir. maiseadh then, therefore,’ Anglo-Irish musha
[ 71 ]

P. 22a

Principales syllabae…ab omnibus incipere literis, desinere tamen non in omnes possunt sed in has: uocales quidem omnes, a quacumque conso­nante1 incipiat sequens syllaba.…in dictio­nibus, quae …aliis partibus orationis sint compo­sitae, ut…2 alter­utrum3. Nec tamen, si sequens a conso­nante incipiet, licet ante­cedenti in quan­cumque4 conso­nantem desinere…

In b inuenitur syllaba desinens, si sequens quoque ab eadem incipiat, ut ‘Subburra,’5 ‘gibbus,’6 ‘gibber,’7 ‘gibbe­rosus.’8… Quae tamen consonans c sequente solet in eam motari plerunque, ut .. ‘occumbo’9.. ‘succido’10… ‘Ob’ quoque est quando assumit s, cum prae­ponitur cum dictione a c inci­piente, ut .. ‘obscenus’11.

[ 71 ]

P. 22a

1: .i. ní ecen aḟorcomét adi2: Alter­utrum .i. indalanai · lactan­tius dicit. Utrum anima patre an matre an ex utroque generatur neque ab utroque neque ex alterutro seruntur animae   3: .i. hithé sin inaranna aili asrubart tuas · ⏑   4: .i. ní hicach ɔsoin ɔosna5: .i. ingor[1]6: .i. túithlae7: .i. cnocc8: .i. cnocach9: .i. ob ⁊ cumbo ⁊ níbí acumbo hísin in diuitius con ·m· sed cubo ·as· reliqua ·   10: .i. sub ⁊ caedo .i. dofuibnimm11: .i. ob ⁊ caenum .i. loth[2] reliqua

[ 71 ]

P. 22a

1. i.e. it is not necessary to observe this.   3. i.e. those are the other parts which he has mentioned above.   4. i.e. not in every consonant does it end.   5. i.e. an anchor.   6. i.e. a swelling.   7. i.e. a lump.   8. i.e. lumpy.   9. i.e. ob and cumbo, and that cumbo does not occur in sim­plicity with m, but cubo, cubas etc.

  1. cf. saburra Corp. Gloss. Lat. vii 220, 221
  2. .i. loth is written over caenum
[ 72 ]

P. 22b

Aut spem deponas aut partem illusus1 omittas ·

in quibusdam autem manet immutabilis, ut ‘abrogo,’2 ‘abrado,’ et puto dif­ferentiae causa ne, si ‘arrogo’ et ‘arrado’ dicamus, dubium sit, ‘ab’ an ‘ad’ prae­positio sit3 quae mutauit suam con­sonantem in r. …‘abdo’4…‘abluo’5…‘obnitor’6

…‘bacca,’7 ‘bucca,’8 ‘soccus’9
…‘abaddir,’10 lapis quem pro Ioue deuorauit Saturnus.

Reddidit una boum11 uocem.

…f quoque sequente rationabilius12: ‘affectus’ …s, ‘assiduus.’13 …‘adfatur’…‘adsumo.’

[ 72 ]

P. 22b

1: .i. cuitbedach2: .i. do­aithbiuchnioirdnimm ꝉ ualligim3: indíxnaigedar4: .i. fullugaimm   5: dofonug6: frisbiur7: cáer8: oal9: assa10: cenéla liac .i. taid­minedar­som ar chiunn11: .i. innambao[1]12: .i. is dlig­thigiu a­cumscugud quam a­feidligud13: .i. uandí as · assideo · reliqua ·

[ 72 ]

P. 22b

2. i.e. I break (a bargain), or I do not ordain, or I arrogate.   3. whether it is.   10. a kind of stone, i.e. which he records hereafter[2].   12. i.e. more in accor­dance with rule is its mutation than its perma­nence.   13. i.e. from assideo etc.

  1. MS. innabao
  2. Lib. v. f. 65, gl. 1
[ 72 ]

P. 23a

Errore tamen scrip­torum hoc fieri puto1 quam ratione : nam quae sit dif­ferentia2 euphoniae3 ut, cum eadem consonans sit sequens, in aliis trans­feratur d, in aliis non4, scire tamen non possum…

[ 72 ]

P. 23a

1: .i. uarietas immutationis ⁊ mutationis uel hoc .i. cen achomthóud ·d· quod uerius est·   2: cidechor[1] .i. ar ni dechor ṁbindiusa[2] file híc sed error scrip­torum   3: bindiusa4: .i. ut non trans­feratur ꝉ non .i. naico[3] ní­cum­scaigther ·d· in aliis dictionibus[4]

[ 72 ]

P. 23a

1. i.e. without the change of d, quod etc.   2. what is the dif­ference, i.e. because there is no dif­ference of euphony here, sed etc.   4. i.e. no! d is not changed in other words.

  1. = cid dechor
  2. MS. bindius
  3. MS. naico more probably than naicc, Thurney­sen: leg. naicc, which is trans­lated
  4. MS. di͠c. At the end of this column the scribe has : Γ gamma ꝉ Κ cappa ꝉ Χ chi
[ 72 ]

P. 23b

L quacumque consonante sequente potest ante­cedentem terminare syllabam, ut.. ‘ulcus1’…‘mulxi.’2 Q et r solis sequen­tibus non inueni ante­cedentem l; nam h et k non possunt post banc inueniri3.

…‘Cambises…’4

In n terminatur antecedens syllaba sequentibus c uel f uel g uel altera n uel q uel r…uel s uel t5…ut…‘mancus,’6… …‘con’ prae­positio ante dictionem ab r incipi­entem com­ponitur, hoc idem patitur7

[ 72 ]

P. 23b

1: cnocc2: do ommalgg3: is airdircu epirt limmson ·   4: .i. proprium nomen regis ut orosius[1] narrat · ꝉ nomen uestis caimmse5: .i. ordd abbgitir dorat forsna ɔsona6: .i. baclam .i. manu captus   7: acomthoud in ·r·[2]

[ 72 ]

P. 23b

3. I think I need not say this[3].   5. i.e. he has imposed on the con­sonants the order of the alphabet.   7: its con­version into r.

  1. MS. or͠o
  2. on the left margin of this column is the gloss: soldus iii tremeses habet tremesis uero scriptula et demedium
  3. cf. Vol. i. p. 415 note i
[ 72 ]

P. 24a

Nec mirum, cum apud Graecos auctores artium hoc idem

[ 73 ]soleat firi1 ut συρρέω[1]1a … ‘irrito’2 ‘irriguus’3 … … ‘consitus’4 … ‘imbuo’5 .. ‘competum’6 … ‘illudo.’7

… ‘lippus.’8

.. arquitenens,’9 ‘currus,’ ‘morsus,’ ‘artus,’ ‘periurus,’ curuus10 … … ‘pellicio,’11 ‘interlita’12 … con­scrip­sisti sin­graphum13 .. leges pellige14…pellucet15 quasi lanterna punica16.

[ 73 ]

P. 24a

1: .i. acomthoud in ·r·   1a: … icim2: todúrgim3: tursit­nech ·   4: .i. con­seminatus[2] com­chlante .i. ɔ ⁊ sero   5: ɔsecraimm   6: bélat .i. ɔ ⁊ peto   7: do­gáithaimm   8: fliuch­dercc9: huasal­gabáltaid · arcon enim græce excelsus dicitur[3]10: Ordd abbgitir inso11: do­gaithaim12: etarḟuillechta13: in­comscrib­ṅdaith14: airléch15: astóidi16: amal in lochairnn ṅ aḟfraicdai[4].

[ 73 ]

P. 24a

5. I consecrate.   9. high-holder, for arcon in Greek means excelsus.   10. this (is the) order of the alphabet.   13. a writer[5].   16. like the African lamp.

  1. MS. ϲιρρηγω
  2. von anderer hand davor­geschrie­ben, Windisch
  3. The glossator seems to have been thinking of ἄκρος
  4. i.e. afraicdai
  5. syngraphum is misrendered
[ 73 ]

P. 24b

.. ‘luscus’1 … … ‘cassis’2

… caeteris uero consonantibus3 sequentibus e, non ex, praeponi solet …

… ‘faex4 faecis,’ ‘faux5 faucis.’

[ 73 ]

P. 24b

1: .i. caech2: .i. cenelae lin3: cenmithá ·f·   4: .i. descad5: forcrach

[ 73 ]

P. 24b

2. i.e. a kind of net.   3. except f

[ 73 ]

P. 25a

syllaba enim per se, nisi cum sit dictio1 sensum habere non potest. Inuenitur tamen et plena oratio2 in una dictione…

[ 73 ]

P. 25a

1: .i. inge intan bas rann intṡillab2: .i. in ællug insce biid dictio

[ 73 ]

P. 25a

1. i.e. except when the syllable is a part (of speech).   2. i.e. dictio is wont to be in connected speech (oratio).

[ 73 ]

P. 25b

Tamen in metro1 necesse est unamquamque syllabam uel unius uel duorum accipi temporum.

Dictio est pars minima2 orationis constructae3, id est in ordinem com­positae4: pars autem, quantum5 ad totum intel­ligendum…hoc autem ideo dictum est, ne quis conetur ‘uires’ in duas partes diuidere6, hoc est in ‘ui’ et ‘res’… Non enim ad totum intel­ligendum7 haec fit diuisio.

[ 74 ]Differt autem dictio a syllaba non solum quod syllaba pars est8 dictionis, sed etiam quod dictio dicendum9, hoc est intellegendum10, aliquid habet. Syllaba autem non omni modo11 aliquid significat per se: ergo monosyllabae dictiones quodammodo12 esse et syllabae13, non tamen sincoere14… Unde si dicam15 ‘a’ per se scio esse syllabam nec tempora16 tamen eius…nec significationem17 agnosco… Nam in ‘ara18’ deorum…

[ 73 ]

P. 25b

1: .i. fri toim­sidetaid metair2: .i. hi­coin­deulgg inna innsce óge3: cen dualchi4: inordd cóir5: .i. minima .i. is rannsi ám orationis   6: .i. ɔepred iarum is pars minima orationis cechtar inda leithe sin .i. uí· ⁊ res· ar is pars minima dictionis syllaba pars orationis · · ⏑   7: .i. do láni chétbutho inna huilæ insce · · 

[ 74 ]8: .i. olas rann9: .i. beth eperthi10: .i. sluindith folad indepert ·   11: .i. onach mud etir12: .i. ualailiu mud frisillaba nád tóirṅdet ḟolad · ·   13: .i. issi intsillab diuit sillab ellaig rainne[1] ⁊ nad ṡluindi folad · ·   14: Ní sluindi sillab folad trée feisin manipsin[2] sillab ɔí bes rann insce··   15: Sí dicam .i. Fo[3] : : : : sillaib ṅdiuit : :…rainn : :…insce : :…beid : :…16: .i. cemét aimmser bes indi17: .i. cid ḟolad[4] sluindes   18: altóir

[ 73 ]

P. 25b

1. i.e. for the measure­ment of metre.   2. i.e. in com­parison with the complete discourse.   3. without vices.   4. into proper order.   5. i.e. it is verily a part of speech.   6. i.e. that he then should say, each of those two parts vi- and ‑res is pars minima orationis, for a syllable is pars minima dictionis and not pars orationis.   7. i.e. for the fulness of meaning of the whole discourse (dictio).  

[ 74 ]8. i.e. because it is a part.   9. i.e. it should be to be said.   10. i.e. the word expresses substance.   11. i.e. in any way at all.   12. i.e. in another way (quodammodo) to syllables that signify no substance.  13. i.e. this is the simple syllable, a syllable in the body of a part (of speech), and which does not express a substance.   14. No syllable by itself expresses a substance, unless it be a syllable which is able to be a part of speech.   16. i.e. what times may be in it.   17. i.e. (I know not) what substance it signifies.

  1. MS. raine
  2. leg. or sí sin?
  3. not quite certain, Thurneysen
  4. cf. cid chenél Sg. 197b3
[ 74 ]

P. 26a

cum autem significat stabulum porcorum1 eadem a sillaba peneultima2 corripitur et acuitur et habet aspirationem; haec eadem ‘a,’ quando est praepositio, grauatur3…. Vides ergo per se ipsum syllabam4 difficere praedictorum ratione nec aliter posse examosin5 tractari6, nisi posita in dictione sit.

Oratio est ordinatio dictionum7 congrua8, sententiam perfectam9 demonstrans. Est autem haec diffinitio orationis eius, quae generalis est, id est quae in species seu in partes diuiditur10. Nam oratio11 dicitur etiam liber rethoricus…

…responsa[1]12…‘honestas’13… .. articulos, quibus nos caremus14.

[ 74 ]

P. 26a

1: .i. muccḟoil2: .i. hára .i. muccḟoil3: .i. intan ṁbís hicomaisṅdís4: .i. solam .i. ind sillab diuit nád ṡluindi folad··   5: .i. ind immdae[2]6: .i. ɔeperthae cia aiccent ⁊ cisi aimser derb thechtas relqua7: .i. innafocul8: cen fubae[3] cen dualaich9: .i. coláni inntṡliuchto10: .i. coil ⁊ cóim ꝉ idem ⁊ partes quod melius   11: híc ostendit ceróich[4] himeit ⁊ lagait aní as oratio···   12: .i. innafrecra13: .i. féle14: .i. nín tánaic acárachtar

[ 74 ]

P. 26a

1. i.e. pig-sty.   3. i.e. when it is in apposition.   4. i.e. the simple syllable which does not denote a substance.   5. i.e. abundantly.   6. i.e. so that it might be said what accent and what certain time it hath, etc.   7. i.e. of the words.   8. without flaw, without fault.   9. i.e. with fulness of sense.   10. i.e. simple (gracilis) and beautiful.   11. here he shews how far the word oratio extends in greatness and in smallness.   14. i.e. their character has not come to us,

  1. recte responsiua, but responsa is translated
  2. immdu might have been expected
  3. cf. Ml. 15a11
  4. the enclitic form is noteworthy. Can ce be a mistake for co ‘how’?
[ 75 ]

P. 26b

… illos adhuc sequimur Latini1 quamuis integros in nostra non inuenimus lingua articulos2. Nam cum dicimus3 ‘idem’ ὁ αὐτός[1], non solum articulum prae­positiuum, sed etiam pronomen in eadem dictione signifi­camus4. .…secundum quosdam infinite siue magis nomine5..

His alii addebant etiam uocabulum et interiectionem apud Graecos6.

Igitur non aliter7 possunt a se discerni8 partes orationis, nisi unius­cuius­que9 proprie­tatis signifi­cationem[2] at­tendamus.

Proprium10 est nominis11 substantiam et qualitatem significare. Hoc habet etiam ap­pellatio12 et uocabulum: ergo trea una pars est orationis13.

Proprium14 uerbi actionem uel passionem siue utrumque…sine casu signi­ficare. Hoc habent etiam infinita15, quare non sunt separanda16 a uerbo17.

[ 75 ]

P. 26b

1: .i. osní2: .i. compositos ut apud graecos ꝉ huare ná­ndun­tanaic a­carachtar ciarid­beram acéill a pronominibus · ·3: isfollus nach mór bríg articuil linni · ·4: .i. ardointám5: .i. isferr ainm dodenom de6: .i. ind­interi­echt nadrann insce lagrecu sed apud aduerbium numerant atarimet com­roircnich[3] inna ngrec[4] la ranna insce ol ṡuide as rann insce lalaitnori · ·   7: dedliguth tra inna nil­toimdden­sin isde gaibthi igitur· quasi dixisset · ní fail ní nádtái mo­dligeth­sa fair indegaid na­comroir­cnech · ⏑   8: .i. ɔfesta andechur9: Manid­ecamar sain folad cacha­rainne · 10: .i. asainreth11: .i. indanmma dilis12: .i. proprium .i. torand folaid ⁊ inne amal ṅdond­foirde[5] ainmm ṅdiles ·13: .i. inna teoir rannasa is óinrann fardiṅgrat · ·14: .i. asainreth15: .i. torand gnimacésta reliqua16: .i. huare dofoirṅdet gním et passionem   17: .i. is labrethir anáram

[ 75 ]

P. 26b

1. i.e. we ourselves.   2. because their character has not come to us, although we express[6] their sense by means of pronouns.   3. it is clear that with us the article is not of much account.   4. i.e. for we translate.   5. i.e. it is better to make a noun of it[7].   6. i.e. the inter­jection, which is not a part of speech with the Greeks, sed etc., erroneous persons of the Greeks reckon it with the parts of speech because it is a part of speech with the Latins.   7. of the law then, of those many opinions, it is of this that he says[8] igitur; as if he had said; there is nothing on which my law does not touch[9] after the erroneous ones.   8. i.e. so that their dif­ference may be known.   9. unless we see a different meaning of every part (of speech).   10. i.e. its peculi­arity.   11. i.e. of the proper name.   12. i.e. a signifi­cation of substance and quality[10], (just) as the proper name signifies it.   13. i.e. these three parts (of speech) it is one part that they express.   14. i.e. its peculi­arity.   15. i.e. a signifi­cation of action or passion etc.   16. i.e. because they signify action and passion.   17. i.e. they are to be reckoned with the verb.

  1. MS. υ/οαιτοϲ
  2. recte proprietates significationum
  3. MS. comroirnich
  4. MS. grec
  5. the prefixed is peculiar: leg. dondfoirṅde?
  6. Cf. Sg. 31a3, 33a19, 40a11, 146a1, 148b13, 149b1, 196b5
  7. cf. Vol. 1. p. 613 note e
  8. gaibthi = gaibid + i
  9. cf . Wb. 2a3
  10. for inne in Sg. cf. 4b4, 27a3, 28a1, 2, 28b13, 18, 30a14, 39a32, 41b11, 50a3, 6, 59a11, 61a3, 4, 17, 66a29, 73a14, 137b8, 183b3, 185b6, 201a1, 207b9, 211a1, 10, 211b4: cf. definitio sensus id est quali­tatis esse demon­strator, Suppl. Gramm. Lat. p. 64.
[ 76 ]

P. 27a

Proprium est pro­nominis1 pro aliquo nomine proprio poni et certas personas signi­ficare. Ergo ‘quis’ et ‘qualis’ et ‘talis’ et ‘quantus’ …quae sunt…‘redditiua,’2 magis nomina sunt ap­pellanda quam pronomina…sub­stantiam…et quali­tatem3, quamuis generalem4, quod5 est suum nominis6, habent: nomina sunt igitur dicenda, quamuis7 declina­tionem pro­nominum habent quaedam ex eis. Non enim de­clinatio, sed uis et signi­ficatio8 unius­cuius­que partis est con­templanda: indif­ferenter enim9 multa et10 nomina modo pro­nominum et pronomina modo nominum inuenimus de­clinanda. Quod si de­clinatio facit iudicium[1]11 qualis12 sit dictio13 debent…parti­cipia14 in his putari… Ergo non de­clinatio, sed pro­prietas, est ex­cutienda15 signifi­cationis16.

…summatim17 de ceterarum quoque partium proprietate orationis per­currere.

Hoc ergo inter aduerbium et praepositionem est18, quod

[ 77 ]aduerbium et sine cassualibus potest praeponi et postponi uerbis et cum cassu­alibus…Terentius in Adelphis:

[ 76 ]

P. 27a

1: .i. issed sainreth pronominis aṡuidigud ar­an­mmaimm dílius ⁊ ní arindí dano nád­suidigthe som ar­an­mmaimm do­acalmach · ·   2: .i. érrethcha airindí asrenat frecrae dond immchomurc .i. Dofúasailcet animm­chomarc imme­chomarcar tri quis ⁊ qualis ⁊ quantus   3: .i. qualis ⁊ talis .i. inni ind folaid hísin4: .i. cenelaich etir maith ⁊ olc5: .i. proprium .i. ái6: .i. sainreth nanmmae torand folaid cen­chinniuth persine · ·   7: .i. quis ⁊ qui aris far diull nominis ataat innahí olchænae .i. quis[2] ⁊ talis   8: .i. afolad ⁊ inchiall9: .i. Nibí dechor etir diall nanmann ⁊ pro­nominum   10: cid11: masued sluindes ind rann12: .i. Cia randdatu bis indi13: .i. cisi rami dogéntar di14: ar is diall nominis lasuidib[3]15: .i. ní eclastai16: ind ḟolaid17: ind­áirmith ꝉ breuiter   18: .i. etir in­dobrethir són ɔicc bes ṅ do­briathar[4] ⁊ bes rem­suidigud ꝉ etir in­dobrethir sechissí ⁊ remsuidigud má­do­drume­natar alaaili nombetis in oen rainn · ·

[ 76 ]

P. 27a

1. i.e. this is the peculi­arity of the pronoun, that it is put for a proper noun, not, indeed, that it is not put for an appel­lative noun.   2. i.e. red­ditives, because they render an answer to the question, that is, they resolve the question which is asked by quis and qualis and quantus.   3. i.e. qualis and talis: (they have) the quality of that substance.   4. i.e. general, both good and bad.   6. i.e. the peculiar­ity of a noun, to denote substance without determin­ing person.   7. i.e. quis and qui (follow the pro­nominal declen­sion), for the rest, qualis and talis are (declined) according to the nominal declen­sion.   8. i.e. the substance and the sense.   9. i.e. there is no dif­ference between the de­clension of nouns and of pronouns.   10. also.   11. if it is this that the part (of speech) expresses.   12. i.e. what particu­larity[5] resides in it.   13. i.e. what part (of speech) will be made of it.   14. for they have the nominal declen­sion.   16. of the meaning.   17. numerical­ly or briefly.   18. i.e. between the adverb which can be an adverb and a prepo­sition. Or between any adverb what­so­ever and a prepo­sition, if some have thought that they are one part (of speech).

  1. recte indicium
  2. leg. qualis
  3. MS. hi suidib, with puncta delentia under hi and la super­scribed
  4. MS. dobre˘
  5. randatu is an abstract formation from rann ‘part of speech,’ cf. Sg. 188a7, 8, 203b4 etc.
[ 77 ]

P. 27b

post facere tamen1.

…si dicam ‘non bonus homo’ pro ‘malus,’ subaudio ‘est2.’

Praepositionis autem proprium separatim quidem per apposi­tionem3 casua­libus praeponi, ut ‘de rege’ .. con­iunctim uero per composi­tionem tam4 cum haben­tibus casus quam5 etiam cum non haben­tibus casus…

…‘uel Terentius uel Cicero6’… …praepositio casualibus separata7 prae­ponitur semper, con­iunctio uero omnibus potest dictio­nibus modo8 prae­posita modo post­posita coniungi.

Nomen9 est pars orationis, quae unicuique subiectorum corporum10 seu rerum11 communem uel propriam quali­tatem distri­buit12. Dicitur13 autem nomen14 uel a Graeco, quod est ‘νομα15’ et adiecta o ‘ὄνομα[1],’ dictum a16 tribuendo17 quod νέμειν[2]18 dicunt, uel, ut alii,

[ 77 ]

P. 27b

1: .i. ardobrethir hiremṡamugud2: .i. aní as · est .i. biid est hífoetsecht3: .i. Tre­chomais­ṅdeis do inchosc óen­cheillae4: emith lasnahí5: emith   6: .i. is nectar de7: hi­comais­ṅdís   8: cach la céin9: .i. her­chóiliuth folaith10: .i. tiugdae ⁊ tanaide11: .i. neph­chorpdae12: .i. do­indnaich13: her­chóiliuth suin14: .i. tindnacul15: .i. ethem­lagas do­nadbat híc ondsun grecdu as· noma .i. nomen húad16: gerind17: .i. o­thind­nacul18: .i. gerind grecdae

[ 77 ]

P. 27b

1. i.e. for an adverb in ante­position.   2. i.e. est, i.e. an est is under­stood.   3. i.e. by appo­sition, to signify a single con­ception.   4. as much with those (that have).   5. as.   6. i.e. it is one of the two.   7. in appo­sition.   9. i.e. defi­nition of (the) substance.   10. i.e. of gross and subtle.   11. i.e. of in­corporeal (things).   13. defi­nition of (the) word.   14. i.e. an imparting.   15. i.e. the etymology he sets forth here from the Greek word νόμα, i.e. nomen (comes) from it.   16. i.e. (it is) a gerund.   17. i.e. from imparting.   18. i.e. a Greek gerund.

  1. MS. ονωμα
  2. MS. νημειν
[ 77 ]

P. 28a

nomen quasi notamen, quod hoc notamus nomine unius­cuius­que sub­stantiae quali­tatem1. Et communem quidem corporum quali­tatem2 de­monstrat, ut ‘homo’…rerum3 communem, ut ‘disci­plina’…

[ 78 ]Species sunt communes tam propriorum quam appellatiuorum duae, princi­palis et diri­uatiua4. …ut ‘Iulius5’…

Nam propria habent species separatim quattuor: praenomen, nomen, cognomen, agnomen6. Praenomen est, quod prae­ponitur nomini uel diffe­rentiae causa7 uel quod[1] tempore, quo Sabinos Romani asci­uerunt8 ciuitati ad con­firmandam coniunc­tionem9 nomina illorum suis prae­ponebant nominibus et inuicem Sabini Romanorum.10

Et notantur11 uel singulis literis12 uel binis uel ternis. Idque fit diffe­rentiae causa13…. Unde in ‘Marco’ ‘M.’ solam scribimus14…quia nullus error fit15. Nomen16 est proprie unius­cuius­que suum17,18 ut ‘Paulus’; cognomen cogna­tionis19 commune, ut ‘Scipio20’; agnomen est quod ab aliquo euentu21 imponitur, ut ‘Africanus,’ ‘Issau­ricus.’

[ 77 ]

P. 28a

1: .i. inne indḟebtadindḟolaid asbeir híc inne dilsedo­acald­maiche asbeir innadead quando dicit et communem quidem reliqua2: indinne issi as coitchenn folad duine huile[2] ··   3: indúlib ní hisonaib atá in dilsein­doacald­maiche

[ 78 ]4: .i. ataat chétnaidi ⁊ dirudigthi hindilsi ataat dano in doacaldmaichi   5: .i. ainm inchoisc ceníuil6: .i. issed acognomen són alsnafiru aili reliqua7: .i. ardechor etir da ṅainmm cosmaili8: .i. do­chath­raraib dóib hisin­chathir9: .i. is do remi­suidig­ddis do accomol inna­cairddine ⁊ ind oentath · ·   10: .i. Dagnítis dano intṡabindai anísin immenetor .i. no­suidigtis nomina romanorum ante nominibus suís · ·   11: .i. notaitir12: .i. robu óenlitrib13: .i. dodechor fri praenomna[3] aili14: .i. huare nádfail praenomen fria­ndech­raiged[4]15: .i. cith ·m· namma scríbthar and huare nád­deligedar fri praenomen cosmail do · ·   16: .i. nomen saindíles cachoenḟolaid17: .i. aṅái18: Aní as nomen lasna littridi aili is cognomen són lapriscien aní as cognomen leosom is nomen són leissem19: .i. in­choibnis20: .i. coitchen dia­choibnius .i. domaccaib ⁊ auib .i. scipio .i. scipide · ·   21: .i. ua­thecmungg gnímo

[ 77 ]

P. 28a

1. i.e. the quality of the property or of the substance he declares here: the quality of propriety or appella­tivity he declares after­wards, quando dicit etc.   2. the quality is this, whereby every one has a common substance.   3. in elements, not in words, is the propriety or the appella­tivity.

[ 78 ]4. i.e. there are primitives and derivatives in propriety: there are also in appel­lativity.   5. i.e. a name signify­ing family (gens).   6. i.e. this is the cognomen with other (learned) men, etc.   7. i.e. for dis­tinguish­ing between two similar nouns.   8. i.e. for citizens of theirs in the city.   9. i.e. for this (reason) they used to set it before for the junction of the friend­ship and the unity.   10. i.e. the Sabines also used to do this in turn, i.e. they used to put names of the Romans before their own names.   12. i.e. either[5] by single letters.   13. i.e. to dis­tinguish from other prae­nomina.   14. i.e. because there is no praenomen for it to differ from.   15. i.e. even if m only is written there: because it does not dis­tinguish from (another) praenomen like it.   16. i.e. a peculiar nomen of every single substance.   18. that which is nomen with other authors, this is cognomen with Priscian: that which is cognomen with them, is nomen with him.   20. i.e. common to his relatives, i.e. to sons and grandsons, i.e. Scipio, i.e. Scipian.   21. i.e. by accident of fact.

  1. MS. quo
  2. perhaps a verb (asbeir?) has fallen out before as: ‘the quality, it is it which declares that all man is of common substance’; for as coitchenn folad might then be compared bammo brón, Ml. 86d6, and KZ. xxxv 399 sq.
  3. leg. praenomina? or is the word inflected as Irish? cf. pronoibneib Sg. 200b6, pronomen 201a5
  4. leg. frisandechriged, which is translated
  5. see Vol. i. p. 433 note c, Pedersen, KZ. xxxv. 404
[ 78 ]

P. 28b

Inuenimus tamen multa in his quattuor speciebus propri­orum nominum inuicem pro se possita1, et quae in aliis personis sunt prae­nomina2

[ 79 ]haec in aliis loco nominum3 accipi­untur… Similiter in aliis loco cog­nominum4 aliorum cognomina uel contra….

Hoc autem interest inter proprium et appellatiuum quod appel­latiuum natura­liter commune est multorum5 quos eadem sub­stantia siue qualitas6 siue quantitas7 generalis uel specialis8 iungit: generalis9, ut ‘animal,’ ‘corpus10’ ‘uirtus11’; specialis12, ut… ‘albus’ ‘niger13,’ ‘magnus,’ ‘breuis14.’

Haec enim15 quoque, quae a qualitate uel a quantitate sumuntur speciali, id est adiectiua, modo a generali modo a speciali qualitate uel quan­titate nascuntur natura­liter communia sunt multorum: adiectiua autem ideo uocantur, quod aliis appel­latiuis16, quae sub­stantiam signi­ficant, uel etiam propriis adiici solent ad manifes­tandam eorum17 quali­tatem18 uel quanti­tatem, quae augeri uel minui19 sine sub­stantiae con­sumptione20 possunt…

Proprium uero naturaliter uniuscuiusque priuatam21 substantiam quali­tatem­que signi­ficat et in rebus est indi­uiduis22 quae philo­sophi atoma23 uocant, ut ‘Plato,’ ‘Socrates.’ Itaque com­munione naturali

[ 80 ]caret24.

[ 78 ]

P. 28b

1: .i. cach ae doṡuidigud aralailiu ·   2: .i. hipersonaib sainib .i. saini persin[1] hisuidiu ·

[ 79 ]3: .i. innaṅanmann etargnai4: .i. do luc[2] innananmman inchoisc ceníuil5: .i. afolad issed maithess incoitchennas in nomine   6: .i. cid maith cid olc cid álind cid etig ·   7: .i. cid bec cid már8: .i. benair[3] fricach nae andédese ·   9: .i. docach anmmandu10: docach corp11: docach neurt12: .i. ar­ṡain­chenélchi13: ar inni andédese ·   14: ar méit andedeso15: .i. frecrae menmman[4] reliqua16: .i. trenaib17: .i. inna­nanman adiect ·   18: Inna anmmann tréna didiu ithé doḟormmagddar donaib anmmanaib adiectaib do lanad ⁊ ḟoilsiguth inne indib sicut postea dicit   19: .i. cen­forcenn indḟolaid chéthnai[5]20: niepil afolad cetne isfolud duinido­gaibther anddoḟormagar ·   21: diuparthe22: .i. nad­fodlaiter frislond nilḟolad .i. indiuidua   23: neph ḟodlaidi

[ 80 ]24: doṡlund hile

[ 78 ]1. i.e. that each of them is put for another.   2. i.e. in different persons, i.e. different persons here.   [ 79 ]3. i.e. (in place) of the names of cognition.   4. i.e. in place of the nouns which signify family.   5. i.e. the substance, this is what abates (?) the common­ness in the noun.   6. i.e. whether it be good or bad, beautiful or ugly.   7. i.e. whether it be small or great.   8. i.e. these two (attri­butes) (generalis and specialis) are connected with each of them (qualitas and quantitas).   9. i.e. to every animal.   10. to every body.   11. for every strength.   12. i.e. for special gene­rality.   13. for quality, these two.   14. for quantity, these two.   15. i.e. a mental answer etc.   16. i.e. to sub­stantives.   17. i.e. of the nouns adjective.   18. the nouns sub­stantive then, it is they that are added to the nouns adjective to complete and manifest quality in them, sicut etc.   19. i.e. without end of the same substance.   20. the same substance does not perish: it is the substance of a man whether it be dimin­ished therein or increased.   21. deprived.   22. i.e. which are not divided to signify many sub­stances.   23. indivis­ibles.   [ 80 ]24. to signify many.

  1. for nom. pl. persin cf. Sg. 138a4, 197a8, 211b9
  2. loco is interpreted as a dative, cf. Sg. 154b1
  3. MS. benair perhaps more probably than berair, Thurneysen; leg. probably, with Sarauw, berair: cf. Ml. 35b10
  4. cf. scríbend menman Sg. 178b3
  5. recte chétnai
[ 80 ]

P. 29a

…fortuitu1…. Et in proprio etiam appel­latiua intellegi possunt2, ut, si dicam ‘Virgilium3,’ intellego hominem et poetam, in appel­latiuis autem propria non intel­leguntur .. nisi per excel­lentiam4 loco proprii in quibusdam personis accipi­antur, ut ‘poeta’ pro5 ‘Virgilius’ et ‘urbs’ pro ‘Roma.’

…alia incorporalia in appellatiuis, ut ‘uirtus6’ dea7 et ‘pudicitia’ Penelopae8. Omonima9 quoque tam in propriis quam in appel­latiuis in­ueniuntur, ut….‘nepos10’ filius filii… In­ueniuntur tamen quaedam omonima eadem propria et appel­latiua, ut ‘Magnus Pompeius11’… Sinonima12

Aliae fere omnes species13 in

[ 80 ]

P. 29a

1: .i. inttecmaiṅgthech .i. tecmaiṅg amin2: .i. incoisgedar anmman do­accald­macha tre anmman dílsi3: Asa­gnintar as ṅ duine ⁊ as fili intan asmberar uirgilius assa­gnintar assin[1] do­acald­maiche · tre dilsi ·· 4: .i. tre derscugud firchathrach reliqua5: .i. tar hési6: .i. coitchen do each neurt7: .i. nomen bandeae8: .i. dorochair indílsidi[2] ɔid nomen dipudicitia   9: .i. cosmail ainmm­nech­thecha reliqua10: .i. haue11: asinmagnus dogníthær andedesin .i. dilis ⁊ doacaldmach   12: .i. comainm­nichdecha reliqua13.: .i. file

[ 80 ]

P. 29a

1. i.e. accidentally, i.e. it happens thus.   2. i.e. appellative nouns (can) be signified by proper names.   3. when ‘Vergil’ is said, it is under­stood that he is a human being and a poet: therefrom is appella­tivity under­stood through propriety.   4. i.e. through the pre­eminence of the man or the city.   5. i.e. in place of.   6. i.e. common to every strength.   7. i.e. nomen of a goddess.   8. i.e. it has fallen into propriety[3] to her (Penelope), so that Pudicitia is a name of hers.   9. i.e. homonyms, etc.   11. out of the magnus this pair is formed, viz. the proper and the appel­lative.   12. i.e. synonyms etc.   13. i.e. which are.

  1. cf. Sg. 5a10
  2. leg. indílsi dí, cf. Sg. 29b7
  3. i.e. the state of being a proper name
[ 80 ]

P. 29b

nominibus appellatiuis1 inueniuntur. …compre­hensiuum2..

accidens uero, id est suum uniuscuiusque3, ut ‘niger coruus4’ et ‘altum5 mare.’ Inueniuntur tamen etiam in propriis quaedam huius­ce­modi6, ut ‘Gradiuus Mars7’….nec egent ad­iectione aliorum nominum8 quomodo communia adiectiua9.

[ 81 ]Ad aliquid dictum est, quod sine intellectu illius10, ad quod dictum est, proferri non potest, ut ‘filius,’ ‘seruus,’ nam dicendo11 filium patrem etiam12 et dicendo seruum dominum quoque13 intellego. Quod sí intereat14, interimit una illud quod ab eo intel­ligitur.

Quasi15 ad aliquid dictum est16, quod, quamuis habeat aliquid contra­rium17 et quasi semper adhaerens18, tamen non ab ipso nomine19 signi­ficat

[ 80 ]

P. 29b

1: archiunn2: .i. ar indí ɔtetarrat som hignuisib hilib an­dé­ainmm­neich­thech3: .i. anái .i. asainreth4: fiach5: fudomain6: .i. amal ataat adiecta ɔanil­mrechtrud ind­doacald­maichi ataat dano indílsi ·7: .i. dorochair indílsi marti   8: .i. cenmithá inna anmmann dílsi diana­comlatar híc tantum ··   9: .i. do­acald­macha

[ 81 ]10: .i. air ni conbiasom manibé aní huanaithgnintar ⁊ huanainm­nigther[1] · ·   11: .i. lase asṁbiur12: file athir leiss   13: .i. file chóimmdith leiss14: .i. manibé15: .i. is cuit atoíbthe[2] nammá is airi asbeir quasi .i. simili­tudinis   16: .i. is quasi ad aliquid asberar diib huare rombí cechtar de sech alaill · · ·   17: .i. cenod fil­chotar­snataith etarru ·   18: .i. is cuit atóibthe huare rombí cechtar de sech alaill19: .i. bís leiss ut dies

[ 80 ]

P. 29b

1. ahead.   2. i.e. because it comprehends under many forms the denomi­native.   3. i.e. its own, i.e. what is proper to it.   5. deep.   6. i.e. as there are adjec­tives with their many varieties in appella­tivity so there are in propriety[3]. 7. i.e. it has fallen into propriety to Mars.   8. i.e. except the proper names, to which they are added here only.   9, i.e. appel­latives.   [ 81 ]10. i.e. for it will not exist unless there exist that from which it is recog­nised and named.   11. i.e. when I say.   12. that he has a father.   13. i.e. that he has a lord.   14. i.e. unless it exist.   15. i.e. it is a mere adherence (somewhat similar): hence he says quasi.   16. i.e. it is quasi ad aliquid is said of them, because each of the two can be apart from the other.   17. i.e. although there is oppo­sition between them.   18. i.e. it is a mere adherence because each of the two can be apart from the other.   19. i.e. which it has, ut dies.

  1. MS. ‑ter; according to Thurneysen ai is no longer legible
  2. cf. Wb. 24c5
  3. i.e. the state of being a proper name
[ 81 ]

P. 30a

etiam illud1: neque enim ex illo nomina­tionem accipit2…nam quamuís intereat3, nec interimit4 secum etiam illud quod ei adhaerere intel­legitur.

In propriis quoque hanc uim habent5 dionima6 uel trionima uel tetra­onima7 ut ‘P. Cornilius Scipio Africanus.’

Interrogatiuum est, quod cum interrogatione profertur, ut ‘quis,’ ‘qualis7a,’ ‘quantus,’ ‘quot,’ ‘quotus,’ cum suos seruant accentus8.

Infinitum est interrogatiuo contrarium9, ut ‘quis,’ ‘qualis,’ ‘quantus10,’ ‘quot11,’ cum in lectione graui accentu pronun­tiantur12.

[ 82 ]Possunt tamen haec eadem et relatiua esse13 et simili­tudinis14, sicut etiam15 ‘talis,’ ‘tantus,’ ‘totus,’ ‘tot’: haec tamen etiani redditiua dicuntur16. …huius­cemodi nomina uel sub­stantiae sunt infinitae atque communis, ut ‘quis,’ ‘qui’; uel quali­tatis17, ut ‘qualis,’ .… uel numeri18, ut ‘quot’… Sed incon­gruum19 uidetur…nos Apollonii et Herodiani…uestigia relin­quere20..

[ 81 ]

P. 30a

1: .i. aní huanainmnichfide2: sluindith sem aduiltetaid cen ḟortacht indanmma aili · · ·   3: .i. ciatbela indalanái niepil alaill4: .i. ni airdben5: .i. ainmnigud oen folaid húa ilanmmianaib6: .i. deainmmnichthi   7: .i. is ar ṡodain dobeir exemplum   7a: .i. circun­flex[1]8: .i. dóig linn bed nacuit praeter qualis ⁊ combad chircun­flex far suidiu·⏑   9: .i. ecrich­datu cen immchoruarc nindib10: .i. isidméit11: .i. lín reliqua12: .i. inimmfognam ⁊ issreith legind

[ 82 ]13: .i. aithaisṅdisnecha .i. tuasailcdecha doimmchomairsnechaib · ·   14: .i. quantus .i. is heidméit ꝉ uerbi gratia · qualis innainne so noch is relatiuum insin insam­lathar dano inni frialaili ·   15: .i. is derbson16: .i. hérredcha aliud nomen illis   17: .i. tecmaiṅg dondḟolud hísin .i. infinitae ⁊ communis   18: .i. tecmaiṅg dondḟolud .i. infinitae ⁊ communis19: ecóir20: cena­sechim

[ 81 ]

P. 30a

1. i.e. that from which it would be named.   2. it expresses its proper nature, without the aid of the other name.   3. i.e. though one of the two perish the other does not perish.   4. i.e. it does not destroy.   5. i.e. the naming of one substance by many names.   6. i.e. dionyma.   7. i.e. ’tis for this he gives an example.   7a. i.e. (accented with) a circum­flex.   8. i.e. it seems to us that it is the acute, except (on) qualis, and that it is the circum­flex on this.   9. i.e. in­definite­ness in them, without inter­rogation.   10. i.e. ’tis how much.   11. i.e. number etc.   12. i.e. in construc­tion and in order of reading (in a connected text?).   [ 82 ]13. i.e. responsives, i.e. resolutives to interrogatives.   14. i.e. quantus, i.e. it is how much or, for example, qualis of this quality; yet that is relatiuum, it assim­ilates one quality to another[2].   15. i.e. this is certain.   16. i.e. ‘reddi­tives’ is another name for them.   17. i.e. it happens to that substance.   18. i.e. it happens to the substance.   20. not to follow them.

  1. the m corrected into n
  2. cf. Sg. 211a10
[ 82 ]

P. 30 b

Facticium1 est, quod a propri­etate sonorum2 per imita­tionem factum est, ut ‘tintina­bulum3.’.

Absolutum est, quod per se intellegitur4

Patronomicum5…quod significat cum genitiuo primitiui filius uel nepos. Et hac forma6 poetae maxime solent uti, pro qua7 Romani cog­nominibus famili­arum utuntur8, ut sunt ‘Marcelli9,’ ‘Cornilii10’… quicunque eiusdem familiae11 sunt, sicut12 omnes minores13 Thessei14 ‘Thessidas’ Graeci uocant….unde Virgilius… dixit ‘Scipiades15.’ Necnon etiam posses­siua loco patrono­micorum16

[ 82 ]

P. 30 b

1: .i. aforcmachte .i. nomen de sono factum ·   2: .i. innafogur   3: .i. tinntin · afogur dia­forcom­nacair tintina­bulum   4: .i. húa­tuasailc­thae hua anmmaim ailiu dothórmuch friss do aestóasc acheille ·   5: .i. ciall genitiui nominis cétnaidi ɔacomol fris indí as filius ꝉ nepos issi fil isind­aither­rech­taigthu · · ·   6: .i. in des   7: .i. forma in des ·   8: .i. ainmm ninchoisc cenéuil issed file lalait­nóri tarhési naither­rechtaich­the la­grecu9: .i. in­marcell­dai10: .i. in chor­naldai11: .i. dimuntir cornilmarcill   12: .i. maicc ⁊ háui reliqua .i. is follus issin magin sin téte aither­rechtaig­the Ní ashire oldáta maicc ⁊ aui reliqua13: .i. ataóa14: .i. indí thessei[1]15: .i. accusatiuus .i. patronimici .i. inna scipdiu[2] . pro scipio­nidas quia scipio­nidas debuit dicere   16: .i. in­engraicc anmmae aither­rech­taigthi

[ 82 ]

P. 30 b

1. i.e. the facticious, i.e. nomen etc.   3. tinn-tin, the sound from which tinti­nabulum is formed.   4. i.e. absolved, from the addition of another noun to it to express its meaning.   5. i.e. the meaning of the genitive of the primitive noun with the addition to it of filius or nepos, this is what is (found) in the patro­nymic[3].   8. i.e. a name signify­ing kindred, this is with the Latins in lieu of the patro­nymics with the Greeks.   11. i.e. of the family of Cornelius or Marcellus.   12. i.e. sons and grandsons etc.: it is clear in this place that a patro­nymic goes further than sons and grandsons etc.   13. i.e. who are younger.   16. i.e. in place of a patro­nymic noun[4].

  1. the h is written above the t
  2. the second i is written above the d
  3. cf. Sg. 32a1
  4. cf. Sg. 32a1
[ 83 ]

P. 31a

inuenimus apud Latinos usurpata, ut ‘Emilianus Scipio2’ pro Emelii filius, et ‘Octa­uianus Caesar3.’ In­ueniuntur quaedam nomina formae4 patrony­micorum signifi­catione denomi­natiua5, ut ‘Euripides’ non Euripi filius sed ab Eurupo6 sic nominatus est. Et in omnibus fere speciebus nominum7 inuenimus eiusdem formae etiam propria, quae8 tamen amittunt appella­tiuorum signifi­cationem, ut ‘magnus9’ adiec­tiuum et proprium…

..abusiue etiam a matribus…patronymica solere formari, ut ‘Latonides’ id est Latonois[1], id est Latonae, filius Apollo10, et ‘Iliades,’ Iliae filius Romulus11. Ab auis quoque maternis12.… ‘Inachides13’ filius Ionis Epaphus14, quae filia fuit Inachi15.

[ 83 ]

P. 31a

[2]2: .i. inscip emelendae .i. macc emelii3: .i. in caesar octa­uienda .i. octauiani filius fuit caesar ⁊ non est filius octauiae adeilb atreib­thig arberar an­aither­rechthe ⁊ pro patronymico híc est   4: .i. in des   5: .i. derét ailiu ro­ainm­nichthe .i. de­ainmm­nichthi .i. ab aliis nominibus ⁊ non a nominibus patronymicis6: .i. diairisin[3] doratad foir anainmm sin ar[4] issed laithe insin ro­ṅgenair­som ní airindi roṅgenad som isind luc sin · · ·   7: bíit anmmann dílsi hicach ṅdeilb ⁊ hicach tarm­orcenn imbiat anmmann do­acald­macha ·   8: .i. intan ata ṅdílsi9: .i. már .i. magnus ciuis   10. .i. ishé apoill insin11: .i. ishé romuil12: .i. huathraib amáthar13: .i. ind inachda14: .i. ishé epachus insin15: .i. athair amáthar inachus

[ 83 ]

P. 31a

2. i.e. the Aemilian Scipio i.e. son of Aemilius.   3. i.e. the Octavian Caesar i.e. Caesar was son of Octavi­anus, etc. From the posses­sive form the patro­nymic is derived, and it is here for the patro­nymic.   5. i.e. from another thing they have been named, i.e. denomi­natives etc.   6. i.e. ’tis therefore that name was given to him (Euripides), because that is the day on which he was born, not because he was born in that place.   7. there are proper nouns into every type and into every termi­nation into which there are appel­lative nouns.   8. i.e. when they are proper.   10. i.e. that is Apollo.   11. i.e. it is Romulus.   12. i.e. from their mother's fathers.   14. i.e. that is Epaphus.   15. i.e. Inachus was his mother’s father.

  1. recte Λητοῦς
  2. Ascoli’s 1. ‑ani is the ending of octauiani in the next line
  3. leg. isairisin. Or, if we read is di airisin, translate “’tis from history (airisin, abl. sg. of airisiu, gen. airissen Sg. 106b15) that this name was given him”; cf. the preceding gloss: de rét ailiu ro ainm­nigthe
  4. The MS. has the siglam for Lat. quia
[ 83 ]

P. 31b

A regibus sine a conditoribus ‘Thessidae1’ ‘Cecropidae2,’ id est ‘Atheni­enses’; ‘Aeneadae3,’ Romulidae4,5, id est Romani6

tum pendere poenas

Cecropidae iussi7.

[ 84 ]

Aeneadae in ferrum pro libertate8 ruebant…
subitoque nouum consurgere9 bellum . .

A fratribus ‘Phetontides10,’ unde femininum ‘Phetontis11.’ ‘Pheton­tiadas’ tamen dixit pro ‘Pheton­tidas’ poetica licentia12.

Sunt igitur patronymicorum formae apud Graecos tres: in ‘des’ quae dicitur communis apud illos13, quod in omni sermone possunt hac uti14… Nam in[1] aliis duobus non utuntur, id est in ‘ων’ terminata, quae est propria linguae Iadis15—‘Πελείων16’ pro ‘Pelides[2]17’— et in ‘adios’ quae est ‘Eolica18’ ut ‘Phir­radios19’… De hac igitur forma20 dicendum est…

..nam ‘Aenides’ magis contra regulam auctoritate poetica posuit Virgilius, e et a correptas in i productam con­uertens, uel quasi ab ‘Aeneus’ ‘Aenides21’ sicut a ‘Peleus’ ‘Pelides22’..

[ 83 ]

P. 31b

1: .i. inthesedi[3] a theseo rege atheni­ensium   2: .i. cicrops dorósat incathraig ⁊ dichlaind thessei dóib .i. digrecaib dóib huili3: .i. ind­æneedai4: .i. romoldai 5: Romuil doḟorsat in­cathraig óæneas rocinnset ind romain6: .i. romándi huili7: .i. amtarforṅgarti

[ 84 ]8: .i. dochumtúth[4] asóere9: .i. bat10: .i. infetontide .i. frater fetontis .i. aither­recht­aigthe masculindae obrathir11: .i. tre indarpae · de · as in mascul12: .i. issí poetica licentia and tormach inna á · tantum ⁊ nífil imchloud cenéiuil nadiill and ut erratici putant .i. mael ⏑ ⁊ cua ⏑ 13: .i. docach bélru fil lagrecu ⁊ docach ceníul   14: .i. forma in des ·   15: .i. in cheniuil sin 16: .i. inpélecdae pelei filius17: .i. dogluaiss ar is meinciu dúnni an­aither­rech­taigthe in des ·   18: .i. eolensta19: inphirde20: in des   21: .i. ba­riagolda anainmmsin[5] arachúl[6] manubed[7] quia non fit do anmimm díles22: .i. Amal bid cognomen do aeneus ⁊ nirbu cognomen challéic acht darigni amin síc peleus reliqua

[ 83 ]

P. 31b

1. i.e. the Theseids etc.   2. i.e. Cecrops has built the city, and of the children of Theseus were they, i.e. of the Greeks were they all.   5. Romulus has built the city : from Aeneas the Romans have descended.   6. i.e. Romans all.   7. i.e. when they were ordered.  

[ 84 ]8. i.e. to preserve (?) their freedom.   9. ….   10. i.e. the Phetontid, i.e. the brother of Pheton, i.e. a masculine patro­nymic from (the name of) a brother.   11. i.e. through ejecting ‑de from the masculine.   12. i.e. this is the poetic license there, the adding of the a only, and there is no change of gender or declen­sion in it, as the blunder­ers, i.e. Mael… and Cua… suppose.   13. i.e. to every dialect among the Greeks, and to every nation.   15. i.e. of that nation.   16. i.e. the Pelidian.   17. i.e. (he adds Pelides) for a gloss, for the patro­nymic in ‑des is more familiar to us.   21. i.e. that name (Aeneus) would be regular behind it (Aeneades), if it existed, for it is not found as[8] a proper name.   22. i.e. As though Aeneus were cognomen to it (Aeneides), and yet it was not cognomen, but (the poet) made it thus: so (is) Peleus etc.

  1. om. in
  2. MS. peliades, with punctum delens under a
  3. MS. inthesidi with ed over id
  4. with cumtúth (from com-ud-túth) cf. Lat. tueor, tūto, tūtor?
  5. MS. anaimmsin
  6. commonly iarnachúl, but cf . Sg. 112b3
  7. cf. Ml. 30b4
  8. cf. Sg. 78a2, 91b1, 104b5
[ 84 ]

P. 32a

..fecit autem ‘Anchisiades’ quasi ab ‘Anchisios1’ nominatiuo

[ 85 ]quomodo ‘Lertios2 Lertiades’ … ‘Πηλεὺς Πηλέως[1] Peleïdes’3; et per sineresin4 e et i in ei diph­thongum proferunt paenul­timam.

Inde Promethides5 placidis Epimethida6 dictis.

‘Deucalides6a’ pro ‘Deucalionides,’ et ‘Scipiades’ pro ‘Scipio­nides7’… ‘Demades’ per sinarisin8 pro ‘Demeades’… ‘Euerides’ etiam et ‘Lyco­medides’ apud Graecos contra regulam9 paenul­timam dip­thongum habent…

[ 84 ]

P. 32a

1. .i. amal nobed nochní fail aria inoensillaib forbeir an­aither­recht­aigthe[2] sech acognomen nísin manubed indib sem[3] sillabaib immurgu forbeir sechaní as anchises · · ·

[ 85 ]2: .i. riagolson immurgu   3: .i. dosoither os in ides · ɔdéni peleídes iarum pelídes iarsuidiu ·   4: .i. tre­accomol5: .i. ipromi­thide .i. horminis   6: .i. in epimethis6a: .i. deocalion   7: .i. inscipdae8: .i. tresan­acomol inddá aimm­serda indd gutae9: .i. ar nífil deogur isnaib cogno­minibus · huataat ·

[ 84 ]

P. 32a

1. i.e. as if it were, yet it is not, for by one syllable the patro­nymic increases beyond that cognomen, if it existed. By two syllables, however it increases beyond Anchises.

[ 85 ]2. i.e. this, however, is a rule.   3. i.e. ‑ôs is changed into ‑ides so that it makes Peleides after­wards, and after this Pelides.   6. i.e. the Epimethis (in the accu­sative).   8. i.e. through the combi­nation of the two tempo­ralities of the two vowels.   9. i.e. for there is no diphthong in the cognomina from which they are.

  1. MS. peleυϲ peleωϲ pelides
  2. aitheirechtaigthe ita fictum videtur ut paterno iuri proprium (athr-recht) i.e. patro­nomicum signi­ficaret, Asc. Gl. 50. The glossator may have derived the latter part of patrony­micus from νόμος. Hence the recht
  3. leg. manubed sem · indib
[ 85 ]

P. 32b

..si masculina i longam habuerunt ante ‘des’ per sinarisin1, apud Latinos in ‘eis’ diuisas tamen faciunt feminina..

In ‘né2’ autem desinentia quae sunt Iadis linguae3, patronymica eiusdem generis i longam habent paenul­timam, si princi­pale4 non habuerit eandem i uoealem…

Acrisioneis Dan[a]e5 fundasse colonis6,

ab Acrisione7, id est Dan[a]e8. Et sciendum, quod inueniuntur

[ 86 ]multa eiusdem formae gentilia9, ut … ‘Colchis10,’ ‘Argolis11,’ ‘Ciclasias[1]12,’ ‘Troias13’ … Alia uero propria14, ut ‘Bachis’..

Possessiuum est, quod cum genetiuo principalis15 significat…

[ 85 ]

P. 32b

1: .i. treaccomul · e · i indeogur   2: Ní huaitherrechtaigthib mascu­lindaib bíit inna aitherrech­taigthi in ne · acht is ó cogno­minibus3: .i. in­cheníuil­sin4: .i. acognomen hombí5: .i. daua as maith li­alaailiu and ní fitemmar can doberr6: .i. hunaib[2] aitreb­thidib acrision­daib a­mmuntar­sidi adrothreb­si lee ithe conrót­gatar in­cathraig ·   7: .i. uand aither­rech­taigthiu atá an­aitreb­thach .i. acrisi­oneus ishé aḟoxlaid ilair sidi fil sunt ·8: .i. apropir son

[ 86 ]9: .i. anmann inchoisc cenéuil10: .i. colchia .i. in colchelda[3]11: .i. argi .i. in grecda12: .i. in­ciclasta[4]13: .i. in­troianda14: propiri dílsi aní siu di­aitherech­taigthib[5] .i. ɔecat beta propiri ⁊ beta naither­rech­taigthi · ·   15: .i. inchétnidi huambí anaitrebthach

[ 85 ]

P. 32 b

1. i.e. by the combination of e and i in a diphthong.   2. Not from masculine patro­nymics are the (feminine) patro­nymics in ‑ne, but from cognomina.   3. i.e. of that nation.   4. i.e. the cognomen from which it comes.   5. i.e. (’tis) daua that some like here; we know not whence it is brought.   6. i.e. by the Acrisi­onian inhabi­tants ; her folk whom she (Danae) had (lit. possessed) with her, ’tis they that built the city (of Ardea).   7. i.e. from the patro­nymic (Acrisione) comes the posses­sive, i.e. Acrisi­oneus: it is its ablative plural which is here.   8. i.e. that is her proper name.

[ 86 ]9. i.e. names signifying race.   10. i.e. the Colchian.   11. i.e. the Grecian.   12. i.e. the Cyclasian.   13. i.e. the Trojan.   14. this is strictly proper names as appel­latives: they can be proper and be patro­nymics.   15. i.e. of the primitive from which is the posses­sive.

  1. recte ‘Cyclas,’ ‘Ias’
  2. rectius huanaib
  3. seems corrupt; in­chol­chedde PCr. 12b
  4. rectius in­chic­lastae
  5. cf. p. 84, note g
[ 86 ]

P. 33 a

.. patronymica filios uel nepotes significant, possessiua autem non solum filios, sed omnia quae possunt esse in posesione1. Fiunt igitur posses­siua uel a nominibus, ut ‘Caesar2 Cæsareus3’​…​et uel mobilia sunt, ut ‘Martius4 Martia Martium’ uel fixa5, ut ‘sacrarium6,’ ‘armarium7,’ ‘donarium8.’

Possessiua autem dicimus…quae formam habent possesiuorum9. Sunt enim quaedam gentilia similem posses­siuis habentia formam, ut ‘Romanus’ ciuis gentile10 et ‘Romanus’ ager posesiuum11, quaedam autem eadem et propria et gentilia et possesiua12, ut … ‘Latinus’ ciuis13 et ‘Latinus’ ager14; alia tantum­modo propria15 formae

[ 87 ]sessiuae16, ut ‘Quinti­lianus17,’ .. ‘Iulianus’; alia loco patrony­micorum posita…ut ‘Emilianus18’ Scipio .. Ex eadem forma19 agnomina19a quoque multa inuenies, ut ‘Africanus20,’ ‘Persicus21’ … Alia autem sunt eiusdem diriua­tionis22 quae ex materia princi­palium23 constare signifi­cantur…alia ex morbis, ut ‘cardiacus24’; alia a profes­sionibus25, ut ‘mechan­nicus26, 27,’ ‘gramma­ticus28’; alia a disci­plinis, ut ‘Aristo­telicus29,’ ‘Socra­ticus30,’ ‘retho­ricus31’; alia quae primi­tiuorum similem possunt habere signifi­cationem32,

[ 86 ]

P. 33 a

1: .i. aní atreba leiss2: .i. asoirc cách3: .i. airindi atreba æsorcuin[1]4: .i. air indi atreba leiss adrad martis ·  5: .i. cenḟodail ceneuil6: .i. sanctáir · arindí · atreba rétu nóiba and ·7: .i. scrín airindí atreba arma and ·8: .i. airindí atreba máini indi ·9: .i. ar chuit tarm­orcenn ·10: .i. coitchen ⁊ chenelach docach cathrur di­romanaib11: .i. atir romanach[2] arindí atrebat romáin and12: .i. conecat atredesin ·13: .i. cach fer dichlaind latin[3]14: .i. air indí atrebat laitnóri and15: .i. archuit tairm­orcenn ⁊ non possesiua reliqua ·

[ 87 ]16: [in marg.] Aliter tantummodo propria .i. nicumcat bete gentilia ɔecat immurgu bete possisiua ⁊ propria ·   17: .i. cos­mailius dirrudigthi   18: .i. emiléndae .i. emelii filius .i. amal bid emelides nobed and19: .i. possesiua19a: arbertar as noén­tarm­oirciunn[4] .i. aitrebthacha ⁊ agnomina   20: .i. ar indí atreba afraicc ⁊ reliqua21: .i. air indí atreba persiam ⁊ reliqua22: .i. fri aitreb­dacha ꝉ possissiua23: .i. primi­tiuorum hua­ndir­rudi­geddar24: .i. ar indí atreba cardiacam[5] genus doloris[6]25: .i. huaḟóisitnib inna ṅdáne frisgniat ⁊ ataimet26: , 27: .i. arindí atreba indánsin · ind ḟiss asberar michanicé .i. sechta ·   28: .i. air indí atreba indán inna litredachte   29: .i. ar indí atreba bésu aristotil30: .i. air indí atreba besu socráit31: .i. air indi atreba sulbairi32: afolad[7]

[ 86 ]

P. 33 a

1. i.e. that which he possesses.   2. i.e. who destroys every one.   3. i.e. because he possesses destruc­tion.   4. i.e. because he possesses the worship of Mars.   5. i.e. without distinc­tion of gender.   6. i.e. sanctuary: because it possesses holy things therein.   7. i.e. an armoury, because it possesses arms therein.   8. i.e. because it possesses treasures therein.   9. i.e. as regards termi­nations.   10. i.e. common and general to every citizen of the Romans.   11. i.e. the Roman territory, because Romans dwell there.   12. i.e. they can be these three things.   13. i.e. every man of the Children of Latinus.   14. i.e. because Latins dwell there.   15. i.e. as regards termi­nations, and they are not posses­sives, etc.

[ 87 ]16. i.e. Otherwise tantummodo propria; they cannot be gentilia, but they may be posses­siva and propria.   17. i.e. simi­larity of a deriv­ative,   18. i.e. Aemilian, i.e. son of Aemilius as if Aemilides were there.   19. i.e. posses­siva.   19a. they are expressed by the same termi­nation, i.e. posses­sives and agnomina.   20. i.e. because he possesses Africa etc.   21. i.e. because he possesses Persia etc.   22. i.e. as posses­sives.   23. i.e. of the primi­tives from which they are derived.   24. i.e. because he has cardiaca, a kind of pain.   25. i.e. from profes­sions of the arts which they practise and profess.   26, 27. i.e. because he possesses that art, of the science called mêchanicê.   28. i.e. because he possesses the art of liter­ature.   29. i.e. because he possesses the character of Aristotle.   30. i.e. because he possesses the character of Socrates.   31. i.e. because he possesses eloquence.   32. their substance.

  1. the scribe wrote asorcuin, and then altered the a to æ
  2. n over the line, the first a under it
  3. cf. ingen latin (gl. Lauinia) Sg. 38a 14
  4. cf. far nóeṅ deilb Sg. 90b2, 201b6
  5. MS. cardiam
  6. genus doloris ist von ganz andern Hand hinüber die Glosse geschrie­ben, Thurney­sen
  7. MS. afolaid, with punctum delens over i
[ 87 ]

P. 33b

ut ‘Tracius’ pro ‘Trax1.’

… ‘Libycus,’ quod solum y ante ‘cus’ habens inuenitur quod a prin­cipali2 accepit. … ‘mulio mulionis3 mulio­nicus4,’ Cicero pro Sestio[1]: mulio­nicam paenolam5.

[ 88 ].. ‘illigneus6,’ tamen et ‘iliceus7’ dicitur: Terentius in Adelphis:

Lectulos … illigneis pedibus8.

Statius in sexto Thebaidos:

Ornique iliceaeque trabes9 metuendaque10 suco
Taxus11.

‘marmoreus12’ … ‘quernus13,’ ‘colurnus14’ … ‘faginus15’; e uero longam ‘spondeus16,’ ‘Phoebeus17’ … o:

[ 87 ]

P. 33b

1: .i. son[2] lán ⁊ delb aitrebthaig oṡun2: .i. ón bunud .i. libya   3: .i. custos mulorum .i. echaire4: air indí atreba múlu5: .i. in echlas múldae

[ 88 ]6: .i. ilignide · de nomine fedo .i. illigum nomen arboris   7: .i. ilecde · ilex nomen arboris   8: huanaib cosaib hilig­nidib   9: .i. innatrosta ilecdi10: .i. isaichthi11: .i. ind ibair báis neimnich ·   12: indí[3] atreba marmair13: dairde quia fit quercus reliqua14: .i. collde quia fit colyrus coll15: fagde fagus   16: toxalde arindí atreba toxal and .i. fot[4]17: .i. phebus

[ 87 ]

P. 33b

1. i.e. a full sound, and the form of a posses­sive from (the) sound.   2. i.e. from the origin i.e. Libya.   3. i.e. horse­keeper.   4. because he possesses mules.   5. i.e. the mules’ horse­cloth (?).

[ 88 ]6. i.e. ilignian, from the name of a tree.   7. i.e. ilician, (from) ilex etc.   8. from the ilignian feet.   9. i.e. the ilician beams.   10. i.e. it is to be feared.   11. i.e. the deadly poisonous yews[5].   12. because it possesses marble.   16. drawn (?), because it possesses drawing[6] (?) therein i.e. length.

  1. MS. Sesio
  2. Ascoli and Windisch read (i.e. nomen); ein ver­kümmertes n scheint mir paläo­graphisch wahr­schein­licher, Thurney­sen
  3. leg. arindí
  4. Ascoli prints fot as the beginning of gloss 33b17
  5. The glossator supposed taxus to be in the nom. pl.
  6. cf. toxal na tromsluag SR. 5318; tóxal (gl. uerri­culum) Sg. 53b4; probably from to-fo-com-sal‑. Cf. nam spondeus tractus quidam, id est sonus, qui funde­batur circa aures sacrifi­cantium. Isid. iii. 25
[ 88 ]

P. 34a

‘aerous[1]1,’ ‘Eous2,’ … more Ionio3.
Italides4, quas ipsa decus sibi dia Camella.

5Nam primitiuum ‘Chius’ corripitur…

Aret Lerna6 nocens7, aret Lyrcius[2] et ingens
Inachus.

[ 88 ]

P. 34a

1: .i. arindí atreba nert2: .i. arindí atreba airther quia fit eos .i. oriens   3: grecdu4: .i. inna etaldai .i. larina ⁊ tulla   5: .i. ní cumma limm ⁊ anaitrebthach quia producit   6: loth7: erchoi­tech

[ 88 ]

P. 34a

1. i.e. because he possesses strength.   2. i.e. because he possesses the east, quia etc.   3. Greek.   4. i.e. the Italian women.   5. i.e. I do not deem it identical with the posses­sive, because it lengthens (the i).   6. mud[3].

  1. leg. herous
  2. MS. lirceus
  3. lerna paludes aquae ubi fuit ydra serpens qui multa capita habuit, Corp. Gloss. Lat. iv. 254
[ 88 ]

P. 34b

Nec mirum, nam tu infaustos1 donante marito
Ornatus Argia geris.

… Ionas2

[ 88 ]

P. 34b

1: míchlothaigthi   2: .i. aicmae digrecaib

[ 88 ]

P. 34b

1. ill-famed.   2. i.e. a tribe of Greeks.

[ 88 ]

P. 35a

… ‘stlataria1’ … alia ab officiis2, ut ‘tabellarius3,’ ‘mercinarius.’…

[ 89 ]alia a digni­tatibus, ut ‘praefec­torius4’ … ‘censorius5’ … ut ‘collarium6’ quod in collo est, ‘plan­tarium7’ quod in planta8 … ‘motaria9’ quod in motu est et ‘palmarium10’ quod in palma, hoc est in laude; de quibus sunt, ut ‘frumen­taria11’ lex de frumento … ‘uinaria cella12’ quae uinum habet, et ‘armamen­tarium12’ in quo arma posita sunt,

[ 88 ]

P. 35a

1: .i. stlata .i. ethar2: .i. atrebat ní triatimdirecht amal atreba in­fochrach aḟocraicc · ·   3: tablaire .i. tabella

[ 89 ]4: .i. immscerde5: .i. cístae .i. qui censum praerogat   6: .i. ammuinde .i. muinceslabrad7: acclantae8: hi claidi9: a­cum­scaigthe10: .i. aní atreba búaidmolad11: .i. recht frecoir chéill cruith­nechtae[1]12: .i. cuile finda airindí ɔgaib fín ꝉ ubi uinum uenditur ut beda ·   13: .i. loc imbiat arma arindí ɔṅgaib arma

[ 88 ]

P. 35a

1. i.e. (from) stlata i.e. a boat.   2. i.e. they possess somewhat through their service, as the mercenary hath his pay.

[ 89 ]6. i.e. that which belongs to a neck i.e. a collar or chain.   8. in a digging.   9. that which is moved.   10. i.e. that which has victory or praise.   11. i.e. the law of cultivat­ing wheat.   12. i.e. a wine-cellar, because it contains wine, vel etc.   13. i.e. a place wherein are arms, because it contains arms.

  1. The glossator supposed that the lex frumentaria was made for the encourage­ment of agri­culture, and glossed according­ly
[ 89 ]

P. 35b

sic ‘uiolarium1’ ‘rosarium2,’ ‘uiri­darium3.’

… ‘Pompeianus4’ … ‘Romanus5’ … ‘Rubrenus6,’ ‘Anienus7,’ unde Virgilius: Aniena8 fluenta. … in his quae ab arboribus deri­uantur, ut ‘oleaginus9’ … … ‘colurnus10,’ ‘ficulnus11,’ ‘pópulnus12.’

Potest tamen et hoc [sc. ‘Romanus’] et pene omnes huiuscemodi formae nominum propri­orum quoque habere signifi­cationes13. …‘Coruinus14

[ 89 ]

P. 35b

1: .i. scotae .i. uiola   2: .i. bróinderostae .i. derosa dindluib find[1] .i. luib derc3: húrda .i. uiridis   4: .i. seruus .i. mug atreba poimp leiss5: airindí atreba romam   6: dercaide quia fit rubra   7: aniendae dianmmaim indṡrotho asberr anien[2]8: aniendai9: olegende10: coldde quia fit corylus nomen arboris   11: ficuldae ficulnia   12: pópulus .i. nomen fedo13: .i. dogníter anmannn dilsi diib amal doṅgnither[3] dindhí as romanus cinid airi doberr desim­recht acht ar a­trebthach nand14: .i. fiach

[ 89 ]

P. 35b

1. i.e. belonging to violets.   2. i.e. belonging to dew[4] or belonging to a rose, i.e. de rosa from the white plant i.e. a red plant.   4. i.e. a servant whom Pompey possesses.   5. because he inhabits Rome.   6. reddish.   7. of the Anio: from the name of the river called Anio.   12. pōpulus i.e. name of a tree.   13. i.e. proper names are formed from them (posses­sives), as is formed from Romanus, although not for this is (the example) Romanus given, but for the posses­sive therein.   14. i.e. a crow.

  1. MS. fin; .i. luib derc bedeutet wohl correctur des versehens luib fin[d], das darum nicht ausge­schrieben ist, Thurney­sen
  2. Ascoli amen. Man kann ebensogut anien also amen lesen, Thurney­sen
  3. the and h over the line
  4. a derivative from bróin; rosarium is alternatively explained from ros
[ 89 ]

P. 36a

…alia a temporibus ut ‘matutinus1’ a matuta2, quae

[ 90 ]Auroram significat, uel, ut quidam Λευκοθέαν3 … ‘antelucanus4’ … alia a mutis animalibus, ut … ‘anserinus5’; alia a materia ex qua constant, ut ‘humanus6’' .. alia a numeris ..

It grauis Auletes centenaque7 arbore[1] fluctum
Verberat assurgens…

…‘capsa8 capsanus’[2]… De ‘mustelino9’ .. paulo post tractabitur.

[ 89 ]

P. 36a

1: .i. fuinide [man. alt.] mane uigilans beda2: fuin

[ 90 ]3: .i. issain doḟoirṅde són frisinroithnigud4: remdedólte5: anser .i. gigrann6: húrde7: .i. cét rámæ fuiri8: comrar9: mustela[3] .i. ness mús longa mustellinus

[ 89 ]

P. 36a

1. i.e. belonging to evening.   2. evening. [ 90 ]3. i.e. what this (Λευκοθέα) signifies, is different from radiance.  7. i.e. a hundred oars in it.

  1. MS. ab arbore
  2. recte Compsa Compsanus
  3. MS. mustélla, with punctum delens over the first l
[ 90 ]

P. 36b

Similiter a habent ea, quae deriuantur a nominibus in ‘cus’ uel in ‘cuius’ desinentibus, quae sunt ultra duas sillabas1 ut ‘rusticus rusticanus…’ Excipitur a masculo2 quod est dimminutiuum maris, ‘masculinus’ factum3 … ‘tolletum tollitanus[1]4’ …

[ 90 ]

P. 36b

1: .i. mad desillabach níbbá inanus regaid intdiruidigud   2: .i. más · masculus húad3: anasforcmid[2]4: .i. esgal[3]tenlach .i. census quod tollitur[4]

[ 90 ]

P. 36b

1. i.e. if (the noun) be disyllabic, the derivation will not end in ‑anus.   2. i.e. mas: masculus (is derived) from it.   3. when it is made.

  1. recte Toletum Toletanus
  2. leg. anas forcmachte
  3. cf. indesgal Ml. 96b 11
  4. cf. Ducange s.v. tolletum: the Latin words are in a later hand
[ 90 ]

P. 37a

… ‘lucina1’ .. … ‘follis2’ … … ‘macer3’ .. ‘libertus4’ … ‘rufus5’ .. Excipiuntur6 ab ‘humo’ ‘humanus’ … nam7 quod a Taurominio ‘Taurominitanus8’ dicimus, sequimur Graecos, qui ‘Taurominites’ dicunt. Gentilia9 enim apud Graecos in ‘της’ desinentia …

[ 90 ]

P. 37a

1: taitnem2: bolc3: séim4: sóermug5: .i. proprium ꝉ derc6: hua anmanaib in us   7: marg. l. Archiunn   8: .i. ní exceptaid linn són sed regula   9. cenelcha

[ 90 ]

P. 37a

1. splendor.   5. i.e. a proper name, or red.   6. from nouns in ‑us.   8. i.e. we do not deem this an exception,

[ 90 ]

P. 37b

…‘aper1, aprinus2,’ ‘caper3 caprinus,’ ‘ceruus ceruinus4’ … ‘taurus taurinus5,’ ‘ferus6’ .. ‘leporinus7’ … ‘ouinus8’ … ‘suinus9’… …‘unus ullus10, una ulla11, unum ullum,’ ‘bonus bellus12’… …‘mediastinus13’… ‘Fiscina14’…‘fuscina15’ … an fiscus16 a ‘fiscina17

[ 91 ]an neutrum a neutro18 dubium est19. Nam nec ‘fuscina20’ a fusco nec ‘pagina’ a pago21 nec ‘Mutina’ a muto22…deriuata…paen­ultimam corri­puerunt.

[ 90 ]

P. 37b

1: torc allid2: torcde3: gabor4: damde5: tarbde6: .i. best7: patnide8: cáirchuide9: mucde10: oenán11: oénnat12: sainemlan13: medón tairismidgabaltaid14: ainches15: áel16: cís17: fá innadíxnigedar cechtarde

[ 91 ]18: .i. onechtar nái19: fá innád fail nechtarde hualaliu20: gae gona éisc ut romani dicunt [in marg.] tridens neptuni quod graeci fuscinam dicunt   21: ofích22: o amlabar

[ 90 ]

P. 37b

1. a wild boar.   13. standing in the middle or holding the middle (medóngabáltaid)[1].   14. a basket.   17. or whether it is not each of the two.

[ 91 ]18. i.e. from either of the two.   19. or whether it is not that one of them is from the other.   20. a spear for killing fish, ut etc.

  1. mediastinus seems to be taken as in medio stans or medium tenens
[ 91 ]

P. 38a

..illa scilicet obseruata regula, quam superius in mutis anima­libus diximus; ideo et ‘anser anserinus1’ dicimus … ‘heri’ alter­nitatis2 causa ‘hesternus3’… In ‘teria’ etiam desi­nentia4 faciunt deriuatum similiter: ‘Fabra­teria5 Fabra­ternus’ ‘Sabra­teria6 Sabra­ternus,’ ‘aetas’ quoque ‘aeternus’ … ‘Vetus’ praeterea ‘ueternus7’ facit, non solum ‘ueteranus,’ sed diuersas habent signifi­cationes8. ‘Quercus9’ etiam quernus10,’ ‘corylus11 ‘colurnus12’’ … ‘mensis mensurnus13’ … … ‘Lauinia14’ …

[ 91 ]

P. 38a

1: .i. cesu · in · er theit[1] .. is .. í ante us and uare as nomen animalis   2: .i. ailidetad dechuir fri · aeternus ar bahed bariagol heri heternus   3: .i. déthenachde4: .i. inna hí conosnat in teria   5: tolnaidcumtach6: .i. iṅgor7: .i. arbrici chomarle cid óac induine8: .i. atá dechor netarru diblínaib9: daur10: daurde11: coll12: colde13: místae14: ingen latin

[ 91 ]

P. 38a

1. i.e. though it is in ‑er that it ends, it is i before ‑us there, because it is the name of an animal.   2. i.e. (for sake of) alter­nation, (i.e.) of distinc­tion from aeternus, for this should be the rule heri hesternus.   4. i.e. those that end in ‑teria.   5. an artificer or a building.   6. i.e. an anchor.   7. i.e. for versa­tility of counsel, though the person be young.   8. i.e. there is a differ­ence between them both.   14. daughter of Latinus.

  1. The ‘aspiration’ of the initial t here is irregular
[ 91 ]

P. 38b

Abusiue1 tamen poetae pro ‘Dardanio2’ posuerunt ‘Dardanum.’ Si uero ante ‘ia’ aliam conso­nantem habuerint3, i longam habent ab eis deriuata ante ‘nus’… …Tripo­lites4 ‘Tripo­litanus.’ Similiter a Carilibus5 {uel Caralibus} ‘Caralitanus’… …‘priuignus6,’ ‘Pelignus7.’

Quamuis igitur .. diuersas habent significationes8 supra dictae

[ 92 ]formae nomina tamen haec quoque inter posses­siuorum species posuimus. …‘pedester9’…

[ 91 ]

P. 38b

1: .i. arhuatigud sillab   2: dardánde3: manip · n ·   4: trechatharde5: caralis[1] nomen ciuitatis pluralis combed caralites lagrecu ⁊ carali­tanus linni6: .i. les macc .i. prius genitus   7: .i. tudraich­thidgrec   8: .i. cachladrécht diib is atrab alaill ní atrab cidnahí atá aitreb­thacha[2] isinrecht[3] dano anatrab nisin

[ 92 ]9: pedes traigthech

[ 91 ]

P. 38b

1. i.e. for fewering syllables.   3. unless it be n.   5. Caralis the name of the city (used as) a plural, (its deriv­ative) would be Caralites with the Greeks and Carali­tanus with us.   7. i.e. seducer (paelex), or (it is) Greek (Pelignus).   8. i.e. one of the two portions of them is posses­sion, the other (is) not posses­sion, even those that are posses­sives. Illegiti­mate (inrecht) then is that posses­sion. [ 92 ]
  1. MS. ɫa/carilis
  2. MS. aitreb­thatha
  3. leg. is indrecht ‘Even those that are posses­sives that posses­sion is in a portion’ (?). J.S.
[ 92 ]

P. 39a

Comparatiuum est, quod cum possitiui intellectu1 uel cum aliquo2 participe3 sensu possitiui4 ‘magis’ aduerbium signi­ficat, ut ‘fortior’ magis fortis, ‘sapien­tior’ magis sapiens, ‘ulterior56magis ultra7 quam ille qui ultra est8, ‘interior9’ magis intra quam ille qui intus est. Hae autem compa­rationes10 quae ad personas11 uel res parti­cipes12 positiui fiunt, nascuntur a dicti­onibus caren­tibus casu13, id est a uerbis, ut ‘detero deteris deterior14,’ et ab aduerbiis siue praeposi­tionibus, ut ‘extra exterior15,’ ‘intra interior16’ ‘ultra17 ulterior,’ ‘citra18 citerior19,’ ‘supra superior,’ ‘infra inferior’: nam ‘superus’ et ‘inferus,’ quamuis uideantur eorum, id est ‘supe­rioris20’ et ‘infe­rioris21’ esse possitiua, tamen in usu ‘superi’ pro caeles­tibus22 siue uiuis23 ‘inferi’ autem pro manibus24 accipi solent. Adeo25 autem non ad ipsa aduerbia, sed ad personas uel res parti­cipes aduerbi­orum26 huius­ce­modi fiunt compa­rationes, quod nascuntur ex his ipsis aduerbia

[ 93 ]compa­ratiua, quae cum ‘magis27’ ipsum positiuum28 aduerbium significant29, ut ‘ulterius’ magis ultra…

Deriuantur igitur comparatiua a nominibus adiectiuis, quae sumuntur30 ex acciden­tibus31 substan­tiae nominum. Acci­dentia autem sunt, quae ex qualitate32 uel quan­titate animi uel corporis uel extrin­secus forte eueni­entium trahuutur…

[ 92 ]

P. 39a

1: .i. con intṡliucht posit ainmmdi2: .i. sono · ɔalailiu fogoir[1]   3: rann­gabál­taithrann­gabáldu4: .i. sens posit ainmdi immurgu isindrainn ran­gabaldi5: exemplum inso ara ran­gabalda asrubart6: hire7: .i. cian8: cen magis friss9: inmedónchu10: inna comchutrum­maichthi­so11: .i. do­persanaib beodaib[2] ithé sidi ɔṅdelg­gaddar do­persanaib12: .i. do rétaib marbdaib són13: neph­dilled­chaib14: olcc15: immech­trach16: inmedónach17: cian18: centarach19: centarchu20: indí as superior   21: indí as inferior   22: dé nemdai són23: nó dé bithbíité uiui · indóini bí24: Ardéib iffirnn25: inmar .i. ní ar indí nombetis cid inbiucc · asbeir sem inmár · acht isarindí nadbiat etir26: .i. inna­ṅdo­briathar[3] asanairberar cumaṅg ainmmde ⁊ hua­ṅgainetar compa­raiti

[ 93 ]27: Com magis lasin posit nísin28: asposit29: .i. Sens magis ⁊ posit leiss issed bís isin­comparait[4] hisin inna­dobreithre··   30: forpersana31: .i. huanaib tecmaiṅgthechaib32: .i. inne maithuilcc[5]

[ 92 ]

P. 39a

1. i.e. with the signification of a nominal positive.   2. i.e. with some sound.   3. parti­cipator or parti­cipial.   4. i.e. (there is) however a meaning of a nominal positive in the parti­cipial part (of speech).   5. this is an example for the parti­cipial which he has mentioned.   8. without magis added to it.   10. these compa­rations.   11. i.e. to living persons: it is they who are compared to (other) persons.   12. i.e. to inanimate things.   13. indecli­nables.   14. evil.   22. that is, heavenly gods.   23. or ever-living gods, or they are the vivi, the living human beings.   24. for gods of hell.   25. greatly, i.e. he says ‘greatly,’ not that they are even in small measure, but because they do not exist at all.   26. i.e. of the adverbs from which a nominal force is drawn, and from which com­paratives are born.

[ 93 ]27. with magis along with this positive.   28. which is positive.   29. i.e. the sense of magis and with it the positive, that is what exists in that com­parative of the adverb.   30. on persons.   31. i.e. from the acci­dentals.   32. i.e. the quality of good or of evil.

  1. leg. fogur
  2. cf. dúli beodai, Sg. 117a 1
  3. MS. ‑dobreth-
  4. rectius ‑chomparait
  5. MS. oilcc, with v written over o
[ 93 ]

P. 39b

Fiunt autem comparatiua… a uerbis: ‘detero1 deteris deterior,’ ‘potior2 poteris {uel potiris}’ ‘hic3’ et ‘haec potior3a’ et ‘hoc potius potioris[1]’: possumus tamen hoc etiam a nomine ‘potis4’ accipere, quamuis signi­ficatio alia5 esse uideatur.

A participiis: ‘indulgens6 indulgentior’ … Sed quando com­parantur parti­cipia7, transeunt in nominum significationem8.

Ab aduerbiis siue praepositionibus9, ut ‘extra exterior’… …localia sunt haec aduerbia siue prae­positio­nes, ex quibus com­paratiua nascuntnr nomina et paene haec10: ‘extra exterior’…uetus­tissimi tamen etiam ‘citer’ pro­tulisse inueni­untur. Cato de agna pascenda11: citer ager12 alligatus13 ad sacra14 erit. ‘Exter’ quoque inuenitur, ut Statius in xi Thebaidos: :Sed quid apud tales, quis nec sua pignora curae, :Exter15 honos?

[ 94 ]Ex quo Virgilius in IIII: et nos fas extera16 quaerere regna.

[ 93 ]

P. 36b

1: demecimm   2: .i. cumachtaigim quando uerbum cumachtach quando possitiuum3: .i. ón bréthir asberr potior   3a: .i. cumacht­chu ·   4: .i. sain­samail[2]5: sain6: dilgadach7: .i. itanmmann hisuidiu inna­rann­gabala8: is afoluth9: huare ɔecat andéde10: .i. ata ní archiunn .i. sunt11: dindínit bed ṡástai12: .i. atír centarachimmechtrach ·   13: bid­cuimrechtatecail[3]dígen14: dodéib15: echtrann

[ 94 ]16. hilar neutair

[ 93 ]

P. 36b

2. i.e. (it means) I make myself master, when it is a verb, and powerful when (it is an adjective in the) positive.   3. i.e. from the verb potior.   3a. i.e. more powerful.   7. i.e. here the parti­ciples are nouns.   8. into the signi­fication.   9. because they can do the two things.   10. i.e. there is something ahead, i.e. here[4].   11. of the lamb which is to be full-fed.   12. i.e. the country on this side or on the outside.   13. it will be tied or chosen forth or…   14. to gods.

[ 94 ]16. a neuter plural.

  1. potissimus add. MS.
  2. MS. sainsemail, with a punctum delens and a over the e
  3. leg. tecailse
  4. but perhaps sunt is Latin, referring to haec
[ 94 ]

P. 40a

…‘penitus1 penitior2.’…in peniti­orem3 partem domus.

…quamuis Graeci honoris causa suae gentis4 quam5 ratione ueritatis dicunt, non posse ad multos sui generis fieri compara­tionem6. Alii autem dicunt, banc esse rationem7, propter quam non utuntur tali compa­ratione8 quod9, cum ad plures sui generis fit compa­ratio10, super­latiuo possumus uti11, ut ‘fortis­simus Graecorum Achiles.’ Sed super­latiuus12 multo alios excellere signi­ficat, compa­ratiuus uero potest et paruo superan­tem demon­strare13, unde etiam diminu­tionem apud nos iure accipit: ‘maius­culus14’… Quid autem15, quod accidit16 inter tres uel quattuor uel plures, non tamen ad totum genus17 fieri compara­tionem et necesse est uti plurali18 suorum? Virgilius in I:

Pigmalion scelere ante alios immanior omnes,

ad omnes19 scele­ratos conferens20 Pigma­lionem compa­ratiuo est usus.

Sunt igitur quae comparari possunt nomina uel secundae uel tertiae declina­tionis. Et si sint21 secundae, mobilia sunt…

[ 94 ]

P. 40a

1: .i. pene · intus .i. inmedónach2: inmedónchu ·3: ba inmedónchu4: fobíth soíre ceneiuil innangrec[1]5: oldaas6: ní derscaigi incomparit dihilib a­cheneiuil feissin ·7: .i. isdliged ǽm andliged dogniat greíc isindi nad­dercsaigi in­comparit di hilib achenéuil feissin ·   8: .i. oder­scugud don­comparit[2] dihilib a­cheneiuil fessin9: ol10: ind­dærscugud són11: Atá linn chænæ ní asa­narbaram dærscugud dineuch[3] dihilib achenéuil feissin .i. asuperlait ·   12: ol­priscien feissin13: dærscugud dióen14: máanu15: cindas ṁbias iar­na­cétbuid sem ɔid gau dóibsem inchruth sin anasberat nadṁbed ad plures · ·   16: ol do­necmaiṅg17: ní derscaigi dind huiliu cheneul is dihilib immurgu acheniuil feissin diroscai calléic18: diróscai dihilib a­cheneiuil feisin19: issed aplús insin20: aconrodelgg   21: adas mabeit[4]

[ 94 ]

P. 40a

3. which was more interior.   4. because of the nobility of the race of the Greeks.   6. the comparative does not surpass many of its own kind.   7. i.e. it is a law indeed, the law which the Greeks make in that the comparative does not surpass many of its own kind.   8. i.e. the surpassing by the comparative of many of its own kind.   10. that is, the surpassing.   11. we have besides something whereby we can express the surpassing by one of many of its own race, i.e. its superlative.   12. saith Priscian himself.   13. the surpassing of one.   15. how then will it be according to their opinion? so that they are wrong then when they say that there is no (comparison) ad plures.   17. it does not surpass the whole race: it is, however, many of its own kind that it surpasses for all that.   18. it surpasses many of its own kind.   19. (ad omnes) that is the plus (the ad plures).   20. when he has compared.   21. although they are.

  1. MS. innagrec
  2. rectius ‑chomparit
  3. = doneuch
  4. cf. adas cia dagneo Wb. 3d 2
[ 95 ]

P. 40b

Et puto, hanc esse rationem, quod oportet compara­tiuum una syllaba uincere genetiuum positiui, nisi sint anomala1, ut ‘teneri tenerior2’…   necesse est inter duas uocales positam i transire in uim conso­nantis, quod in Latinis dictio­nibus semper fere patitur cum inter duas uocales inuenitur uim suam3 seruantes. Hoc autem ideo dixi, quia u post q uel post g posita saepe ante i hoc non facit4, quippe amittens uim suam, ut ‘nequior5’ ‘pinguior6,’ quod nisi fiat, con­tinguit … pares esse syllabas genetiuo positiui cum nomina­tiuo com­paratiui7 uel hiatum intolle­rabilem fieri tribus uocalibus per tres syllabas continue positis nulla con­sonante media, si dicamus ‘piior,’ ‘arduior.’ Quod ne fiat8, non sunt ussi9 eorum com­paratiuis. Plerique assumunt igitur ‘magis’ aduerbium et usum com­paratiui complent, ut ‘magis pius10 hic quam ille’: uetus­tissimi tamen com­paratiuis etiam huius­ce­modi est11 sunt quando usi12. Cato dixit: quod iter longius arduius­que13 erat a curia. Idem ad populum de triumpho: asperrimo atque arduis­simo14 aditu. Pacuuius[1] in Medo: mulier egregis­sima15 forma. M̃.16 Cato in oratione … exercitum

[ 95 ]

P. 40b

1: nephriagoldai2: is riagoldasón3: aṅgutass4: tairm­thechtas[2] for · i ·   5: andgidiu ·   6: nihed sin ⁊ it riagoldai sidi7: noch ní cóir son acht corop máa inóenṡillaib incomparit issed aschóir8: ménogud inna teora ṅguttae immalle ·   9: ní arrbar­tatar bith10: goiriu ·   11: ata12: intan ara­rubar­tatar[3] bith13: ɔeperr arduius ·   14: is foluss dún tra as­riagoldu leosom nad ṁbíet cid intṡuperlati huare nadṁbiat na[4] compariti · ·   15: do­thaidbse ṡuperlait huandí as egregius egregior   16: nicert ind ḟlescsa huasind · m · reliqua

[ 95 ]

P. 40b

2. this is regular.   3. their vocalism.   4. the passage to i.   6. it is not that (the transi­tion of i to a consonant) and (yet) these are regular.   7. yet this is not right—only that the compara­tive be greater by one syllable than the genitive of the positive, this is what is right.   8. the hiatus of the three vowels together.   12. when they used.   13. so that arduius is said.   14. it is clear to us that it is more regular with them (arduus etc.) that there will not be even the super­latives, because the compara­tives do not exist.   15. to shew a super­lative from egregius, egregior.   16. this line over the m is not right etc.

  1. MS. Pacubius
  2. the first h over the line
  3. MS. ararubatar
  4. na for ind?; but comparit and superlait, which were original­ly masculine, seem after­wards to be feminine, cf. B. Ball. 321a 11, 12
[ 95 ]

P. 41a

meliorem, industri­iorem1 facit.’   …ut in me indus­triior2 sis quam in te.

Sunt autem et alia in ‘us’ terminantia, ex quibus coraparatiua supra dictam regulam non seruant2 et dicuntur in­aequalia. Quorum quaedam habent i breuem4 uocalem ante ‘or’…   ‘Plus’ quoque5

[ 96 ]uidetur esse compara­tiuum6 ‘multi7,’ sed singu­laris nomina­tiuus non inuenitur nisi neutri generis8, pluralis uero etiam communis, ut ‘hi’ et ‘hae’ plures99a

…‘hic acer10 haec acris hoc acre’…

[ 95 ]

P. 41a

1: Casianus in · x collatione dicit · industrius—.i. léir[1]—appetitor   2: leriu3: .i. riagol tormaig · or · forsin­genitin ut docti doctior ·   4: riagolsón5: cid plús

[ 96 ]6: .i. as comparit7: ꝉ comparit indí as multus secundum alios ⁊ is firson dano airsisiu infae[2] thucad híc ·   8: acht comparit neutair nammá inóthud9: lia9a: archiunn[3]10: tichair lainn

[ 95 ]

P. 41a

3. i.e. the law of adding ‑or to the genitive, as docti, doctior.   4. this (is the) rule.   5. even plus.

[ 96 ]7. or a comparative of multus according to others, and this is true, then, the…………has been brought here.   8. but only the neuter compar­ative in the singular.

  1. written over industrius, in the same hand
  2. the gloss seems to be corrupt: for airsisiu Thurneysen conjectures air is isiu
  3. marg. l., opposite in Phormione compluria
[ 96 ]

P. 41b

Et sciendum quod omnia in ‘or’ desinentia[1] comparatiua communis generis sunt et mutantia ‘or’ in ‘us’ faciunt neutrum, excepto uno, quod solum1 cum sit a positiuo2 quantum ad suam uocem fixo[2], seruauit huius genus3, ‘hic senex, huic seni, hic senior.’

A ‘sepe’ aduerbio4 possitiuum uel comparatiuum nomen nec {uel non} legi … super­latiuum posuit Cato nepos[3] dicens: in mentem uobis ueniat, Quirites5, … propter foenus6 sepis­simam dis­cordiam fuisse.’

‘Prior’ et ‘primus’ quaeritur an sit comparatiuus et superlatiuus, et dicunt quidam, quod, cum ordinis sint, diffe­rentiam numeri signi­ficant7: sicut enim ‘alter8’ de duobus9 et ‘alius’ de multis dicitur sic ‘prior’ de duobus et ‘primus’ de multis dici solet. Inuenitur10 tamen sepe ‘prior’ pro ‘melior11’ positum … et ‘primus’ pro ‘optimus’ … Virgilius in VIIII[4]:

primos iuuenum tot miserit Orco12,

[ 96 ]

P. 41b

1: ol sodain óin2: diaposit3: huare astuidmide inposit cenḟodail ceineuil isairi ní techta nisi unum genus   4: .i. posit ainmde do denom di sepe ut extra reliqua5: arómanu6: arluach7: .i. dechor nuird in arim filindib ⁊ it anmmann uirdd foṡodain8: cosmai­lius ⁊ analach9: alter ainm dobinair · issí[5] chetne aram saini­gedar fri hunáir · ·   10: .i. cesu dechor nuirdd in áram fil indib11: .i. itanmmann inne hisuidiu ⁊ ɔṅdelgatar12: dodia iffirnn

[ 96 ]

P. 41b

1. which alone.   2. from its positive.   3. since the positive is fixed without partition of gender (senex), therefore it (the compar­ative) has only one gender.   4. i.e. that a nominal positive should be made of saepe as of extra etc.   5. O Romans.   7. i.e. it is distinc­tion of order in number that is in them and according­ly they are nouns of order.   8. simi­larity and analogy.   9. alter is a name for duality: it is the first number that varies from unity.   10. i.e. though it is a distinc­tion of order in number which is in them.   11. i.e. they are names of quality here, and they are compared.   12. to the god of hell.

  1. om. MS.
  2. MS. fixum
  3. MS. catanepos
  4. MS. VIII
  5. MS. issí issí
[ 97 ]

P. 42a

… in numeris quoque potest ‘prior' esse comparatiuus … et ‘primus’ super­latiuus, cum ad multos com­ponitur1… ut ‘prior2 Turnus quam Aeneas mouit bellum’…
Primus3 se Danaum…Androgeus[1] offert nobis,

et, quod omnibus est rationa­bilius4, in ‘or’ desinens commune in ‘us’ facit neutrum, quod in nullis aliis nisi in compa­ratiuis inuenitur.

Cum igitur comparatiua proprie ad positiuum fieri soleant5, inuenitur tamen saepe compa­ratiuus pro positiuo per se positus[2]… Est quando pro positiuo possitus6 minus eo[3] signi­ficat et nulli compa­ratur, ut:

Tristior atque oculos lacrimis sufussa nitentes,

‘tristior7’ enim hic ‘ex parte8’ signi­ficat ‘tristis9.’

[ 97 ]

P. 42a

1: diróscai dihilib[4]2: tóisechu noch is nomen nuirdd híc ⁊ ɔdelgthar calléic3: tóisigem4: dodenom ɔdeilgg and5: do­derscu­guth diposit6: cen a chondelg fri nech7: uenus .i. nírbu lánḟálid[5]8: nírbu lánbrón[6]9: isand isfollus as laigiu oldaas posit quando dicit oculos nitentes · ·

[ 97 ]

P. 42a

1. it surpasses many.   2. ‘prior,’ yet it is here a noun of order, and never­the­less it is compared.   4. to make a compar­ison therein.   5. to surpass the positive.   6. without comparing him to anyone.   7. i.e. she was not full-glad.   8. she was not full-sad.   9. in this it is clear that (the compar­ative tristior) is less than the positive, quando etc.

  1. MS. adrogeus
  2. MS. possitịụus
  3. MS. in eo
  4. cf. BBall. 321a10, 19
  5. MS. lán ḟalid
  6. MS. lán brón: cf. corthón Sg. 56b 7, nocht­chenn Wb. 11c 12
[ 97 ]

P. 42b

Est quando ad contraria comparatur1… Est quando super­latiuo compa­ratiuus compa­ratur2… Est quando compa­ratiuus ad compa­ratiuum compa­ratur3… Cicero Philipi­carum II: ‘quis inter­pretare potest, impuden­tiorne quis in senatu, an improbior4, qui in Dola­bellam[1]…’

‘Tam’ et ‘quam’ aduerbia tum comparatiuo uel superlatiuo adici­untur, cum duo uel plures compa­ratiui uel super­latiui diuersae signifi­cationis5 positi inter se aequantur… …‘non tam6 in bellis… quam in promisis et fide firmiorem7’… …‘minus stultus’ pro pruden­tior8.’ Terentius in Eunocho:

hoc nemo fuit
Minus ineptus,

[ 98 ]pro ‘prudentior9.’ …‘minus bonus’ pro ‘malus10.’ …quando ipse compa­ratiuus uel ad se uel ad alium comparatur11, ut ‘Achiles Aenea fortior magis12

[ 97 ]

P. 42b

1: diróscaither2: dirósci disuperlait3: dirósci comparit dicomparit[2]4: .i. is messa indamprome quam ind anfele reliqua in ante[3]5: .i. is sain intliucht bís hicechtar nái[4] ut est híc   6: inmeitse7: .i. doberr fritam ⁊ quam   8.: trebairiu

[ 98 ]9: bed trebairiu10: olcc11: diróscaither12: de sé insin

[ 97 ]

P. 42b

1. it is distinguished.   2. it surpasses (the) superlative.   3. a compar­ative surpasses a compar­ative.   4. i.e. improbity is worse than impudence.   5. i.e. different is the meaning that is in each of these two, ut etc.   7. i.e. it (firmiorem) is put with tam and quam. 8. more prudent.   [ 98 ]11. is distin­guished.   12. this (is an example) de se.

  1. MS. in dolo bellum
  2. rectius chomparit
  3. cor­respond­ing to Ir. archiunn
  4. cf. do chechtar ṅhái Sg. 215a 2, o nechtar nái Sg. 37b 18
[ 98 ]

P. 43a

quam iustior1,’ et ‘Aiax Vlixe fortior magis quam Diomede.’

Superlatiuum est, quod uel ad plures sui generis comparatum super­ponitur2 omnibus, uel per se prolatum3 intel­lectum habet cum ‘ualde’ aduerbio positiui…sin autem dicam ‘fortis­simus Hercules fuit,’ non addens quorum4, intellego ‘ualde fortis.’

Et sciendum, quod ex hisdem formis sine terminationibus5 supra dictarum6 in compa­ratiuis partium orationis fiunt etiam super­latiua.

[ 98 ]

P. 43a

1: .i. arbáfirianu ænæas   2: doroscaither3: cena­chondelg ⁊ aderscugud dineuch acht[1] dofurcabar tríit fessin4: ingenitin as quorum5: ócachtharmmorcnib[2] ainmmdib ⁊ briathar­daib ⁊ dobria­thardaib[3]6: .i. intan adcóidemmar dicomparit[4]

[ 98 ]

P. 43a

1. i.e. for Aeneas was juster.   2. without its being compared and without its surpassing any (other), but it is brought forward through itself.   4. the genitive quorum.   5. from all endings, nominal and verbal and adverbial.   6. i.e. when we have spoken of the com­parative.

  1. MS. s̅
  2. contrast Wb. 16a 27, Sg. 208a 11, and cf. Ml. 84b 1
  3. MS. bre- ⁊ dobre-
  4. rectius ‑chomparit
[ 98 ]

P. 44a

Cum ueter occubuit Priamus sub Marte1 Pelasgo.

…‘proximus,’ quod tamen pro cognato2 accipitur, positiui signifi­cationem habet ideoque a legisla­toribus3 etiam compa­ratiue4 profertur…

ἐσχατώτατος5.

[ 98 ]

P. 44a

1: .i. fonchath2: archobdelaich3: o naib rechttáircidib4: in comparitit[1] .i. comparit húad5: comparit

[ 98 ]

P. 44a

1. i.e. under the battle.   3. by the legislators.   4. comparatively, i.e. a com­parative (is derived) from it (i.e. from this super­lative).

  1. recte chomparitith
[ 98 ]

P. 44b

…ab aduerbis sine praeposi­tionibus uenientia desinunt haec ‘extra exterior extremus,’ ‘supra superior supremus’…. Ex quo1 apparet neque a ‘supero’ neque a ‘postero’ fieri compa­ratiuos uel super­latiuos…

…omnia et comparatiua et superlatiua duarum excedunt numerum syllabarum2, exceptis ‘prior’ et.… Nec mirum3, cum positiua[1]

[ 99 ]quoque, ex quibus nascuntur, bisillaba sint uel eo plus4

[ 98 ]

P. 44b

1: iure .i. e · airdíxa hipeneuilt2: it lia déṡillabchi3: ciasingbat árim déṡillabche compariti ⁊ superlati

[ 99 ]4: numero sillabarum .i. nó it lia desillabchi

[ 98 ]

P. 44b

1. long e in the penult.   2. they are more than di­syllabism.   3. that com­paratives and super­latives should exceed the number of di­syllabism.

[ 99 ]4. i.e. or they are more than disyllabism.

  1. MS. mirum compositiua
[ 99 ]

P. 45a

per genetiuos1 et uel unam uel duas assu­mentia2 syllabas faciunt3 supra dictos gradus4…. Super­latiuus compara­tiuum est5 quando superat una syllaba…. Est quando par est6, ut in ‘‑limus’ terminans…est quando una uincitur7 syllaba, ut quando in ‘‑fimus’…desinit…

De Dimminutiuo …comparatiua quoque non solum augent8, sed etiam est quando minuunt uim primiti­uorum, sed non absolute9. Ad aliquid enim omnimodo10 fit compa­ratio… …non posunt tamen esse absoluta11, cum a compa­ratiuis sint deriuata…ut ‘maius­culus12,’ ‘minus­culus13’…

Thais quam ego sum14 maiuscula est,

id est, ‘paruo maior15 quam ego.’ Alia autem dimi­nutiua…ex sese16 habent diminu­tionem…

[ 99 ]

P. 45a

1: forgenitne són2: positi forgenitne   3: positi 4: compariti ⁊ superlati   5: incomparit6: .i. superlait do comparit[1]7: superlait8: sech positi na­conparite[2] oambiat9: húare bís ɔṅdelgg indib10: ócach mud ómbí ɔdelg11: cen­chondelg nindib .i. nibba cen­a­dærscugud dineuch son · ·   12: máanu13: laigeniu14: hi luc posit atá ego híc   15: inbec[3] máo .i. isbec as máo oldáusa .i. is bec in­derscugud16: cen­a­ɔdelgg frinna aill

[ 99 ]

P. 45a

1. that is, over genitives.   2. positives over genitives.   3. positives.   4. compar­atives and super­latives.   6. i.e. the super­lative to the compar­ative.   8. beyond the positives of the compar­atives from which they are.   9. since compar­ison is (inherent) in them.   10. in every mode in which is compar­ison.   11. without compar­ison in them, i.e. it will not be without its surpass­ing some (other).   14. in place of a positive ego is here.   15. a little greater i.e. she is a little greater than I, i.e. the distinc­tion is small.   16. without their being compared to any other thing.

  1. rectius chomparit
  2. rectius nacomparite
  3. leg. inbiuc, or is becmáo a compound?
[ 99 ]

P. 45b

Solent autem dimminutiua uel necessariae significationis causa proferri1, ut Sallus­tius in Eugur­thino: ‘postquam reguli2 in unum conuenere, id est ‘parui reges,’ uel urbani­tatis3, ut Iuuenalis..
Vnde fit, ut malim frater­culus4 esse gigantum,

[ 100 ]uel adula­tionis5 et maxime puerorum6, ut ‘Catu­laster7,’ ‘8Antoni­aster9,’ ‘patri­ciolus10,’ ‘Sergiolus11’…. …saepe inueni­untur diminu­tiuorum dimi­nutiua​…​ut ‘homo, homuncio12,13, homun­culus14’…

…‘parasitaster15’​…​‘nepotulus16’​…​‘unciola17,’ ‘capella,’ ‘maxilla18,’ ‘anguilla,’ ‘una’ ‘ulla19.’

…‘furca20 furcula.’

[ 99 ]

P. 45b

1: .i. robbí uárrecar less dígbail indḟolaid ɔidécen suin fria slond sidi huare nád robatar suin doṡlund in­dúildetad in­choisget2: indrígain3: hua accuiss sulbai­richthe4: bráithrán[1]

[ 100 ]5: apelaigthe6: sainreth do maccaib apélogud   7: ácha­tuláin[2]nibí digbail folaid and calléic ciabeith indapélugud ·   8: antonain9: Híté inmaicc doberat innaanmman ɫ isforru doberar10: patracáin .i. quasi fuisset   11: sericán12: duinén13: duinenet14: cach ṅdígabthach huálailiu15: fuirserán16: huandi as nepós   17: uncia ungae18: mala glainine19: .i. combed dechur eter ṅdán · ulla .i. ulla · intairmmorcinn[3] ⁊ ulla dimminutiuum · is do thucad an · una reliqua20: gabul

[ 99 ]

P. 45b

1. i.e. there may be a time when it is necessary[4] to diminish the substance so that there is need of words to signify it, because there were not words (enough) to signify the proper nature which they express.   3. because of polite­ness.

[ 100 ]6. particular to boys is caressing.   7. O little Catulus; and there is still no dimi­nution of substance here though there be caressing.   9. it is the boys that give the names (here mentioned), or it is to them that it is given.   14. each dimin­utive from another (homun­culus from homuncio, homul­lulus from homullus).   16. from nepos.   19. i.e. there would be a distinc­tion between the two ullas, i.e. the ulla of the termi­nation and ulla the dimi­nutive (of una). For this it is that the una has been put etc.

  1. MS. bráithráin, with punctum delens over the second i
  2. MS. áčatuláin
  3. MS. tairmorciunn with punctum delens over u
  4. for recar for ronecar cf. Celt. Zeitschr. iv. 67. Here recar less has a subject in the nomi­native; but contrast the older construc­tion in Wb. 12c3, Ml. 2a6, 22c14
[ 100 ]

P. 46a

..‘mas masculus1’ .. ‘os osculum2,’ quod quamuis sit formae diminu­tiuae, tamen, quia aliam habuit signifi­cationem3, fecit ex sese aliud diminu­tiuum4 ‘oscillum5.’

…‘pauper pauperculus6’… Excipitur ‘uenter uentriculus7.’

Infra uentriculum8 tenui distantia9 rima10.

..,‘munus munusculum11’​…​‘crus12 crusculum.’… ‘tus13 tusculum.’

…‘sepiuscule14.’ ‘Plus’ quoque, quamuis a masculino uel feminino compa­ratiuo non ueniat15, facit tamen​…​‘plusculus pluscula16 plusculum’…

[ 100 ]

P. 46a

1: ferán     2: ginán ɫ bóc[1]3: .i. sain póc[2]pócnat l·   4: digabthach naill5: luasc[3] ·reliqua6: boctán7: .i. uenter­culus dogní8: hís bronnait9: andech­rigeddar10: huandlúithi[4] séim11: danán12: erochuir13: luib14: inmeincán15: cenidḟil comparit masculinus ɫ femininus leiss16: huillénu

[ 100 ]

P. 46a

2. a little mouth or a kiss.   3. i.e. different is a kiss and a kissy.   5. swing (?).   7. i.e. it does not make venter­culus.   9. when they stand apart.   10. by the slender chink.   15. although it has not a masculine or feminine compar­ative.

  1. glossator C has drawn a stroke through ginán and added ɫ bóc, Thurneysen
  2. MS. bpóc with puncta delentia above and below b. glossator C has drawn a stroke through the gloss, and added the l‑, Thurney­sen.
  3. three or four letters, of which the first is p, have been erased before luasc cognate with Ir. luascaim ‘I rock,’ luascan ‘cradle,’ OBr. luscou (gl. oscilla)
  4. dlúithi dat. sg. of dlúthe Sg. 9a 17, 203a 25
[ 101 ]

P. 46b

…‘rumor1 rumusculus’…‘soror sororcula2.’

…‘rete3.ti. reticulum[1]’…‘pons4.ti. ponticulus,’ ‘lens5.ti. lenticula’… ‘securis6 securi securicula’…‘fidis7 fidi fidicula.’ …‘cuticula’ i antepaenultimam producit. Iuuenalis : :Combibet aestiuum contracta cuticula8 solem, quod9 eum metri necesitas facere compulit… Excipitur ‘lapis10’ quod ‘lapillus11’ facit diminutiuum; etiam ‘anguis’ ‘anguilla12,’ ‘unguis’ quoque ‘ungula13’ faciunt…

[ 101 ]

P. 46b

1: clú2: siurat3: lín [man. al.] ꝉ rete   4: drochat5: cenele netha6: biáil7: tét8: tonnait9: anísin10: huare naich in culus cula· culum· dogní digabthach   11: lecán12: escu(n)g[2]13: cróa [man. al.] ingen

[ 101 ]

P. 46b

5. a kind of grain.   10. since it does not make a diminutive in culus, cula, culum.   13. a hoof, a nail,

  1. MS. ꝉ rete/reṣtiṣ • ti • reṣticulum
  2. The u and a trace of the n are clear; the lower part of the g has disappeared, gen. sg. escongan, LU. 74a40
[ 101 ]

P. 47a

…‘curriculum1’..‘cornu corniculum2,’ ‘genu geniculum3.’ Excipitur ab acu ‘aculeus4.’

..‘caput capitis capitulum5.’

…‘uolpes uolpecula6· · · ‘res recula7’…‘uepres8 ueprecula’…‘nitedula9’…‘mercedula10’…‘apes11,’ cuius diminutiuum pro e longa i habet ‘apicula12.’ Plautus in Curculione:

Ego nam apicularum opera congestum non feram13?

…‘uetus uetulus14

[ 101 ]

P. 47a

1: comṡrethsón[1]2: adercéne3: almne glunae4: snáthatath[2]5: centat issed acennbartsón linni6: sinnchenae7: .i. rétan · regula immurgu quasi rectula   8: driss9: nitedula animal est quod insiluis inuenitur · sicut ignis efulgens quod apud graecos dicitur · λαμπ(υρ)ος[3] .i. luacharnn · · 10: fochricnet11: bech12: bechán13: ni aisṅdiusa14: arsidán

[ 101 ]

P. 47a

1. this is construction.   3. knee-cap (?).   5. a little head, that is, with us, the head-covering.   7. i.e. a little thing.   13. I will not proclaim.

  1. cf. Sg. 152a3
  2. leg. snáthatat
  3. leg. λαμπυρίς
[ 101 ]

P. 48a

…omnia e habent paenultimam absque ‘pugillo,’ nisi primitiua1 paenultimam habent natura

[ 102 ]productam in omni genere. facit igitur ‘paulus2’ ‘paululus3’…

Ideo ‘mala4’ quoque assumpta x ‘maxilla’ facit et ‘talus5’ ‘taxillus.’ Quae uero geminant l ante ‘us’ uel ‘a’ uel ‘um,’ in ‘ulus ula ulum’ faciunt iterum diminutiua6, ut ‘homullus homollulus’…

…‘columna columnella7.’ Excipitur ‘rana8 ranunculus.’ Eandem formam9 in ‘la’ quoque desinentia uel ‘ra’ seruant, ut…‘capra10 capella’…‘miser .. misellus11 misella misellum.’ Excipiuntur in ‘ra’ disinentium12.,.ut ‘ara arula13’ ‘terra terula14’..

[ 101 ]

P. 48a

1: positi nandigabthach[1]

[ 102 ]2: bec3: becán4: glaine5: odbrann6: dígabthacha hualailib   7: columnat8: huare nad nemantar · l ·   9: emnad · l ·   10: heirp11: trogán12: huare nád nemnat · l ·   13: altóirnat14: talamnat

[ 101 ]

P. 48a

1. the positives of the diminutives.  

[ 102 ]6. diminutives from others.   8. because l is not doubled.   9. the doubling of l.   12. because they do not double l.

  1. nan‑: MS. na; the rest after nad is in ligature
[ 102 ]

P. 48b

Neutra quoque in ‘num’ . . ut ‘tignum tigillum1’..

..‘cerebrum2 cerebellum[1]’…‘flagrum3 flagellum’…‘sacrum sacellum4.’ Excipiuntur a desinentibus in ‘nus5’ uel in ‘na’ uel in ‘num’…‘uinum uillum6.’ Notandum etiam ‘pannus7,’ quod ‘panniculus’ fecit.

[ 102 ]

P. 48b

1: clethnat2: .i. criathar3: .i. srogell4: nemed5: huare atacomlonna innadigabthsicha fria cetnidi annád foirpret inoenṡillaib   6: fínan7: c : n[2]

[ 102 ]

P. 48b

5. because the diminutives are matches for (?) their primitives when they do not increase by one syllable.

  1. MS. l cre     /cerebrum l cre     /cerebellum. The Irish glossator takes crebrum as cribrum
  2. kann etwa crin gelesen werden, Thurneysen
[ 102 ]

P. 49a

…‘agna1 agnella’…

…‘urceus1a’ urceolus,’ ‘alueus2 alueolus,’ ‘luteus3 luteolus,’ ‘malleus4 malleolus’… Excipitur ‘Antonius,’ quod ‘Antoniaster’ facit diminutiuum5. …‘Ericius hic noster Antoniaster6 est.’ …‘lutea7 luteola.’ Virgilius in bocolico:

Mollia8 luteola pinguit9 uaccinia10 calta10a.

Iuuenalis in primo:

Vnciolam11 Proculeius habet, sed Gillo deuncem.

Idem in eodem:

Dorio[1] nullam culto palliola.

[ 103 ]

[ 102 ]

P. 49a

1: dínu1a: cilornn2: [man. al.] lothor3: [man. al.] .i. derg ·   4: ordd5: antoniolus dogní6: arnantonánni intísiu7: derg8: argi9: ɔsuidigedar10: innadærcae fróich10a: .i. ondscoid[2] deirc11: in uṅgainet

[ 103 ]

[ 102 ]

P. 49a

3. red.   5. it does not make Antoniolus.   6. this is our Tonykin.   9. compounds[3]   10. the berries of the heather[4],   10a. i.e. with the red flower.  

[ 103 ]

  1. leg. Dorida nullo cultam palliolo
  2. MS. ondsoid with an imperfect letter, written over the second o, which Ascoli read as u and Windisch c. According to Thurneysen it may be read c. If so scoid is = scoith the dat. sg. of scoth
  3. cf. dearc-fhraoich ‘a blue-berry, billberry,’ H.S. Dicty.; Ir. fraochán, Manx freoghane ‘whortleberry’
  4. or perhaps ‘paints with a black powder’: cf. o suidi (gl. fuligene) Philarg. 54

[ 103 ]In eodem : unciolis sex'- etiam.

...'pallium palliolura'^'...

...'paucus pauculus* et 'palculii8"'...'tantus" tantulus'... ...'puella puellula •*'... ...'dentatam"...seiTulam' 'Aqua' ^- 49b 5 similiter 'aqula'^'...'equa' equilaV

...'parasitus' parasi taster '...'senex^senicio^'...

...' coniculus*^' 'anniculus®' . . 'fribolus '"'... ...*hic canis' *haec canicula"/ 'scutum' uel 'scuta,' id est rotunda forma'2...'hic qualus'* hoc casillum'*,' 'pistrinum" pistrilla'...'nubes nubilum '*'.,. ...'hoc ,o glandium'^ haec glandula,' pars est intestinorum'*, 'ensis ensiculus'", (i. p. ii6) ensicula,' praeterea 'haec beta/ 'malua,' 'hie betaceus^/ 'maluaceus^.

De Denominatiuis. Denominatiuum appellatur a uoce primitiui' p. 50 a sui nominatum, nou ab aliqua speciali significatione^, sicut supra dictae species^ Nam et patronomica et posesiua*. . .denominatiua


12. oen desimrecht so oeper and unciolis- 13. broit^ne V.Ada 14. 7 othatnat^- 15. mdt 16. d*gra6thach hualailiu ""^^^^^"""^ 17. fidclaich

1. glasdn 2. uscedn 3. Idir 4. larene 5. fuirsire P. 49 b 6. sen 7. sendn 8. aimvasid [man. al.] i forame?i in muris t ?o noinen animaZis [in raarg.] I hedsb coniculus sulcus • 9. bliadnide' 10. cuitbide .i. fribo??<5 fere obillo'^ dignus .i, niferr lethscripid 11. cudn 12. cruind sciath^ 13. cliab • 14. clebene 15. cucann mulenn 16. doinenn reliqua icidorus 17. glaine t airnne 18. innacoilchomce 19. claidbene 20. bethech 25 t braisech genus holeris ut icidoriis^ dicit^ similiter malua 21. lemnat 22. [marg. infer.] polibius medicus dta't: Nouem glandulae .i. noisethir ■ reliqua • 23. [marg. inf.*] Cani romdnda • • is fir son

1. dndanmimm oncZtVuidichther'* 2. nitechta sain intsliucht P. 50a and feissin huanainmmnigthae ut patron^/mtca 7 posesma reliqua 30 3. .i. hiiare ndd netada diiigrae^ saingnuste dia inni amal adidcho- tatsat gnusi rfoacaMmacha olchenae ■ patronymica ipossessiua reliqua ani ba choitchen doaih sem huili iarum is nomen diles dosom • • 4. isairi asbitir frit iscoitcherm


12. this is one example, so that wwcio^is is said there. 16. (one) P- 49 a 35 diminutive from another. continued

8. an attempter". 10. ridiculous, i.e. frivoltis fere oboh dignus, not P. 49b better than a half-scruple. 12. a round shield. 16. bad weather. 17. a jaw or a sloe. 21. mallow. 22. nine glands (?) 23. is not Roman 1 this is true.

1. from the name from which it is derived. 2. it has no special P. 50 a sense in itself from which it should be named, as patronymics etc. (have). 3. i.e. because it has not a special appellation from its meaning as (the) other appellative species have, — patronymics, possessives, etc. — What was common to them all (denominatiui) then, is a proper name for 45 this (the denominatiuum). 4. therefore 1 tell thee it is common. lo

a: MS. CTiniculns b: MS. othathnat, with pnnctum delens over the second h c: leg. obnlo d: leg. cruindsciath, and cf. LL. 98" 47 e: i.e. Isidoras Hispalensis. So in Sg. 53» 12 and 159» 7 f: Etym. Lib. xvii. 10, 15 g: by the writer of the text h: MS. o dir- i: with dingrae compare dingarthe Ml. 93" 7 k: the glossator seems to have supposed that coniculus was connected with conari

[ 104 ]sunt"... Haec enim denominatiua sunt dicenda, cum significa-

tionem suarum non seruant^, etsi sint propria.

Habent igitur denominatiua formas plurimas et diuersas signifi- cationes. Quae quia latae sunt et confusae", generali eas nominatione artium scriptores noncupauerunt denominatiua^

...a fruge 'frugi^' a nihilo 'nihili"'...'ceruix^" ceruical/ 'tribunus tribunal" '...'pugillus pugil^^'...'nequis^^ nequam"'; 'um': 'oliua oliuetum^V 'rosa rosetum'^/ 'tendo tentorium^V 'sto stabulum^^'... 'lacus lacunar'",' 'calx^ calcar^V 'caedo Caessar'^' . . 'eques ^ equester,' 'macies macer^'*'...'senatus senator^"'... 'primus primas^ 'optimus optimas*'...'pes pedes"equus equesV'tego teges^'...'saepio saepesV 'struo strues^' 'sterno strages*'...'lepus lepos"...'uito* uitabundus*'... 'audeo audax'"' . . 'Picenum" Picens'^' 'Tiburtum'^ Tiburs.'

Ergo in a desinentia denominatiua i habent breuem ante a uel (i. p. 119) 1 uel n uel r'*, ut .. 'acrimonia"'..,'armatura'^'

Seeundae igitur declinationis nomina in 'us' desinentia c ante-


5. .i. is uomen cenelach docachae denoTninatiuum 6. .i. huare ndd/orcmat inninni saindilis innandelb 7. .i. innahi nad tutet isnagwdsi remeperthsd 8. huandi as frux t fruges 9. huandi asnhxm. 10. hrdge 11. sochuide trehunsuide 20 t rigsuide 12. cuanene^ 13. n-inech 14, 4cmacht arindi ndd cumaing maith dodenom • 15. olachaill 16. roschaill 17. pupall 18. tairissem 19. druimmchlae .i. donaib cl'Aasaib" bite isindruimmchlae indainmmnigudsin 20. sal i lue 21. cinteir 22. esartaid 23. marcach 24. cdil 25 25. sendtoir 26. airech t thoisechaire 27. aire t sainsamail

1. traigihech 2. dinechaid 3. ditiu 4. fSlmae 5. sreth 6. dr 7. sulbaire 8. immimgabaiia 9. teichthech .i. similis uitanti 10. IStenach 11. bide 12. bide^ 13. ciuitas .i. masued 14. .i. habent • 1 • ante • a ■ 30 similiter • n • 7 • r ante a beos 15. lainne 16. armthatu


5. i.e. 'denominative' is a generic name for each of them. 6. i.e. since they do not preserve the special meaning of the forms. 7. i.e. those that do not fall into the species aforesaid. 8. from fnix or fruges. 9. irom nihUum. 11. a multitude or a tribunal or a 35 throne. 13. not someone. 14. impotent, because he cannot do good. 18. stability. 19. ceiling, i.e. from the ears (leg. hollows?) which are in the ceiling (is) this denomination. 20. heel or kick. 22. destroyer. 26. prince or leader. 27. principal or conspicuous. 4°

7. fugitive. 11,12. pitchy. 13. if it is so ^

a: leg. late sunt confusae

b: derived from *cMan=Lat. pugnus, with compensatory lengthening, and the regular change (in early loanwords) oi p to c

c: leg. cuassaib? As to druimmchlae, it may be connected in meaning with druimmchli (gl. laquear) Sg. 54» 19, 64*6: cf. ic dluthad a drumchla 'caulking its deck,' LL. 219*2, et v. Togail Tr6i, p. 154

d: Picenum and Picens are treated as derivatives from pix

e: cf. above p. 71 note b

[ 105 ]cedente quotcumque" sint syllabarum — nisi'^ sint regioQum noraina,

et" quae diriuantur ex his — alia uero quacumque consonante ante 'us' posita tantum disyllaba et quae in 'is' desinentia tertiae declina- tionis similem habent^* nominatiuo genetiuurn : quae secundae 5 quidem sunf^, genetiuo, quae uero tertiae, datiuo assumunt 'tia/ ut...'pudicus pudici pudicitia^^'... ...'uiolentus uiolenti uio- lentia^'... ...'Teucnis^' uel 'Teucer Teucri TeucriaV P. 51 a ...'nomen nomini ignominia^'... Inueniuntur^ tamen quaedam, quae in 'monia' desinunt...'parco parsi parsimonia®,' 'queror quae- (i. p. 120) lo rimonia ■"...

'La' e longa antecedente : 'cautus^ cauti cautela'...' aliens^ clienti clientela^".' ...'candeo candes candela^'...

In 'na' uero desinentia denominatiua siue uerbalia...omnimodo ^- ^^^ longam habent paenultimam uel natura uel positioned : 'officium 15 officina^',..'coquuscocina*'et 'colina®'...'far^ farina"...'lateo laterna^'

'Sagana"...

In e desinentia... quia pleraque a communibus in 'is' terminan- (i- p. 121) tibus nascuntur, melius cum illis*" tractabuntur.

In i duo sunt denominatiua . . indeclinabilia"... Quidam enim 20 figurate 'frugi' . . et 'nihili'...cum aliis omnibus coniungi casibus non irrationabiliter dicunt, sicut 'mancipi^^' ^^' et 'nee mancipi^' et p. 52a 'cordi^' et 'huiusmodi'...


17. [in marg.] .i. ni «tio- arafoimat sidi ocacruthugud danmmanaib P- 50b diil tanisi acht is • a • tantuxa. super genitiuum nominnm. secu7ida.e de- ^^"**""*'* "^5 clinationis • • 18. cid 19. .i. meddntestemin son 20. iarteste- min 21. .i. fele*^

1. ecen 2. troidnde 3. troi 4. arfdim conisuidignd P. 51 a ladimidigud 5. ni -a,- arafoimat acht is monia • 6. in- maisnige I- 7. airegem 8. faitech 9. cocele 30 10. cocelsine

1, taitnem 2. erir aicned 7 suidigud 3. cerddchae P. 51 b 4. cucann 5. cucann i cuilae 6. cenele nhetha 7. men 8. cleth 9. lenn i brat formtha^ 10. lasna anmmann • in - is 11. arbertar immurgu atuisil esib etir huathad 7 hilsir 12. .i. 35 doer 13. .i. Adcomlatar sidifri cachtuisel 7 nidentar cachtuisel diib

1. cridech P. 52 a


17. i.e. it is not -tio that these assume in their formation from nouns P. 50b of the second declension, but it is etc. 19. i.e. this is the middle of the continued 40 period. 20. the conclusion of the period.

4. it takes composition (sc. with in) along with derivation (sc. of P. 51a -gnoTninia from nomen). 5. it is not a that they assume, but it is -monia,

2. both by nature and position. 6. a kind of grain. 8. con- P. 51b cealment. 9. a mantle or cloak. 13. with the nouns in -is. 45 11. their cases, however, are deduced from them, both in the singular and the plural. 13. i.e. these are joined to every case, and every case is not made of them.

1. cordial. P. 52 a

a: MS. quorunque numero b: MS. et mancipii c: probably in another hand d: cf. Vol. 1. p. 1, fiian forptha It. Text. 11. 2 243

[ 106 ]In ' o ' masculina quidem et communia pauca inueniuntur deriua-

tiua, ut...ab eo quod est 'catus^' 'Cato' et a capita 'Capito^,' a labe^

  • Labeo'...aleniendo 'leno^'...ab epulando 'epuloV Cicero de oratore:
  • tres uiros epulonesV

.. 'abolitus aboliti abolitio "*'../ intern ecti inter necio*'...

In 'go' uero desinentia../uirago^"'...*ferrugo"' 'erugo'V 'uirgo/ 'margo^*'; excipitur 'ligo^^' cuius paenultima corripitur, nee mirum^', cum sit masculinum...

In 'do' desinentia. . .ut 'acris acredo^*,' 'dulcis dulcedo",' ' intercapio intercapedo^*'..,'formido formidas formido formidinis/ quod ideo fecit simile nomen uerbale primitiuo uerbo^**, quod ipsa positio uerbi talem habuit formam. Excipitur 'formido' propter supradictam causam^

A testa^ quoque sine testu 'testudo'... Nee non omnia in 'do' desinentia... ut 'irudoV 'arundoV 'hserundo^V

In u deriuatiua pauca inuenio: 'specus® specu ','••• 'testa* testu'...

In 'al' desinentia... 'uectus uectigal"'...'torus^<' toral'...

In 'il' uel 'ul' desinentia... fiunt abiectione extremarum uocalium sine sillabarum^ primitiui...

In 'um' desinentia... e ut 'oleuetumV 'uinetumV 'coriletum/


2. fissith 3. iproprium i cennmar 4. hud sail 20 5. slithid 1 banbachlach 6. fiedaichthith 7. fledaichthidi 8. forhhart 9. ogdilgend 10. fergnia [man. al.] .i. fortissima femina" 11. duhchorcur [in marg.] Ferrugo est color porpurae'* sub imagine quae fit in hispania ut ferrugine clarus hibera^ dicta aliter ferrugo quod omms porpura^ p?^ima tamen 25 tinctm'a emsmodi coloris exstat^-' 12. meirc 13. inrud^ [man. al] extremitas 14. bacc [man. al.] i fosorium • 15. cid tivimarta.e peneuilt 16. lainne 17. somailse 18. etargabdl 19. donchetni persin asbunad do

1. .i. Hixat^e is hicondeilb frisinbreihir aid 7 nifilcomthdd and 3° onach cruthach^ o6rethir • > 2. hua^ cheinn 3. i erudo .i. emblema t airchellad 4. curchas 5. fannall 6. Imam 7. hiXad 8. ceinn 9. cis rigdce^ 10. lige

1. innanguihaigihe^ coconsonaib 2. olachaill 3. fintan


3. a proper name, or great-headed. 5. a copulator" or ...(?). 35 8. increase. 10. a male- worker. 11. dark purple. 15. that the penult should be short. 19. to the first person, which is its origin.

1. i.e. because it is in conformity with the verb and there is no mutation therein in any manner ? from the verb. 3. a taking away. 40 7. (derived) from it (specus). 9. the royal tax.

1. of the vowels together with (the) consonants.

a: pr. m. obolitus oboliti obolitio b: leg. hirnndo c: Isid. Etym. Lib. xi. 2, 22 d: MS. popurae, without color e: Verg. Aen. 9, 582 f: MS. popura g: Isid. Etym. Lib. xix. 28. 6 h: perhaps hirud : see Isid. Etym. Lib. xrv. 8. 42 i: perhaps cruthath, usually cruth k: (v i.e. m) over the line l: probably meant for rigda, Thurneysen m: MS. innaguthaigthe n: cf. sleith, O'Don. Suppl. and glossary to Laws

[ 107 ]'rosetumV 'dumetumV 'quercetumV 'esculeturaV 'mirtetum^'... U- P- 124)

quae® sunt contenentia uel corhprehensiua^" i.e. periectiua*". i, ut 'augorium/ 'solarium/... 'municipium ^2'...

Alia enim in 'bulum' desinunt...ut 'cuna cunabulum^V Vesta"' ^V 5 uel 'uestis uestibulum/ 'tus turis turibulum^®'...'pasco pabulum",' 'prosto'* prostibulum ^V 'patior' uel 'pateo patibulum^'... Lucanus in III :

lassant rumpentes stamina Parcas [uel -ae} P. 53 b

Idem in II :

Vanaque" percusit pontum Symplegas inanem
Et statural redit.

Inueniuntur etiam quaedam in 'culum' desinentia.,.ut 'diuertis diuerticulumV 'uerris uerriculum^'... (i. p. 125)

In 'monium' etiam inueniuntur deriuata, ut...'matri matri- 15 monium*'...

...alia quae a uerbis deriuantur o in 'um' conuertentia.. 'uado uadum^'

In 'en' desinentia deriuatiua m antecedente...ut 'solor^ Solaris (i. p. 126) solamen,' 'foro^ foras foramen^'...'irrito^ irritas irritamenV---*specie® P. 54a 20 specimen ®'...*nuo^ numen'...'luo* lumen^V quo omnia abluuntur id


4. Tosa. rostan 5. duma. dristenach 6. quercus daurauthF. 53a, 7. esculus escalchaill .i. fid arddmdr 8. mirtus mirtchaill '^o"'*""^'^ 9. ithesidi 10. Arindi ogaihet hilar dindintliucht inchoisget .i. oliuetum • ubi fiunt oliuae multiplices 7 ni sawlaid sd^n donaib hi 25 sis archiunn ut augoriu??! reliqua-' 11. .i. tdrniachtai .i. dofdrmgat'^ isindirruidiguth ^ isgrec indi as comprehensma 12. municipo i fich ut iddorus dicit 13. *.i. cliab noiden 14«, 15. bandea [man. al.] tened 16. tuslestar 17. geltboth 18. cuiligim 19. dtradachlcuilech 20. icidorus* riag i gabul •

1. bdndcB ijfimn 2. delb 3. diall 4. toxal P. 53b 5. mdthrathatu^ 6. dth 7. dodonaimm.

1. trisgataim. 2. dorochol^ 3. dodiirgimm 4. tudrach P. 54a 5. huandi as species 6. immcaisiu 7. cumachtagimxn 8. dofonuch i aslenaimm 8 a. lumen glanad pe?' contrarium 35 sensuTTi


6. an oak-wood. 7. a wood of Italian oak, i.e. a very taU tree. P. 53a 8. a myrtle-wood. 9. it is they. 10. Because they contain a 'continued plural from the meaning which they signify, (as) olivetum ubi etc.; and not so is it with those ahead below, as augurium etc. 11. increased 40 i.e. which increase in the derivation. Or it (TrepuKTucd) is the Greek of comprehensiva. 12. (as if from a verb) municipo, or burgh as Isidorus says'. 13. i.e. an infant's cradle. 14, 15. the goddess of fire. 18. I commit incest. 19. lustful or incestuous. 20. gibbet or forkshaped gallows.

1. goddesses of hell. P. 63 b

5. iroxa species. 6. inspection. 7. I am powerful. 8. IP. 54 a wash, or I pollute. 8a. lumen purification, per etc.

a: leg. xepteicTtKd b: MS. nnaque c: leg. dofdrmgatar? d: the following part of the gloss has been added later, but it may be from the usual glossator, Thumeysen e: perhaps in a different hand f: Isid. Etymol. Lib. v. g: r under the line h: this word is obscure : perhaps dor-ochol, W.S. i: Isid. Etymol. Lib. ix.

[ 108 ]est purgantur a tenebris...'molior molimen^' ...a pectendo

'pecten'V a filo" 'filamen/ quod per syncopam i" 'flamen^^' dicimus. . . .sinaeresis^" facta est duorum i breuium in unam longam. . . .aliae quoque uocales...sic solent ex duabus syllabis in unam longam transire, ut 'biugae" bigae^*'... Et ex contrario una longa in duas (i. p. 127) breues saepe solet temporibus diuidi: .. 'fieri' pro 'firi' uel 'fire,' quod magis analogum^* est, unde Virgilius in IIII Georgicon

At suffire^^ timo^^ caerasque recedere inanes
Quis dubitet ?

...'laqueus' autem 'laquear^^.'

...'eques equester' 'pedes pedester^'... Et sciendum quod a habent ante 'ster' cum in nomine primae positionis nulla sit consonans inter uocales paenultimae et ultimae syllabae^... Alia uero omnia* e habent ante 'ster' excepto 'paluster^' Et haec P. 55 a quidem denominatiua sunt*.

...'furoV unde 'furensV dictator'",' 'tonsus tonsor".'

. . . ' affinis ' affini affinitas ' . ' furor '...'senatus senator V 'dictatus Sed hoc^ possumus etiam in


9. tochrechad 10. slige'^ I- 11. h'dandsndthiu .i. filum .i. sndthe nohith himra chenn nasacardd ocind edpairt • 12. sacart 20 [man. al.] iouis 13. accomol 14. bina iuga diguttai fodlaidi dirdtha ind 7 nideogur 15. ddriad 16. ind infinit • m • e • on-hrethir in -o- 17. fotimrathiris^ 18. otira^ 19. druimmchli i cuithech^

1. marcachde 2. traichthechdae 3. A. is and Mid • a. • -is indib • re • ster intan ndd rhbi oson etiv peneuilt 7 uilt isind anmraaimm chetnidiu • - 4. praeter demminutiua 7 iwnahi rianx anuas^ 5. goithlachde 6. oecat beta ndeainmmnigthecha t haec innahi tiagta hi ster is^ danmanaib dogrSs biitsidi 7. bruth- naigim 8. as choimtig^ 9. senatoir 10. dictatdir 30 11. berrthaid

1. .i. assimilis 2. tormach t^s forainmmnid


11 from the thread, i.e. a thread that used to be round the head of continued the priests at the sacrifice. 12. priest. 14. two separate vowels have been converted into it, and it is not a diphthong. 16. the infini- 35 tive in e from the verb in o. 17. that thou shouldst subminister. 19. ceiling (1), or trap(?).

3. i.e. then is a in them before -ster when there is no consonant between penult and ultima in the primitive noun. 4. except the diminutives and those above before (apiaster, oleaster). 6. they may 40 be denominatives, or haec, those that end in -ster they are always from nouns. 8. which is usual.

2. the addition of -tas to a nominative.

a: om. MS. b: MS. synaresis c: does slige gloss pecten in the sense of vKriKrpov ? cf. Corp. Gloss. Lat. 11. 144 d: fotimdiris Sg. IBS'" 7 e: tim borrowed from thymum, with lengthening of the penult, as in legaim, ndt f: see glossary to Brehon laws, p. 198 g: not anias, as Ascoli wrongly prints h: under the line i: MS. coimtig [ 109 ]secundae declinationis nominibus obseruare... Et testis eius' est (i. p. 128) Caper, qui diuersorum de huiusmodi nominibus ponit usus auctorum. , . (i. p. 129)

Non est igitur dubiuraS quod — cum in omnibus quae paenulti- P. 65b mam habent circumflexam, si patiantur syncopam, seruamus eundem 5 accentum in ultima.... idque^ omnibus placet artium scriptoribus, qui (i. p. 130) de accentibus scripserunt — debeant haec quoque idera^ seruare cum 'ti' subtracta paenultima uocalis, quae circumflectebatur in dictione perfecta, id est a, inuenitur ultima in concisione^ habens eundem accentum. INueniuntur tamen etiam propria differentiae causa' in lo fine circumflexa, ut 'Leenas Leenatis,' 'Menas,' ne accusatiui plurales menae, quod genus est piscis, et leenae — femininum est leonis® — esse putentur.

...'equs eques^'...'tego tegesV 'mergo merges^'

...'struo strues^^'-.-'illuo illuuies *"'...

..,'curialis^-'...

...'patruus^' patrui patruelis'^'... P. 56a

I longam habent omnia in 'ilis/ quae a nominibus deriuantur, nee (i. p. 131) non in 'ile' neutra, sine ex eis fiant sine non habeant aliud ante se P. 56b genus. . .ut. . .'scurra^ scurrilis'. . . 'Exilis' etiam a Graeco e^tTT/Xo?^ to factum denominatiuorum seruauit regulam^...'futio',' ex quo com- positum effutio^ 'futilis'^../altus' uel 'alitus^ altilis'... A pare^


3. .i. iuris asruhart anuas conU^ued

1. .i, andliged quod diximus 7 asberam dano 2. aiccend p, 55 b inuilt 3. anednonoen aiccent in uilt indih 4. iarfoxul • ti • 25 5. ar ni ar accuis dechoir ani asrubartmmar cose 6. indi as leonis leena femininum 7. denechaid 8. ditiu 9. muir- bran 10. sreth 11. hcellned 12. dalta .i. curia

1. brdthir athar 2. 77iacc brdthar athar p. 56 a

1. ndirmabet onach ainmxwdiu etir acht itcetnidi 1- 2. dais- P. 56b 30 cuir parasitus 3. trenothath 4. .i. airdixa • i • and ut praedicta 5. baithaigim 6. adbolbaithigim^ 7. .i. nomen dolestnr chorthon bis ocedpartaib dodeib 8. is hinunn awaltus 7 awalitus isondi as alo ataat andiis • ut postea dicet 9. 6 • par


3. i.e. of the rule that he has mentioned above. continued

1. i.e. the law which we have said and will say moreover. 2. an p ggj, accent on the ultima. 3. the identical accent" on the ultima in them. 4. after taking away -ti. 5. for not for sake of distinction is that which we have said hitherto. 6. of leonis. 9. cormorant (mergics).

1. father's brother. 2. son of father's brother. p. sga

1. or whether they are not from any nominal form at all, but are p. 56 b primitives. 3. the singular of a noun substantive (tren-othath)^. 4. i.e. the i is long in it, as the aforesaid. 5. I am a fool. 6. I am a great fool. 7. i.e. a name for a round-bottomed vessel which is (used) at offerings to gods. 8. the alius is the same as the cditus, the 45 pair of them come from alo, as he will say afterwards.

a: MS. illues b: the fourth letter looks somewhat like e, Thurneysen c: 'the same thing, (to wit) an accent.' J. S. d: adjectivum graecum perperam habet pro substantivo, Asc. Gl. cxxxi [ 110 ]etiam diriuatiuum^" — quod a uerbo 'paro' nascitur, unde compare comparas. Proprie enim pares sunt, qui inter se possunt comparari" — uerbalium regulam seruauit^.^, 'parilis.' Cetera quoque omnia" i paenultimam corripiunt...'peculium peculii peculiaris^' 'molo^ molis' uel 'mola molae molaris^.' Sicut etiam neutra^ in 'are' finita: 5 'uelum ueli uelare^'

In 'ensis' desinentia...'Curta*' Curtensis*"'...' Catena^ {uel Catina} Catinensis^'../castrum" castrensis",' ' forum ^^ forensis"/ 'Ilium" Iliensis^^'...

In 'tis' quoque inueniuntur denominatiua, sed antique prolata^'... 10 sicut 'Laurentis^' quoque pro * Laurens ^' 'Tiburtis*' pro 'Tiburs,' teste Capro. Sic 'Quiritis^' pro 'Quiris' et 'Ceris' uel 'Ceretis' pro 'Ceres/ qui tamen nominatiui® nunc in usu non sunt.

In 'os'...pauca inueniuntur: 'lepus leposV 'compete compes' et mutatione e in o 'compos^'... 15

...exceptis in 'cius^' desinentibus...ut...'aduecticius'... In-


10. asndirruidigthe anainmmsin 11. cosmailigeddar 12. timmartae and amal innabriathardi riam 13. cenmathd inna hiasrubart

1. sainredach 2. melim 3. broirddae 4. .i. 20 dosoithcer ind i^ immechtrach • in • a • 5. ditiu 6. cuirt" 1 borcc 7. borggdae cuirtaide i impdibthe ut in boetio 8. 1 catina ut in horosio legitwr i slabrad 9. slabrattae 1- 10. dun^ 11. d'dnattae 12. ddlsuidce 13. ddldde 14. troi 15. troidnda "25

1. acht is iarnarsidib robbdtar • intis non sic hodie 2. lau- rentide 3. laurentide .i. aitribthid nacathr&ch asberr laurentium laurens tmmurgu bis hodie 4. tiburtide^ tiburtum nomen cmitatis 5. sabindae .i. gaide [man. al.] sabinus 6. ind ainmmnidi hisin 7. sidbair 8. comascnaidid • 6acompes 6aWa^oldae dobuith 30 nied mmurgu acht is compos Jil

1. ar is -cius- doformagar isnaib hisiu - ni-ius-


10. that that noun is derived. 11. (can) be compared. 12. (the i) is short in it, as the verbals before (had it). 13. besides those that he has mentioned. 35

4. i.e. the outer i is turned into a. 6. a court or town, 7. belonging to a town, belonging to a court, or, as in Boetius, circumcised. 8. or a chain^. 9. belonging to a chain.

1. but it is according to the ancients that they were (i.e. ended) in -tis, non etc. 3. a laurentis i.e. an inhabitant of the city called 40 Laurentium ; however it is now Laurens. 5. Sabine i.e. having a spear (quiris = curis). 6. those nominatives. 8. com- petitor (competens) : it would be regular that there should be compes : it is not so, however, but it is compos that there is.

1. for it is -cius that is added in these, not -iv^. 45

a: * MS. oirta cirtensis

b: om. MS.

c: the scribe wrote coirt, and then placed v { = u) over the 0; borrowed from Low Lat. cortis

d: dunattae suggests rather dunad

e: MS. tiburti^de

f: misinterpretation of proper names

[ 111 ]ueniuntur tamen quaedam a primae quoque declinationis nominibus* P. 58b

eiusdem formae, quae a haberit ante *cius': 'gallina gallinacius^*,' (i- p. 136) 'membrana membranacius^'...

Notandum inter haec ' menstruus*'...

'Longus longinquus*' ideo assumpsit n ante 'quus' quia aliter euphoniae satisfacere non poterat'.

Inueniuntur pauca...in 'ulcus'... 'bos bobulcus^'...

In 'dus' tres sunt formae :

Una quae seruat consonantem, ex qua ultima uel paenultiraa lo primitiui incipit syllaba — sed tunc paenultima, si non intercedat consonans inter ultimae et paenultimae syllabae uocales — et reliquam . . partem'^ mutat in i correptam et assumit 'dus' ut 'herba herbidus.'

Excipitur alternitatis causa quam Graeci eiraWrfKoTr^ra^ uocant, P. 59a unum 'pando pandus/ ne si 'pandidus' dicamus, male sonat*' alterna d (i. p. 137) 15 in utraque continual syllaba, quod in multis solent tam Graeci quam nos euitare. Non dicunt illi 'Xapu/SStSo?' quamuis exigat regula*, sed 'Xa/juySSeo?'... Eiusdem uitii causa non dicimus ab eo, quod est 'mane' 'manunine*,' sed 'matutine/ 'uitis uinetum,' non 'uitetum/ quod tamen etiam a uinea uidetur esse deriuatum^ Praeterea lo 'meridies' pro 'medidies®' a medio die. Sed non tamen in omnibus^ hoc^ ualet. Nam 'candeo candidus' facit...nisi® quod haec secundae coniugationis in 'deo^^"'... Et haec quidem in 'dus' supra dictae


1. ciasidruburt ambuith anominihus seciindse declinationis et P. 58 b tertiae 2. cercdae 3. sreihnaide 4. mistae mensis non 25 mensuus facit 5. nibbad bind nach cruth ailiu 6. bochaill 7. cenmithd inconsoin .1. arabi dints:::larsi::::::nchonsain^

1. frimifogur .i. doailigud fogniv frialaile .i. cor-ob bind tn P- 59a fogur • V 2. 1 continuans .i. acomoicsider 3. emnad d and 4. .i. da • n • i7idd • t • 5. ciasidbiur abuith huandi as uitis • 30 6. cesu medius dies a5c/to??isuidigthe and 7. arecar frithriagol do 8. vl& ni dogres dognither 9. acht den limm 10. .i. sainreth dobriathraib^ co6ednae tdnise emnad • d • in nominihus bite huadib


1. although I have said that they are from nouns of the second and P. 58 b 35 third declension. 5. otherwise it would not be euphonious. 7. except the consonant i.e. which remains over of that syllable after the consonant.

1. (contrary) to cacophony, i.e. to differentiate (one) sound from P. 59a another, i.e. so that the sound be harmonious. 2. when it is made 40 contiguous (consecutive). 3. the doubling of d therein. 4. i.e. two n'a into two t's. 5. though I say that it is from uitis. 6. though it is mediua dies that is compounded therein. 7. a rule contradictory thereto is found. 8. iiLS, it is not always acted on. 9. save one thing in my opinion. 10. ie. peculiar to verbs of the second conjugation 45 is the doubling of c? in the nouns that are (derived) from them.

a: MS. loginquus

b: MS. eTraXeXo-n/Ta

c: leg. sonet

d: in deo : MS. ideo

e: nicht mehr lesbar; das pergament abgerieben und beschmutzt, Thnmeysen; read arabi dintiillaib sin iarsinclionsainl which is translated

f: MS. dobre-

[ 112 ]formae nomina demonstrant" habere ea in se ex quibus deriuantur,

ut 'herbidus' qui herbas habet...

In 'bundus' uero desinentia similitudinem habere significant, ut 'uitabundus^^' ^" similis uitanti../moribundus"' similis morienti...

...'causor^^causaris causabundus'.-.'ludis ludibundus'®'... Ex- 5 cipitur alternitatis causa"' 'rubicundus/ quod in paenuitima syllaba pro b c habuit, ne sit absonum, si 'rubibundus' dicamus.

Tertia forma in 'dus' terminantium est participialis...et significat (i. p. 138) dignum esse aliquem' eo^, quod demonstratur^, ut 'laudandus*' laude dignus, 'amandus®' dignus amari...'legendus^' dignus legi, 'loquen- lo dus^' dignus de quo loquantur** homines.

In 'lus' desinentium formae similes sunt diminutiuis*. . .ut annus anniculus *"... Extremas partes^ syllabarum finalium siue extremas syllabas'", si sint purae", in 'ulus' uertunt, excepto anniculo^'^ differentiae causa: nam 'annulus' deminutiuum est'^ 'Nouacula^*' "' '5 a 'nouo nouas' deriuatur.

In 'sus' duplicem habent formam: uel enim participialia sunt... et res incorporales significant... ut . . 'uersus' — quod ab incorporali re'^


11. isfollus inna ninni som inne^ inna nanmmann huataat 12. immgabthach 13. ni fir immgabail iscosmail'^ indi'^o imvaaimragaib 14. bathach reliqua 15. arcoimddim [mam. a.] reus iudicor 16. cluichech 17. .i. conroib ailidetu 7 dechor etir indisillaih arit cosmaili

1. dofoirnde inrucus neich 2. indi reliqua 3. inchiall fil indib isciall innriccso 4. is huisse amolath 5. h'dbise aserc 25 6. is huise alegend 7. is uise aisndis de 8. ar chuit suin tantum 8a. bliadnide'^ 9. rann disillaih 10. inogai 11. cen chonnsonsk 12. non annulus dtVrmdigthe anniculus digab^Aac^ tmmurgu anulus 13. digabthach ondi asanus cudirt^ .i. brefe anulus br&fean 14. nljbide^ 15. lui^ 16. is 30 neph chorpde intan as dognixo. menynmann reliqua ut in alio


11. manifest in their meaning is the meaning of the nouns from which they are (derived). 13. it is not a true avoidance : it is a like- ness of one who avoids. 15. I bring forward in excuse. 17. so that there may be alternation and difference between the two syllables, 35 for they are alike.

1. it signifies the worth of some one. 3. the meaning that is in them is a meaning of worthiness. 4. it is just to praise him. 5. it is just to love him. 6. it is just to read him. 7. it is just to speak of him. 8. as to sound only. 9. a part of a syllable. 40 10. (the syllable) in (its) totality. 11. without consonants. 12. not annulus: anniculus is the derivative: anulus, however, the diminutive. 13. a diminutive from anus (a circle) i.e. a hole, anulus a small hole. 16. it is incorporeal when it is (refers to) an act of the mind etc. 45

a: MS. loquentur b: om. MS., corr. Ascoli c: as this is an unparalleled construction of cosmail, leg. cosmailius J.S. or cosmaile as in Corm. s.v. Buanand, W.S. d: cf. Sg. 49" 9 e: written above anus f: nuide written over noua-, lui over -la. nouacula eo quod innouat faciem, Isid. Etym. Lib. xx. 13, 4, hinter nilide etwas ausradiert (sol...?), Thurneysen g: lai, Windisch

[ 113 ]ad corporalem quoque adductum est"...uel o productam habent ante

' sus,' et significant plenum esse aliquem eius, quod significatur", ut ' saxosus ' plenus saxis. . .

...'manus manuleatus"" ... 'auitusV 'maritusV 'cerritusV ab auo, P. 60a 5 mare, Cerere. ...'cornutusV ' uerutus*,' 'astutusV 'uersutusV (i. p. 139)

...'amictus"'...

In ' stus '. . .' honor honestus^ ' . . . ' modus modestus^' ' ango an- p. 60b gustusV 'augur augustus*.' Praeterea 'Venus uenustus".,.quae.., (i. p. 140) asumpta ' tus^ ' faciunt deriuatiua et omnia una uincunt sillaba lo primatiua" absque niesto^

In *ax' plerumque uerbalia inueniuntur...' emo emis emax*' ...'pellicio"' pellicis pellax",' 'sagio^^ sagis sagax^*.'

In 'ex' correptam.. 'lateo lates** latex",' 'uerto uertis^ uertex^*'...

...In 'ex' productam similiter...' lego'* legis'^ lex.'

In ' ix ' . . . ' nutritor ' quoque 'nutritrix' debuit facere quod euphoniae causa siue altemitatis" mediam sillabam concidit^^: ' nutrix ' enim dicimus.

In 'ox'...' uelum uelox^®.'

In 'nx' et 'rx': 'coniungo coniunx^,' 'arceo arx-^'


17. intan asuersns fers 18. isldn dineuch thornther" tresin^- 5^^ nainmmnigud sin continued

1. Idmostae 2. .i. sen athardae 3. cele mas P. 60a 4. ciniithnechtdae^ a cerere .i. ceres bandea hetho 5. bennach 6. berach i birdae 7. tiuwhil ab astu 8. impdidach .i. IS uersus 9. attoitce a uerbo quod est mico ut postea dicet 1 >-

1. sochrud 2. mesraigthe 3. tachtae 4. math- P- 60b marcde 5. sochrud 6. .i. ni stus arafoimdt^ amal inna remeperthi 7. praedicta dtha stus 8. .i. arts comlinsdn hilin sillah-fnabunad 9. crithid 10. doturgimm^ 11. tud- iorachtaid 12. doaurchanaimm 13. taircetlid^ 14a. clithith 14b. [in raarg.] fons 15 a. imputh lob. [in marg.] capitis pars 16. rdchtaigixn 17. ailidetad friafinanach^ 18. do- cerbai 19. diddith i didn 20. acomoltae 21. dun


17. when it is M(?r»ws, a verse. 18. it is full of whatever is denoted P- 59b 35 by that appellation. continued

4. relating to wheat : from Ceres, the goddess of corn'. 8. con- ^- ^^* verted (turned). 9. resplendent, from the verb mico, as he says afterwards.

4. augural. 6. i.e. it is not -stus that they assume, like the afore- P- 60b 40 said (but only -tus). 7. the aforesaid, from -stus onwards. 8. i.e. for this (maestus) is equal in number of syllables to its origin (maeror). 14a. hiding". 15a. conversion. 16. I legislate. 17. of alternation to its legitimate (form). 18. it cut off. 19. coverer (velans) or rapid (velox). 20. joined.

a: MS. manulatus b: om. MS. c: leg. thdrnter or thdmdither ? d: MS. d cruithnechtae with d over the o e: leg. arafdimat f: The first letter is a little doubtful: Ascoli read it as (, but it seems a d the right side of which has faded; the third letter is more like t than d ; but cf. Sg. 54» 3 g: recte tairchetlid h: MS. ailidetad frianach : firianach, Ascoli i: cf. Corp. Gloss. Lat. vi. 202 k: cf. et dictus latex quod in uenis terrae la teat, Isid. Etym. Lib. xx. 6

[ 114 ]Quoniam de speciebus siue formis^ nominum •• supra tractauimns,

(i. p, 141) nunc de generibus quaerere conemur.

Genera igitur nominum principalia sunt duo, quae sola nouit ratio naturae'^... Nam commune modo masculini modo feminini significationem^ possidet, neutrum uero, quantum ad ipsius uocem 5 qualitatem^, nee masculinum nee femininum est, Unde commune articulum uel articulare pronomen** tam masculini quam feminini generis assumit, ut ' hie sacerdos ' et ' haec sacerdos,' neutrum autem separatum^ ab utroque genere articulum asciscif, ut 'hoc regnum.' 10

Dubia autem sunt genera, quae* nulla ratione cogente auctoritas ueterum diuerso genere protulit^ ut 'hie finis' et 'haec finis'... 'silex^V 'margo".' ...'bubo^V 'ddma'^, panthera' in utroque genere (I. p. 142) promiscue" sunt* prolata^®. Sunt alia^® natura et significatione" mobilia, non etiam uoce^^ ut ... 'patruus^^ ^mita^V 'auunculus^^ 15 matertera^ ' ; sunt alia uoce, non etiam naturae significatione'^ P. 61b mobilia^*, ut 'lucifer^^ lucifera^' ... 'liber ^ libra'... Unumquod-


1. didelbaib dirinddigthih nominum 2. med aaicned ceneuil ni dofuisim 7 dofuisemar 3. inninni 4. .i. inne indfolaid inchoisig inguth .i. indneuta,ir 5. .i. apronomen narti- 20 coldae .i. apronomen gaihes engracus narticml 6. .i. ariicol etarscartha fri suidih • > 7. docuirethar 8. .i. ite 9. .i. is inderb immascul fd femen nicomeicnigedar nadliged insin t uno genere t diuerso genere 10. gainae 11. bruach 12. .i. bonndn samnaiche 13. heirp 14. omescatar dacenel indib 25 15. dorurgabtha 16. .i. is hinonn den leiss natura 7 signi^ica^io 17. 6 inni 18. Fodail ceneuil ininni^ sin 7 nibi hinguth*'-' 19. brdtha.iT athar 20. siur athar 21. amnair brdthair mdthar 22. siur mdthar 23. ni huacMill 24. nijil dechor ceniuil aicneti indib ar nitat msisculina nd feminina secundum 30 naturam • 25. grian 26. cescae

1. lebor 1 proprium 1-


1. of the derived forms of nouns. 2. this is the nature of gender, something that generates and that is generated. 3. the meaning. 4. i.e. the quality of the substance which the sound expresses, i.e. of the 35 neuter. 5. i.e. the articular pronoun, i.e. the pronoun that takes the place of an article. 6. i.e. an article distinct from them. 8. i.e, it is they. 9. i.e. 'tis uncertain whether it be a masculine or a feminine : there is not any rule that obliges that. 14. two genders are mixed in them. 16. i.e. natura and signijicalio are one and the same with 40 him. 18. that is distinction of gender in meaning, and it is not in sound. 19. father's brother. 20. father's sister. 21. amnair, mother's brother. 22. mother's sister. 23. not by sense. 24. there is no difference of natiral gender in them since they are not masculine or feminine according to nature. 25. sun. 45 26. moon.

1. a book.

a: MS. sint b: MS. inini c: MS. higuth

[ 115 ]que* enim eorum propriam et ammotam'^ a significatione masculini

habent demonstrationein et positionem ; sunt alia, quae dif- ferentiae significationis causa^ mutant genera, ut ' haec pirus* hoc pirum,' 'haec malus' hoc malum,' 'haec arbutus* hoc arbutum'...

...'haec buxus' arbos^ 'hoc buxum' lignum. Virgilius: dant arbuta^ siluae, cruentaque myrta^ coerea'" pruna", uolubile" buxum".

...ut 'Gligerium"' mea" 'et Dorcium'... ' gumrai "'..., (i. p. 143) 'tuber"'...

. . .' haec catarecta^ ' . . . P. 62a

In promiscuis tamen^ inuenimus quaedam . . secundum genus (i- p- 144) masculinum prolata.

Cum canibus timidi uenient ad pocula ddmae^*.
Diuersum*^ confusa genus panthera* cam^lo...

15 Et magis in quadrupedibus hoc inuenis"*.

Nam 'nihili,' ' frugi,' 'mancipi' obliqui sunt casus figurate^ cum P- 62 b omnibus casibus adiuncti. (i- P- 145)i


2. etarscarthe 3. .i. dodechor etir anmmann innacrann 7 P. 6lb anmmann atoraid imiacrannsin • 4, draigen 5. aball 6. fid <^^**""*" 'o 7. dogluais anaxhoB 8. dochrunn^ fessin 9. donchrunn 10. buidi t donna 11. donchrunn 12. fulumain 13. .i. don chrunnfdsin wnomen buxum hisin^ ni dontomd 7 is ainsidi neutahi 14. mo gligematsa .i. mohensa .1. nomina mxAierum 15. ainmxn luhae 16. att

1. senester 2. cetu chummascthai 2a. na herbind P. 62a imniomnacha 3. .i. bestia [in marg.] .i. inderbus ceniuil 7 tairmmorcinn ar^ biid panther 7 panthera ut pos^ea dicet^ 4. .i. incoirnmchldud son .i. each lacein it msisculina in cein naili it feminina

1. indoilbthith apud poetas P. 62 b


2. separated. 3. i.e. to make a difference between the names of P- 61b the trees and the names of the fruit of those trees. 6. a tree. <^(>^^i"*^^^^ 7. arbos is by way of gloss. 8. for the tree itself. 9. of the tree. 10. yellow or brown. 11. for the tree. 13. i.e. buxum is here the name of the tree itself, not of the fruit, and it is an 35 accusative neuter. 14. my Glj'cerium (sweetling), i.e. my wife. 15. name of a plant.

1. window. 2. though they are mixed. 2 a. the timid P. 62 a deer. 3. i.e. a beast (there is) uncertainty of gender and termina- tion, for there is panther and panthera, as he will say afterwards. 40 4. i.e. the mutation, i.e. at one time they are masculine, at another time they are feminine.

a: MS. anunquoque

b: leg. Glycerium

c: MS. diuerso

d: leg. donchrunn ?

e: cf. Vol. I. p. 724, col. 2, 1. 29

f: MS. quia

g: Priscian i. 156, 1. 7

[ 116 ]...feminina sunt, ut 'uirgo^ uirgims'...'acredo^'...'cupido*' . .

Excipiuntur" . . masculina haec.'cardo® cardinis.'

Solueraf Hisperii deuexo margine ponti.

...'Milo»'. .'praedoV 'ligoi<"...6 avO pwiro';" koL 77 avdpcoiro^^K.. P. 63a ' Caupo^ ' quoque ' caupona^ ' facit...' strabo* strabaV 5

. . .' cornu®,' ' genu",' ' gelu^'

...quid uel quod et aliud — haec enim ratio nomina esse ostendit*.

...'saP*'... ...irritamenta gulae".

...'subteP^'...

...'oppidum SuthuPV Sed melius est figurate" sic esse 10 apposita^' dicere, ut si dicam ' mons Ossa^*' uel 'Tiberis flumen",' P. 63b quarn dicere quod neutri generis in ' ul ' . terminantia^ sint...


2. .i. sed 7 mosGulinum inuenitwr ut hieronymus in con^ictu continued contra heluidium ostendit dicens uirginali oiugio uirgo filius — .i. christus — nasciretwr 7 mbbu machdad tra bed figurate nombed -a- 15 uirgo filius as6eir hieronymus .i. ondsdsad nechtar de innaraill reliqua 3, lainne 4. accobor 5. hua riagoiX femein 6. mimas- clach 7. immrerce 8. .i. echaire 9. airchelad^ 10. .i. ligo .i. bacc • buana finime'^ •

1. A. coitchen dechenelisin^ SiY>ud graecos 2. dalem 3. ban- 20 ddlem t cuchtar 4. cammderc 5. afemininum 6. benn 7. glijbn 8. rSud 9. archiunn tadbadar andliged dogni nomina diib 10. salann 11. sercla 12. .i. mocoll Un 13. andind suthul d nomen 14. .i. filid dogniat" anaccomol inchrutsin 7 nimidedar cenel nindib anaccomol sin • > 15. .i. Do- 25 suidigthi .i. cechtar ndi foleith cen beim foscdce innalaill 16. sliab nossa^ 17. Ama.1 nddndeni neutur dindi astiberis ciadobevthar flu men friss sic nideni neutur dindi a^suthul ciad comaltar oppidum friss • •

1. aforcennt&r 30


2. i.e. But uirgo is found also masculine etc. And it were no wonder then that uirgo filius that Jerome speaks of^, was*^ figuratively, i.e. so that one of the two should not reach into the other. 5. from the rule of the feminine. 8. muleteer'. 10. i.e. a sickle for pruning vines. 35

1. i.e. those are common bigeneric with the Greeks. 3. waitress or tavern. 9. below [lit. ahead] the law which makes nouns of them is set forth. 11. daintiest 12. i.e. a mesh of a net. 13. the town : its name (is) Suthul. 14. i.e. poets make the conjuncture in that manner ; but that conjuncture does not decide the gender in them. 40 15. i.e. in apposition i.e. each of the two of them apart without striking a shadow ^(?) into the other. 17. as it does not make a neuter of Tiberis, that flumen is put with it, so it does not make a neuter of Suthul, that oppidxvm is conjoined to it.

a: MS. avrpoiros b: leg. aircheltaid? c: Ueber ligo im text hatte glossator C ba^c geschrieben aber wieder ausradiert. Unten am rande hat er wohl zunacbst buana finime geschrieben und dann ligo .i. bacc davorgesetzt, Thurneysen d: coitchendechen6li seems to be a compound, cf. Sg. OOt» 4 e: MS. dognith with punctum delens over h f: first s over the line g: Hieron. Op. 11. 27 h: i.e. that uirgo stood in apposition to filius, Sarauw, 37 i: milio is taken as mulio k: sercla is nom. pi. of sercol Goidelica, 166, or sercoll, Rev. Celt. xx. 262, serccol tarsain, Laws iv. 308, 1. 13, 318, 1. 18 l: beimfoscdae is probably a technical phrase, cf. beimforais and see LU. SS** 1: LL. 55049, 401» 23

[ 117 ]...'Cim,' nonien uici, ut dicit Celsus*. ...nisi si transferantur

in aliquam declinabilem formam'...

Inueniuntur tamen apud comicos* feminarum quoque propria, quae in banc terminationem [scil. -'um'] dirainutionis' sine adola- 5 tionis® amatoriae*' causa proferuntur, ut 'Gligerium^'...

...'hoc seminum"®'... Excipitur^" 'flamen' sacerdos" louis et (^- P- 1^9) 'pecten"'...

...'lien",' 'rien"' uel 'ren"' et 'splen"' . . ...'haec siren",'

'Lar' quando significat KarotKLSiou deov'^, 'laris' facit genitiuum, P. 64a lo sin autem imperatorem Veientoruni* ' Lartis^*'...Larte^ Tolumnio rege Vientum'. ...'Arar' quod etiam 'Araris*' dicitur.

Rodanumque morantem* (i. p. igo)
Pi-aecipitauit Arar.

. . .' hoc laquear* ' . . ' lupanar',' ' instarV ' far^ '. . .

...'suber'"'.... Excipitur 'hie imber"'...et ex eo composita^^ . . (i. p. 151) ...'Mulciber".' Terrae quoque foetus"... 'siler^^' 'papauer,' 'laser'..

Et platanus genitalis^®....

. . .armillam" . .

lubeas spinter nouum reconcinarier*^


2. as nowen. uici 3. itairmoircniu ailiii 4. lasna Jileda V. 6Bh sin 5. dighala dis^ bainscdil 1 «- 6. diambreith inditith • reliqua 7. sercaidechtae 8. gligernat reliqua sic 9. sil 10. donaib neiitViTdldaib 11. dogludiss 12. ciri slind 13. lue Had 14. feith 15. .i. is curamae bite diblinaib 16. A. lue Hath 25 17. bestia®

1. innacenel sin la. .i. ainmm diarig 2. ^atV^ P. 64a 3. innacenelsin 4. doainnimnid 5. malison 6. druimmchli 7. sotech 8. intsamil 9. cenelce netha 10. snob 11. huare nand neutnr 12. it masculina dano 13. brointa 10 talcdaid^ nomen do ulcdin 14. na sothe .i. ni dofuisim terra, 15. .i. nomina holerwm huili 16. geiiiddae 17. foil 18. aslentae


2. that it is the name of a town. 3. into other terminal sounds. P. 63 b 4. with those poets*'. 5. of diminution of the age of a woman ^. 35 6. to bring them (back) into youth. 7. of amatoriness'. 8. little Gly cerium etc. 10. from the neutrals. 11. (this serves) for a gloss. 12. comb or tile. 15. i.e. it is in the same way that they both are.

1. of those nations. la. i.e. name of their king. 3. of those P. 64a 40 nations. 4. as nominative. 9. a kind of corn. 11. because it is not neuter. 1 2. they are masculine then. 1 3. * shower- softener,' or a name of Vulcan. 14. the products, that is, what terra brings forth. 15. all (are) names of plants. 18. to be polluted'.

a: MS. aut amatoriae, which is glossed b: leg. seminium c: MS. Karov Kaiaiove euv d: gen. sg. of aes (n.) ' aetas,' distinguished from aes (m.) 'people' e: before bestia tindrem from the usual hand is cancelled : cf. bes-tindrem (gl. tropologiam) Ml. 48"= 11; bestia is added by glossator C f: leg. brdintatalcduid g: or perhaps: 'that is in the poets' h: cf. Prise, i. 216 I. 2 i: amatoriae is translated as a noun k: concinnare is mistaken for conquinare, Ascoli

[ 118 ]p. 64b ' anser^ * . . ' hoc cancer' de morbo^ protulerunt . . . exceptis duobus,

quae ipsa natura diffendit^ feminino generi, 'mater' et 'mulier'..., (I. p. 152) ...'celer^'../ pauper' Plautus in Vidularia :

Paupera haec res est.

Terrentius' tain en in Andria: 5

quam honeste in patria pauper uiuere.

(i. p. 153) 'degenerV 'uber'...

' Acer"'...'alacris^'... Neuius in carmine belli Punici"...

... 'abaddir/ deus esse dicitur hoc nomine lapis ille^ quem (i. p. 154) Saturnus uorasse traditur pro loue. ...'Gaddir'...Sallustius neutrum lo esse ostendit...accusatiuum nominatiuo similem ponens^: ' ut alii tradiderunt, Tartessum^ . . quam nunc Tyrii...Gaddir habent/ ...to revap T7}<; 7}(,p(o<i^^.

...exceptis femininis quidem tribus quorum duo ipsa natura alterius generis esse prohibet^ ' uxor,' ' soror.' 'Arbor' etiam, quod 15 iure inter feminina connumeratur, quod 'mater' quoque dicitur proprii fetus unaquaeque arbor®...

Parua" sub ingenti matris se subiicit umbra.

...excepto 'oleastro/ quod^ tam forma terminationis quam declinatio prohibuit esse femininum. Nam ' siler" ' non est inter arbores 20


1. giugran 2. .i. 7 isneuinv issuidiu 3. atasuidi^ 4. dian 5. .i. pauper lasuide" dofemun 6. docheneiuil communia sunt 7. lainn 8. .i. dares 9. inchocda afracdai

1. nibu machdath doronta dia dind liac 2. olsodain as '^5 sainreth do neutnr 3. aainmm hitosuch gaddir mrum 4. in- declinabile i is geuitiuus .i. ^rec indi as tenar 7 is dilledach lagrecu 5. acht feraininum tantum 6. as mdthir asotho feissin each noenchrann 7. infualascach bee dsas asinchr'unn 8. air issainred do mascul intairmoTcenn in • er • 9. luib 7 ni crann 30


2. i.e. and it is neuter here. 3. it keeps them. 5. with him pauper is as a feminine. 6. of low birth : they (degener and uber) are common. 9. of the African war.

1. it were no wonder that a god should have been made of the stone. 2. which is peculiar to the neuter. 3. ( Tartessus was) its name at 35 first, Gaddir afterwards. 4. an indeclinable, or it is a genitive, i.e. Greek of divap and with the Greeks it is declinable. 5. but feminine only. 6. that every single tree is mother of its own fruit. 7. the small branches that grow out of the tree. 8. for the termination in -er is peculiar to the masculine. 9. a plant and not a° a tree. P. 65 a

a: leg. t6 Oivap rrji x"/»^s

b: =ad-da -suidi: cf. atsuidi Sg. 66*20. ci adsode, ci atasode, Wb. 10» 9, 10*10

c: leg. lasnide

[ 119 ]ponendum, sicut nee 'rubus""..."praeterea communia . . . ' hie ' et

' haec indecor" ' . . ' bicorpor^" ' . -. * discolor",' ' concolor^'.' ' Auctor^* ' quando avdevTr)v significat, commune, quando av^ri^v^", 'auctrix' facit femininum...

. . .' uulturi '. . .' iecurV P- 65b

...ut 'Antias^' historicus, et monosyllaba" : 'as^ asis ' . . ' uas' ' (^- P- ^^^) masculinum ' uadis,' neutrum ' uasisV et hoc ' fas ' ' nefas ' ' nugas ' etiam . . . quae sunt indeclinabilia^ Graeca uero . . . eadem seruant (i. p. 156) apud nos genera quae habent apud Graecos, si eandem seruant lo terminationem*... In multis enim uidemus conmotationem^ ter- minationis genera quoque esse conuersa^ ut o Kparijp ' haec cratera^"'.,.

In 'es' correptam", si sint apud Graecos communia, uel mobilia... quae illi trigena"' uocant. Hoc autem etiam ex ipsa rerura sig- P- 66a '5 nificatione"^ potest cognosci in omnibus appellatiuis, utrum possint necne' femininorum*^ quoque esse adiectiua uel etiam neutrorum. Quod si ipsa exigat^ significatio, in ' es ' desinentia communia sunt, ut 'hebes" quam^ de mare^ quam de femina dicitur, significat enim ' tardus' ' uel ' tarda '. . .

Miles^ erat Phoebes, nee Maenalon^ attigit uUa
Gratior hac Triuiae':


10. dris 1- • 11. cenmithd aranecatar coitchena in or P. 65a c^ano 12. dochrud 13. dechorpdae 14. dedathaigthe '^"^^^^^^'^'^ 15. como?a</((aigthe 16. auctoritas • uetustas est in libro niciae 25 autentica .i. arsata ■ > 17. augmentum^ • augtorthorviachtaid^ fosodain ab augeo


1. seig 2. da I tromchride 3. amdX rongab antias P. 65 b 4. ainm toinise 5. techt 6. A. nas • lestar 7. atriur 8. manicumsciget tairmorcenn ni cumsciget cenel 9. oosciget io chenel machonosciget tairmorcenn^ 10. airedech 11. inter communia sunt • issed saiges sis reliqua


1. .i. treceneli^ 2. innandiile^ fordingrat 3. fanacc P- 66a 4. .i. hete neutwraldi 5. .i. mall i haeth 6. emid difiur 7. mall i doe 8. banmil 9. diame"


10. a thorn etc. 11. besides that common nouns in or also are P- 65 a found. 14. two-coloured. 17. av^tor increaser then from augeo. "o^*'"»"*^

2. liver or ' heavy-heart.' 3. as for instance ^n<t«s. 4. name P- 65 b of a weight. 5. messenger". 7. the three of them. 8. unless they change the termination they do not change the gender. 9. they 40 change the gender if they change the termination. 11. they are among the common nouns : this is what it goes with below".

1. i.e. of-three-genders, 2. of the elements which they express. P. 66a 4. i.e. to be neutrals. 5. i.e. slow or stupid. 6. (as much of a woman) so much of a man. 7. slow or dull. 8. a female soldier.

a: MS. monosillabis b: leg. commutatione c: MS. trigeni uel trigena d: MS. feminarum e: leg. tam f: MS. menalaon g: a mistranslation of 01)^17x17;' ? h: -thormachtaid seems to be treated as the second part of a compound: hence the aspiration of t i: MS. machonoschiget tairmorcien k: leg. trecheneli l: MS. innadule m: leg. Diauae n: here, as in Sg. 102» 1, the glossator supposes a con- nexion between uas, uadis and uado, uadis. Otherwise Ascoli o: i.e. to complete the sense inter communia sunt is here to be supplied from what precedes. See Sarauw, p. 82

[ 120 ]Similiter^" 'praepes"' ... 'teres^^' . . 'comes ^^' . . 'inquies"' . , Lucanus

in V:

Ospes^® in extemis audiuit curia tectis.

Virgilius in III :

bellum, o terra hospita, portas^®. 5

...'antesta' uel 'antestita^^' .. ...'postridie^^ sacerdotes Cereris atque illius fani^* antistitae"'... Neutris quoque coniuncta'* haec, id est in ' es ' communia, inueniuntur, ut Virgilius in VII :

teretes'^^'^ sunt aclydes^ illis
Taela sed haec lento mos est aptare^ flagello"'. lo

luuenalis in V :

nee umquam
Depositum^ tibi sospes^ erit

...quae nullam significationis'^ naturalem communionem habent P. 66b cum feminiuis, masculina sunt, ut 'gurges' 'tramesV 'stipes'/ ^5 ' limes V 'poplesV 'fomes/ 'cespesV exceptis in 'ges' desinentibus... 'seges^' . . 'teges^'...

...'dies' quod tarn masculini quam feminini generis in singulari numero inuenitur^ ... in plurali uero semper masculinum in-


10. coi^chen son dano 11. dian 12. cruind 20 continued ^^ coimthechtid 14. ecmailt 15. hanoegi^ 16. celini 17. banairchinnech 18. irdremdid • -post iii diem 19. ind- idaltaigce 20. Atsuidi neutur isnaib anmannaib in es anaccomol fri neutur inimmognom • 21. ilar neuta,ir 22. dogni weutur c^iteretes daccomolfri taela 23. cletechdin 24. comnnais"' 25 25. [marg. d.] ondsrogod^ airid 26. anaithne 27. sldii 28. Dogni neutur dindi as sospes aaccomol frisani asdepositum 29. inna inne

1. trethan 2. lore 3. eu 4. chrich^ 5. sliassit' 6. fot • 7. govt ' 8. ditu 9. issinderb^ dogres inarim 30 hodid an dies hore isand sluindid aimsir nindeirb


10. this, then, is common. 11. swift. 12. round. 15. a continued female guest. 16. thou portendest*'. 17. a female principal. 20. their connexion with a neuter in construction establishes the neuter in the nouns in es. 21. neuter plural^ 22. its connexion 35 with tela makes a neuter of teretes. 25. with the... lashing... (?) 26. the deposit. 28. its connexion with depositum makes a neuter of sospes.

9- ill the singular number dies is always uncertain, because therein it signifies an uncertain time. 40

a: MS. antestae b: MS. hanogi c: one might expect comadasaigedar d: leg. sroglud? e: the initial is aspirated because the glossator had in his mind the fem. article f: MS. iusinderb g: but this would require probably celisiu, cf. LU. 86» 22; Ascoli takes it as c€li ni ' we are comrades,' which is possible. h: a misinterpre- tation of the Latin ; in Priscian lento should be tereti

[ 121 ]uenitur". non enim incertum" tempus uidetur significare quod

plerunque^^ in feminino genere inuenimus singularis numeri. Ideo autem diximus ' plerunque ' quod^^ inuenitur^* in usu et pro certo tempore femininum^' et pro incerto masculinum^". Virgilius in II:

Venit summa dies"...

Lucretius in III :

non usque adeo permiscuit imis
Longus summa dies^'. ..

Idem Statins : (i. p. 159)

si longumque in saecula digne
Promeriture^^ diem^.

...'hie meridies'",' certum enim significat tempus diei. Terentius in Adelphis :

ipso meridie stipulam^ colligendo^.

...Ceres** Cereris. Excipitur 'hie uerres' appellatiuum cum porcum^ significat.

. . hostem^ P. 67 a
Occupat amplexu,


10. atWs ainiser derb dofoirnde innahilur isairi ismasculinda P. 66b 20 airintain ashir dies is derb alin lathe diandapir^ 11. .i. mn '^""**""^'^ hilur 12. indaimser inderb hisin 13. ol 14. nochbaed bariagolda immurgu inderbus and intain bed femininum 7 derba^ intain bed mascul • 15. doslund aimsire deirbboi 16. arecar amascid doslund aimsire indeirbbte 17. panthus dixit contra 25 seneam tanicc ainiser derb togle troi desmrecht insin arainisir deirb in femi?imo 18. desmrecht inso ar mascul doslund aimsire inderbbce airnissluindi dies hie aimsir deirb 19. asrollk 20. cfesmrecht naill ar inderbus himascul 21. medonlathi 22. connall 23. .i. lase orothinoll 24. bandea cruithnechta 30 25. cidlach'^

1. iubanndmit P. 67 a


10. since it is a certain time that it signifies in its plural, therefore p. 66b it is masculine, for when thou say est dies the number of days of continued which thou so speak est is certain. 11. i.e. in the plural. 12. that 35 uncertain time. 14. although this would be regular: uncer- tainty in it when it is feminine and certainty when it is masculine. 15. (the feminine) to express certain time. 16. the masculine is found to express uncertain time. 17. Panthous said to Aeneas : 'The certain hour of Troy's destruction has come': that is an example for 40 certain time in the feminine. 18. this is an example for the ex- pression of uncertain time by the masculine, for here dies does not express a certain time. 20. another example of (lit. for) uncertainty in the masculine. 23. ie. when he collected. 24. goddess of wheat.

1. the female foe. P. 67 a

a: the a of diand is written above the i

b: =derbae, with a for final ae as often in Sg., cf. Rev. Celt. xx. 303

c: the MS. has callach, with v { = u) written above and between the former a and I

[ 122 ]cum de uxore Elymi Gorge loquitur. ../follis'^' . . ' curuis*^'...

Excipiuntur 'haec bipinnis*' ireXeKVi^^^ quod ideo femininum est quod quasi adiectiuum est, securis" TreXeKeloq'^ uel quod a pinna', quod ipsum quoque femininum^ est, componitur. Sed magis adiectiuum' hoc esse Virgilius ostendit...ponens in XI: 5

ferro sonat" alta bipinni {uel bipenni}
Fraxinus",

Excipitur^^ etiam 'canis' commune, quod et natura sic ostendit". ...'clunis"' tam masculini quam feminini generis usurpauit auctori- tas in una eademque significatione^'. luuenalis in HIP : 'o

Ad terram tremulo discendunt clune^® puellae.

Multa.-.confudisse genera inueniuntur uetustissimi, quos non sequi- mur^", ut 'haec amnis,' 'funis,' 'anguis.' Composita^* . . si adiectiua fiant, communia sunt, ut 'hie sanguis' 'hie' et 'haec ex(s)anguis^"'.... P. 67b ' cuspis' ' hie ' et ' haec tricuspis^' ... ' neptis"*' . . ' peluis* ' . . 15

...'cassis"'. ..'lis' quoque 'litis'.' Graeca uero eandem habentia


2. holcsithe 3. cliab 4. .i. dedith 5. .i. hidilde .i. ievciininum innagrece tis 6. Mail 7. .i. ette t henn muir t pinna dith 8. 7 istren amal sodin 9. foncheill toissech^ 10. occo esorcuin 11. indhuinnius ardd 12. doformagar 6n'athar hie iterum fohith as nathchian^ inbriathsir remeperthe t is excipitur as maith tuass /itexcipiuntur - • > 13. quia sit^ banchu 14. coche 1" less 15. hiceill 16. onchochu 17. .i. awal asberar haec amnis reliqua 7 itmasculinni immurgu linni 18. iar- nacomsuidigud 19. bdn -

1. .i. airmtiud^ X. fograinne 2. treode t trecoste^ .i. nibisou^ tribws pedibws 3. .i. necht • 4. [in marg.] ingen brdthar- .i. femininum indi as nepos ut posiea dicet • 5. loathar 6. barr 7. immargal is femininum dano y ata forbart and


2. bellows. 3. a basket. 5. i.e. belonging to an axe, i.e. the 30 feminine of the Greek below. 7. i.e. a wing or a pinnacle of a rampart. 8. and it is a substantive in that case. 9. according to the first sense. 10. a-smiting it. 11. the tall ash- tree. 12. a verb (excipitur) is added here again, because the verb aforesaid is very remote. Or it is excipitur that is right above, 35 not excipiuntur. 13. because there is a she-dog. 17. i.e. as haec amnis etc. is said, and yet with us they are masculine. 18. after their composition.

2. three-pointed or three-footed, i.e. it is not tribus pedibus. 4. a brother's daughter, the feminine of nepos, as he will say afterwards. 40 7. contest : it is feminine and there is accretion in it.

a: leg. corbis b: MS. irrjKrjKVP c: MS. irtjXrjKtjos securis d: MS. vi e: MS. thoissech, with punctum delens over the first h f: MS. nath chian g: leg. tit h: ermited, ennted Trip. Life, 196, 1. 8. irmtiiid LU. 88" 26. oeirptiud .i. oerlonn (gl. a cospite) H. 2. 16, col. 97 i: recte trechoate j: leg. ni bi son 'something which is with,' J.S.

[ 123 ]terminationem genera quoque, quae apud Graecos habent^ seruant

etiam apud Latinos...* Tithis"*.' ' Molaris'...ad dentem^" uel lapi- dem refertur... Statins in V Thebaidos :

uastaeque sudes^" fractique molares.

. . .' cos cotis^^ ' . . ' glos gloris^^'" ' . . ' compos^* ' ' impos^^ '. . .' lepos^'.'

.. Seyms"" .. cristallus^®...passellus^^, arctus^^ nam duae arcti (i. p. i62) sunf". . . .' lacertus^ ' . . ' artus'^ '. , .Lucanus in X : p. 68a

Quod Nilotis acus' compresum pectine fe^^um^

..'hoc acus* huius aceris'...'acus substernendum' gallinis parturi- lo entibus. Acus in area^ excutitur.' 'Penus^' iuuenitur et (^- P- ^^^) masculinum et femininum et neutrum.

Annone prosit, portet frumenta penusque p. 68b

...'crus^'... Supra' syllabam autem feminina sunt, ut ' ' seruitus ' . .

In *ax' desinentia...alia uero omnia, etiam si interposita sit alia consonans*, feminina sunt.... 'merx*' . . 'pix®' . . 'calx^'...

In 'ex' supra sillabam^ i antecedente in paenultima syllaba


8. .i. file apud graecos 9. foirrce 10. dodeit • P. 67b 11. beura^ 12. lia 13. inducbdl 14. [marg., man. al.] soror *^""'*'*"^^ 20 uiri 15. comairmith^ 16. nephairmith^ 17. sulhairegthid 18. .i. proprium son .i. os • 19. aig 20. cenelae netha 21. sechtareV 22. .i. indalandi antiXaid alaile andess

1. .i. doe Idme 2. asil 3. iiibu machdad bed coitchenn^ P. 68a reliqua 4. .i. cdith i cdithlech^ reUqua 5. .i. cdith bed srethi 25 6. isind ithlaind 7. cucan

1. incucain .i. acussitiuus neutfi 2. aerachuir^ 3. .i. P- 68b hudsillaih^ .i. mda den silla.ih .i. nibi oen sillah amal innahi riam acht it desHlahcha, reliqtia 4. .i. hiter a 7 x cith etarsuidigthe 7 cenip etarsuidigthe° dano 5. cundrad 6. bi 7. sdl 8. mda oldaas densillah


8. i.e. which are with the Greeks. 13. glory". 18. i.e. this (is) a P. 67b (Greek) proper name, i.e. in -OS. 20. a kind of corn. 21. septentrio. co"'*""^<^ 22. i.e. one of the two from the north, the other from the south.

1. i.e. the lower arm. 2. it were no wonder that it should be P. 68a 35 common etc.

3. i.e. over a syllable, i.e. more than one syllable: there is not one P. 68b syllable like those before, but they are disyllabic etc. 4. i.e. between a and x : though it be interposed and indeed though it be not interposed. 8. more than one syllable.

a: leg. Thetis b: MS. uaste sudes c: MS. cyrus d: leg. pbaselus e: leg. Serum f: beuru, Windisch, but according to Thumeysen the last letter is much more probably a g: MS. comairbtnith, with punctum delens over h : cf. vol. i. p. 172 note 1 h: MS. nephairmith with t over the m and i under it i: =sechte ret, 'heptad of stars,' Wb. 26** 9 k: rectius choitchenn l: according to Thumeysen the reading is almost certain m: The MS. has aerachair, with v ( = u) written over i n: = fnias gillaib o: here cith {cid) corresponds to the negative cenip, as mad to the negative tnanip p: see Ducange s.v. glos

[ 124 ]feminina sunt-./pellex"' 'carex'V ^ovrofioyv^^K . . Alia...masculina

sunt: ...'culex^^' 'pollex^^' . . ' murex^V 'cortex^^'... 'ueruex^^' (i. p. 166) ...masculinum est. luuenalis in I:

et elixi" uerbecis labra comedit.

...'hie uarix^' 'radix^' Excipitur 'haec salix".. 5

Et filicem curuis inuisam* pascit aratris.

' clasendix^ ' quod significat concham qua signum^ tegitur. ..'haec matrix V 'cornixV 'lodix"...natrix"... Lucanus in Villi:

Et natrix" uiolator^'^ aquae.

Potest tamen hoc et figurate ad serpentem" uideri redditum", lo quod etiam^® feminine genere profertur, ut idem :

hinc maxima serpens
Pithon^*,

sicut :

Praeneste sub ipsa^' 15


9. mertrech 1 tudrachtaid i ben imtha .i. arindi dodtj^rget inna- continued jiy^ dowtrud friu i do debuid 10. nomen feiuir 11. .i, damthdbae 12. cuil 13. orddu Idmae 14. cocuir^ 15. ruse 16. molt 17. bruithi 1-

1. brecc'^ 2. .i. women holeris 7 quaudo radix nieccon 20 prodvcit • ra • 3. sail 1 fit salio salix a se reliqua 4. miscsich^ 5. .i. aesc^ .i. combad argair aicnid adrimed insuidiguth 6. .i. rind .i. (uia nomen sideris cancer et fit in medio conchae • v 7. mdtharlach 8. adircliu 9. sUic 1 ruamnae i dioV 10. tonndtech 11,' ind nathirsin 12. 4lnithid 13. .i. 25 aacomol frisan ainmva. ndd fil hi coibgi acht hifoetsecht .i. serpens 14. accomoltae 15. cid 16. t'ssed aainmvix 17. fon praeneste sin


9. a harlot or exciter or concubine : because they excite the men continued to fornicate with them, or to quarrel. 10. name of a grass. 30 11. i.e. 'ox-cutting' {(Sovtoixov).

1. speckled. 2. i.e. the name of a vegetable, and when it means radix 'a root' it lengthens the ra. 5. i.e. a shell-fish, i.e. so he would reckon the position for shortness of nature^. 6. i.e. a constellation. 9. . . (?) or haircloth (?) or.."*? 10. poisonous. 11. that 35 snake. 13. i.e. its connexion with the noun which is not in the context, but is understood i.e. serpens (uiolator). 14. connected. 16. this is its name. 17. under that (city of) Praeneste.

a: leg. ^oirofiov

b: leg. corcuir

c: the glossator mistakes uarix for uarius

d: MS. miscich

e: cf. est concha aesc, Leyd. Prise. 16». KZ. xxxv. 152

f: the meaning of these words is obscure: lodix ' ornamentum muliebre,' Corpus Gl. Lat. V. 506

g: i.e. e must be short even before the double consonant

h: sleic is rendered by ' soap ' in Laws iv, 318

[ 125 ]. . 'obstetrix^*',.. Excipitur 'hie fornix '*,' quod quamuis paenultimam (i. p. 166)

positione longuam habuit^, tamen masculinum est. ...'pernix'^".., ..quamuis 'hoc uictrix' non memini'^ me legisse, etsi analogia declinationis exigat^.

...'celox^V species est nauis, et monosillabis^'*. .. Sunt tamen, qui nominatiuum quoque putant sine n scribendum^.

In 'yx' Graeca sunt et seruant eadem apud nos genera^... 'sandyx^.'

Graeca uero sine uotha eadem seruant^ et apud nos genera... 'hie P. 69b locimex^' . . (i. p. 167)

. . 'git' ' iMeXdvOiov. . .

Virgilius in X :

Tu* mihi nunc pugnae princeps", tu rite propinques
Augurium* Phrigibusque' adsis pede, diua, secundo^

...et fortasis quia aliud significant" ' principia/ ' municipia/ (i. p. 168) 'parentia *'"'... . . ' lens^'...Ouidius in VII" Metamorphoseon : P. 70a

Haud" procul egesta^ scrobibus tellure duabus


18. ban terismid 19. budidlia^ 1 genus domtjs 20. ol- P. 69a sodain bdsainred dofemiun 21. dian 22. biid insin ^'"^^^'"^^^^ ^o 23. abuith 24. sain ecosc noe i alii dicunt .i. luam^ 25. ex- ceptis .i. arnitat adiectisidi 26. combad oiux 27. file la grecu indib 28. glasen

1. .i. file lagrecu indib 2. milchumae 3. .i. nomen e^^a P. 69b 4. seneas dixit ad berechinthiam matrem deorwm 5. .i. ban 25 airchinnech 6. eel 7. donaib troiandib 8. huandascnava. sdinmech 9. andofuismet .i. ilar rangrabdlae 7 ni nomen 10. .i. obediential

1. cenele neiha inde lentieula 2. .i. tecmaltai P- 70»


18. a female stander. 19. a victory-stone (triumphal arch) or P. 69 a 30 a kind of house. 20. which should be peculiar to the feminine, continued 22. that is (although etc.). 23. its existence. 24. a peculiar species of ship, or as others say i.e. a yacht (?). 25. (zoox, nox) being excepted, for these are not adjectives. 26. so that it should be conjux. 27. which are in them with the Greeks.

1. i.e. which are in them with the Greeks. 2. a bug (?). P. 69b 3. i.e. name of a corn*. 5. i.e. female principal. 7. to the Trojans. 8. with a favourable visit. 9. when they bring forth i.e. the plural of a participle, and it is not a noun.

1. a kind of corn : hence lentieula. 2. i.e. collected. P. 70a

fnb

MS. significat}}

fnb

MS. vi}}

fnb

MS. aut}}

fnb

cf. buaidli? Sg. IS»» 11}}

fnb

should .i. luam follow noe directly?}}

fnb

.i. obedientia is written by the third glossator under parentia}}

fnb

cf. git genus herbe, Corp. Gloss. Lat. ii. 581. Git .i. cogal, E€V. Celt. ix. 235}} [ 126 ]../stipsV 'trabs*' . . 'puis"' . . Quae uero supra sillabam^ sunt...

'adepsV 'forceps*'. , .Marsus :

adipis pondo uiginti^ uetustae.

. . .' praes" praedis '. . .

...'haec aspergo"' . . 'cupressus^^' . . 'carbasus^^' . . 'imbrex"' . . 'lim- 5 bus^^'...'palumbem^*" . . 'suppatruus"'^*'...'torris^*' o 8aX.6<;, 'tiaras^' P. 70b ...'torquis^^'...'uepres^'... ...'hoc glomus^' 'Histrum' pro (I. p. 170) 'Hister^* et 'Rhenuin' . . 'Oceanum,' hoc^ tamen quotiens flumen* sequebatur, solebant facere. Ennius in Annalibus:

Interea fugit albus iubar Hyperionis* cursum. 10

Caluus in epithalamio :

Vesperum*^ ante iubar quatiens

(I. p. 171) Caesar Strabo^...domo flagrata^.. ...'pecus^"'...

ut, quicquid loquitur, sal merum" est.

etiam hoc sale Ennius protulit in XIIII Annalium : 15

Caeruleum'^ spumat sale...

Supra dictorum tamen nominum usus et apud Caprum et apud Probum^* de dubiis generibus inuenis.

Numerus est dictionis forma, quae discretionem quantitatis^ (I. p. 172) facere potest. Est autem singularis uel pluralis, nam dualis^ apud 20 Latinos non inuenitur. Et sciendum est quod in uno" proprie


3. indeb 4. .i. trost 5. ith 6. huilliu oinsill'dih continued 7 ^j^^^ 3 ^ewcAor .i. formum capiens untZe g^i formosus" • ' 9. fiche pond 10. sommae 11. cesruthl- 12. proprium feda 13. seal 14. slind 15. t limbus .i. immd^nom is gaudentius dicit • limbus sorculus de acu factus reiiqua 16. fiad cholum" .i. palumbis 17, 18. cundu^ brathair athar^ 19. athinne ■ 20. barr^ 21. muintorc

1. driss 2. cei^tle 3. huili sis 4. neutur dodenam^ diib 5. ani as flumen 6. ind reta sin 7. arrind sin 30 8. cammderc 9. diulsidi^ 10. cethir 11. salann glan 12. dubglass 13. airmm inaisiidethat de dubiis generibus

1. .i. AercAoiliud /oZaid 2. .i. dram inchosaig dede ar is dram hilair lalaitnori acht asringba den • 3. in den P. 70 a 6. greater than one syllable. 9. twenty pounds. 10. rich. 35 continued ^2, the proper name of a tree. 13. a sail. 15. (limbics a small ship) or limbus an ornamental border. 16. a wild pigeon. 17, 18. consanguinity, a father's brother. 21. neck-chain. P. 70b 3. all below (are river-names). 4. to make neuters of them. 5. that which is Jlumen (the word Jlumen). 6. of that star. 40 7. that star. 13. the place in which they treat of doubtful genders. P. 71a 1. i.e. determination of substance. 2. i.e. the number that signifies a pair of things, for with the Latins it is the plural number provided it exceed one.

a: leg. Hesperium b: forcipes eo quod formum capiant, quae sunt fabrorum: 'formum' enim dixerunt antiqui 'calidum': unde et formosus, Isid. Etymol. Lib. xx. c: the lower half of the / is now illegible, but the upper half is clear: cf. fiad 'wild' d: cf. F61. Oeng., Index e: cundu is written over sup- hratliuir ath&r over -patruua f: cf. Vol. I. pp. 1, 2 g: mir erschien -denom wahrscheinlicher, Windisch h: di- od-lassidi, Asc. Gl. cxlvi.

[ 127 ]non dicitur nuraerus sed abusiue, quomodo nominatiuus casus non

est sed abusiue casus dicitur, quod facit alios casus, quamuis multi de hoc dicant", quod ideo casus sit dicendus quod a generali nomine' cadunt omnium specialium nominatiui. Sed si ob hoc* casus est 5 dicendus, omnes partes orationis possunt uideri casum habere; et uerbum enim et aduerbium et coniunctio a generali uerbo^ et aduerbio et coniunctione cadunt in speciales positiones singularum^ Alii autem dicunt, quod ipsa temiinatio nominatiui cadens in alias diuersas terminationes non incongrue casus nominatur, cum naturam lo habeat, ut cadere possit et cadendo^ faciat omnes casus ; quippe si casus dicitur^" non solum illud in quod* cadat" aliquid, sed etiam ipsa res, quae cadit"'. Unde aptota dicunt" ilia nomina doctissimi artium scriptores, quae uominatiuum tantum habent casum, in quo refutatur illorum ratio", qui ideo putant eum casum nominatum, 15 quod a generali nomine cadat^'. Possumus autem et a maiore et frequentiore parte casuum'^, qui sunt obliqui, hunc quoque accipere nominatum, quomodo et syllabas ex singulis uocalibus dicimus^'*. Ergo singularis quoque nuraerus bene dicitur, quod... omnes numeri ex ipso componuntur et in ipsum desoluuntur^',

...nihil ultra ^ citraque^ intellegere liceat... Ergo dubitationem P- 7lb


4. 7 nicetbaid dosoia 5. .i. huandi as nomen as ochtmath p 71 ^ rann inmsci 6. uandligudsa 7. uand anmmaim chenelach continued as uerbum 8. awal rondgab amo as indi as uerbum 7 bene asindi as aduerbium 7 reliqua 9. lase dotuit ind^ ainmnid 25 10. deithbir ciasberthar casus nomwiatiu(us) 11. sechi ed .i. amal rongabsat intuisil olchenxB hituitev 12. .i. amal rongab intainmnid asatuiter 13. .i. huare ndd tuiter essib hituisliu aili 14. artotuiter acenelchi hi sain gnuis in Siptotis 15. uandhi as nomen as ochtmad rann in insci ut diximus 16. .i. idem hoc 7 30 quod )raedixit .i. quomodo nominatiuus non est Teliqua 7 issed sdn • as maith leosom 17. .i. huare is lia ani dianeperr casus and 18. arit lia sillaba illitrib quam 6 oinlitrib 19. .i. in oena focerddar 7 dofuasailgther each dram

1. altarach .i.frie anall 2. centarach .i.frie desiu P. 7lb


4. and it is not an opinion of his. 5. i.e. from the noun P. 71 a which is one of the eight parts in speech". 6. by this law. continued 7. from the general noun that is uerbum. 8. as for instance amo from that which is uerbum, and bene from that which is aduerbium. 9. when the nominative falls. 10. it is reasonable that one should say 40 nominatiuus casus. 1 1. whatever it may be, i.e. such as the other cases in which there is falling. 12. i.e. as such as the nominative from which there is falling. 13. i.e. since there is no falling from them into other cases. 14. for in aptota there is falling from generality into a special figure. 15. from nomen, which is one of the eight parts in speech, 45 as we said. 16. and that is what they like. 17. i.e. since more numerous is that to which the name casus is given. 18. for syllables of many letters are more numerous than those of single letters. 1 9. i.e. every number is cast and resolved into units.

1. ultra i.e. on the far side of it. 2. citra i.e. on the near side of it. P. 71b

a: MS. quo b: leg. int c: for the meaning here and in 71' 15 given to the ordinal, see Ir. Texte rv. preface xiv : Celt. Archiv i. 322 ; and Eev. Celt. xxii. 434. So in Irish (?) Latin : ostendit quod nomen octaua pars orationis est, Ars Auonjma Bemensis, Suppl. Gramm. Lat. p. 64

[ 128 ]pluralium discutit adiunctio eorum nominum, quae singulis numeris

sunt propria suae cuiusdam positionis, quippe cum sint pluralia non a singularibus natal

Numeros autem hae habent dictiones*...id est nomina^ uerba, participia, prononiina. Aduerbium uero, quamuis saepe de- 5 monstret numerurn" ad significationem nominum numeralium', non tamen quasi accedentem hunc habetl Accedentia® enim generalia fere sunt^" ad omnes species parti um perfectarum". Quod enim dicas singularis numeri aduerbium uel quod pluralis? cum similiter omne aduerbium^^ tam singularibus quam pluralibus uerbis ad- 10 iungitur 'singulatim^^' 'sepissime^^ dicimus/ quod in nulla parte alia numerum possidente potest contingere^® nisi figurate^".... Praeterea nomen et pronomen et uerbum et participiura'^ de- clinantur^^ in numeros...

In uerbis^ nulla uox eadem quae apud Latinos singularis et pluralis


3. .i. ar isleo feissin insuidigiid hitaat ar ni rochinnset dnach uathuth etir ut nomina pluraZm techtaite iiathath - • > 4. ar aicciditib doib 5. ar sluindid ainnim. persain 6. .i. dofoirAde dobriathar^ drim fochosmailius dofoirndet nomina numeri 7. .i. fochosmailius nondafailsigetar nomina numeri 8, .i. isairi ni 20 aiccidit di aram air cia beit dobriathra^ persandi robiat sidi cendraim-' 9. ataat andsora acciditi cottehenna reliqua 10. awal rongab inanmmanaib slond persine 7 ni aiccidit sibi calleic 11. .i. Idn .i. octo amal rongab in nomine persona 7 non accic^en* sibi 12. .i. issi indobriathar^ cMtna adchomaltar frisna briathra 25 huathati 7 hilddai • > 13. ind dendaid 14. dobriathar dirme leiss sepissime 15. accomol fri huathsid 7 hilar 16. .i. dJo^fewrf ^/ec^ ut pars in frusta '^ secant 17. cenmathd dobrethir j alaaili 18. is accidit dosuidib numerus •

1. .i. quae habent personas certas .i. combad choitchen eiix 3° ■uathaid 7 Hbx doneuch dojfoirnde persain deirb


3. i.e. for the position in which they are is their own; for they continued have not descended from any singular at all, as do plural nouns that have a singular number. 4. as accidents to them. 5. for (the) noun signifies a person. 6. i.e. the adverb denotes a number 35 even as the nouns of number denote (it). 7. i.e. even as nouns of number manifest it. 8. i.e. hence number is not an accident to it, for although there be personal adverbs, they can be without number. 9. there are there common accidents etc. 10. as there is in nouns the signification of person and yet it is not an accident of theirs. 4° 11. i.e. full i.e. octo, as in the noun there is person, and this is not one of its accidents. 12. i.e. it is the same adverb that is joined to the singular and plural verbs. 14. he takes saepissime as a numeral adverb. 15. junction with the singular and the plural. 16. i.e. a poet's figure, ut etc. 17. except the adverb and other (parts of 45 speech). 18. to these number is an accident.

1. i.e. so that it should be common, both in singular and plural, to what signifies a determinate person.

a: MS. dobrethr b: MS. dobre' c: MS. frustra

[ 129 ]est, id quia' apud Graecos interdum inuenitur, ut ^ov^ iyoo, tjXOov

€K€lVOl

Et in mobilibus' trium generum omnibus singularia feminina et pluralia neutra eandem uocem habent*: 'haec prima' 77 irpooTT] xal ra 5 irpwra'^... In tertia omnia in 'es*' productam disinentia... 'Qui'* quoque tam singularis est nominatiuus quam pluralis.

. . .propria, quae naturaliter indiuidua sunt' sed casu'^ diuersis ^- ^^^ contigere personis....' Gallia' citerior^ et 'Gallia' ulterior^ idem ^^* P" ^'^^^ possunt significare'. . . .si collibuisset, quomodo 'cruores/ dicere 'san- '^* ^* ' 10 guines'... nihil irapediret®. ...humidorum^..'stagnum'^'..'auricalcum*' P- 73a ...'abriza"*' . . 'faba*' . . 'pissa*' . . 'acetum V 'liquamenV 'mulsum*'... ...quod'" quidem...haec protulerunt numero... ...ut 'Gemini"'... et 'Pisces'^' usu", ut 'manes'... Sunt quaedam singularia uoce, intellectu pluralia, quae etiam comprehensiua" dicuntur... 15 ...idem significantia".


2. coitchena so etir didrim m oensun .i. innabriathra, grecdi se • P. 72 a 3. .i. fodalet chenel 4. .i. hinunn litred do uathath femin 7 do cow«tn«ed hilur neutair in amnmanaib fodalet chenel 5. .i. haec .i. hilsir neutuir 6. fodeudsin 7. ani as qui

1. ni fodlatar fri slond nilfolod 2. othecmung^ 3. as P- 72b cherdarcku 4. as hire 5. .i. isseA a/oZad cetna beos tofoirndet G. .i. manutoltanaiged do ni h6i ni aridgarad de

1. innafliuchaide 2. stdn 3. credume 4. dtor A. P- 73 a color auri • cicero 5. seib 6. piss 7. fin acat 358. lind 9. lemnachl^ 10. ol 11. .i. castor 7 puUux 711 eperr acht hilar doib dogres in hilur dano asberr arind hirosoithe 12. ainm renda 13. .i. tregnais ambuithe in hilxxv 14. .i. otetarthet Ai7ardataid inna ninni 15. o/b/ad cetna


2. these are common between the two numbers in one word, i.e. these P. 72 a 30 Greek words. 3. i.e. which distinguish gender. 4. i.e. the same continued combination-of-letters for the feminine singular and for the neuter plural in nouns that distinguish gender. 5. i.e. neuter plural. 6. this (is) at the end.

1. they are not divided so as to signify many substances. 2. by P. 72 b 35 accident. 5. i.e. it is the same substance which they still signify. 6. i.e. had it been pleasing to him there was nothing to keep him from it.

1. of the moist things. 2. tin. 4. gilding. 11. i.e. P. 73a (the twins) Castor and Pollux : naught save the plural is ever used (lit. said) 40 for them : so the plural is used of the constellation into which they were turned. 12. name of a constellation. 13. i.e. through the usage of their being in the plural. 14. i.e. they comprise plurality in their signification. 15. the same substance.

a: leg. quod

b: MS. -qXyfTov rjiTO TjXTjTwn kvivwi

c: Priscian's opvj^a, which the glossator mistook for obryza xP^'^^o" o^pv^ov ; cf. abrizum, splendor auri, Corp. Gloss. Lat, v. 259. The gloss dior is =didr Wind. Wtb.

d: MS. dtheomung: cf, Sg. 186»!

[ 130 ]Figura quoque dictionis in quantitate^® comprehenditur . . .

P- 73b separatim accepta est figura^ a Graecis. ...quia, quod suum est corapositorum, non habet, id est ut ipsa per se ex diuersis componatur dictionibus separatim intelligendis^ sub uno accentu et unam rem suppositam, id est significandam accipiat^ ut est 'res puplica'... Una enim est res supposita*, duae uero uoces" diuersae sub uno accentu prolatae... Si enim dicam: 'magnanimitas compositum est (i. p. 178) a magno et aniraitate/ nihil dico^ 'animitas' enim per se non dicitur^ ...'impietas,' 'infelicitas' 'perfectio.' Quae si ab impio et infelice et perfecto dicamus deriuata, decomposita sunt^...

...ut^ est 'facio efficio^'... ...ilia participia uidentur a (i. p. 179) semplicibus suis^ esse composita, quae non uerborum sui temporis, sed participiorum semplicium regulam seruant, ut...'contuli con- .latus^' a simplici 'latus.'

...'senatusdecretumV 'plebiscitum®'...'causidicus^'...*nequis^' (i. p. 180) Ipsa tamen quoque ante composita necesse est in duas in- tellegibiles dictiones resolui^ Ex hoc componitur 'impotens'...ex simplici et decomposito*. ...si duo sint nominatiui, ex utraque parte declinatur compositum...quod Graeci nunquam faciunt in


16. .i. issinmeit mhis indepert .i. immar fa bee

1. gndefar leth" far jiguir insin ' farleth^ .i. tresngne .1. ciaetirscartar inna eperta bite mncAo msuidigthiu adcuiretar' do hogi 7 sluindit ni iarna netarscarad • > 3. oinfolad sluindite'^ iarcom- «uidigud .i. afolad fosuidigiher fondsun • 4. .i. 6enfola,d. 5. dasonson 6. niepur ni sin .i. nidliged 7. do slund nach 25 folaid triit feissin 8. .i. bit rfecAomsuidigthi asbertar mad hed^ insin asberthar diib

1. awal^ in com^ositis 2. horangabalaib diutib 3. ni otulitus dogni 4. rangrabal 5. rangsihal

1. .i. cause aduerbium .i. indaicsendaid 2. ninech 3. atua- 30 sulcud adi indi rainn ingnaidi • 4. .i. each hae diib son


16. i.e. in the extent to which the vocable is: i.e. whether it be great or small.

1. that is a species apart of [lit. on] the figure : 'apart,' that is, by the species. 2. i.e. though the words that are in the compound 35 are separated they return to integrity, and signify somewhat after their separation. 3. they express one substance after composition, that is, the substance put under the word. 4. i.e. one substance. 5. that is, two (different) words. 6. I say nothing therein^, i.e. it is not a law. 7. to express by itself any substance. 8. i.e. they will 40 be called decomposita, if that be said of them.

1. as in compounds. 2. from simple participles. 3. it does not make coniulitus. 4, 5. a participle.

1. causally. 3. their resolution into two intelligible parts. 4. i.e. each of them. 45

a: MS. id

b: eg. gna far leth far figuir insin? J.S.

c: MS. adcuirethar

d: MS. sluid-

e: the first letter can be h or h, Thumeysen

f: MS. am

g: cf. p. 62 note a

[ 131 ]compositis*. Dicunt enim, oportere compaginem, qua cohaerent in

compositione dictiones, immobilem manere^ Hoc igitur non ser- uantes^ Latini diuisorum quidem utimur declinatione, accentu tamen compositorum. Quod dicentes non uidemur contra supra 5 dictam Graeconim de compagine rationem facere*... ...'alteruter P- 75a alterutrius,' quod tamen ipsum non absque ratione non declinature (i- P- 181) Nam cum duae contra se pugnant regulae, ut alteram^ seruet, necesario perdidit alteram '. Unde Cicero pro M. Marcello : 'quod si in alterutro* peccatum sit, malim timidus quam parum lo prudeDs uideri.' Itaque masculinum quoque® eorum est declina- tionem secutum propter rationem supra dictam in * ius ' terminantis genetiui, qui communis trium uult esse generum. Nee solum tamen in declinationibus^ nominum hoc continguit, sed etiam in accentibus", ut...'plerusque pleraque plerumque.' ...'que^' enim, 15 nisi separata sit...coniunctio enclitica esse non debet, nisi illud dicamus, quod ' que,' quando cum intigris componitur dictionibus, quamuis signification em suam amittat..., tamen enclitici uim seruat, exceptis differentiae causa 'itaque,' 'utique'; in his enim non solum P. 75b coniunctio, sed etiam praeposita ei^ aduerbia uim propriae significa- 20 tionis conuertunt composita. Vetustissimi tamen^ et 'altera utra' et (i. p. 182)


5. .i. an diall ochechtar^ indarann 6. aram M indalarann p. 74b cen diall 7. tairissem indalarainne cen diall 8. ni etarscarad^ continued comsuidigthi file and huare isfoen° aicciund adfiadar

1. nichendliged anephdiall ddibrannaib 2. ingenitin P. 75 a 25 coitchen trechinelai 3. adiall 6 chechtar indarann 4. .i. ni alteroutro asbeir • issechtar rolaa adilledchi m immedon 5. .i. alteruter cesu chomsuidigthe odib nogaib file hisuidiu 6. comai- techt ceniuil docheneul indiull 7. biid dano comaitecht ceneuil docheneul in aicce7ida,ib 8. ani as que^

1. .i. dondi as que^ 2. .i. ciasid ruburt frit tuas alter utra P. 75b pro altera utra robdi camaiph dauo laarsaidi altera utra 7 alteram utrum .i. comsuidigud odib nogaib isindfemun 7 neutur amal rondgab isinmascixl • >


5. i.e. the declension in each of the two parts (of the com- P. 74b 35 pound). 6. that one of the two parts be undeclined. 7. the continued persistence of one of the two parts without declension. 8. it is not a separation of a compound which is here, since it is pronounced under a single accent.

1. not without principle is their absence of declension in the two P. 75 a 40 parts. 2. the common trigeneric genitive. 3. its declension in each of the two parts. 4. i.e. 'tis not altero utro that he saj's : 'tis outside he has put (exposuit) its declinability, not in the middle. 5. i.e. alteruter; although it is a compound of two integrals that is here. 6. con- gruence of gender to gender in declension. 7. so there is congruence 45 of gender to gender in accents.

1. i.e. to que. 2. i.e. though I have said to thee above, alter P. 75b utra for altera utra, the ancients, however, had altera utra and alterum utrum, i.e. composition of two integrals in the feminine and neuter as is in the masculine.

a: MS.oec^itar.butaeedcAecAtar, Sg. 75»8 b: MS. «tor «corad c: leg. /ooen d: MS. q.

[ 132 ]'alterum utrum' et 'alterius utrius ' solebant proferre^ et 'plerus

plera plerum*' absque 'que' additione. Ergo nihil aliud est in bis nominibus 'que' nisi syllaba epectasis^..et 'plerns plera plerum ' et 'plerusque pleraque plerumque ' idem significant®. 'Uter' enim, irorepof;, diuiduam uim habet^ ' uterque ' eKdrepof, collec- 5 tiuam^... ...'que®'... Et inuenimus per omnes fere casus composita^", ut 'iurisperitus"'...'praefectusurbi^'^'...'agricola agrura' colens^..'macte' id est magis aucte'*...

Nominatiuus...dicitur casus, quod ex ipso nascuntur omnes alii, uel quod cadens a sua terminatione in alias facit obliquos casus^ xo

Quaeritur autem, quid sit inter indeclinabilia et aptota* et monoptota* ? Neutrum uero si sit aptotum, necessario etiam pro accusatiuo et uocatiuo accipitur eius nominatiuus, quod generale est omnium neutrorum^.. ...'hi quatuor, horum •iiii-'...^

Velut autem una uoce diuersas possunt habere significationes^ i."; tam declinabilia per quosdam casus* quam indeclinabilia per omnes casus, sic e contrario diuersis uocibus saepe inuenimus unam eandem- que fieri significationem, ut 'labor' et ' labos^'...'ei*' uel 'ii'... Est autem rectus, qui et nominatiuus dicitur. Per ipsum enim


3. .i. daeltais dano fo a ddnog innagenitin 4, rohoi s6n dauo leo 5. .i. olni comacomol • que inge mad^ etarscartha 7 ol isdnunn sluindess plerus 7 plerusqwe" • reliqua 6. .i. q/bZad cetna 7. ad unum uirum pertinet sed isfer addiis 8. dodiis asberr son semper 9. ani asque 10. .i. comsmdgud fricach tuisel 11. comsuidigud frigenitne insin 12. fntobrn'thaid

1. fri dinsid 2. fri togarthaith .i. a mdr thormachtai 3. .i. is bee nand sinunn andede nisiu 4. .i. cid .i. interrogatio

1. .i. atredesin doairbirt as ind ainmnid 2. ardesimrecht dobe'irsem in daarticul hic biit dauo fris huile samlaid 7 reliqiia sic 3. .i. do oen forggnuis 4. .i. ainmnid 7 ^o^ar thid genitiu 7 tobarthid c^tnoi diil 7 reliqua 5. ishinunn intsliucht sluindite diblinaib 7 reliqua sic 6. .i. huandi as is eius ei


3. i.e. they used to decline it then according to its two integrals in its genitive. 4. this, then, they had. 5. i.e. because que is not a conjunction unless it be separated, and because plerus and plerusque 35 signify the same, etc. 6. i.e. the same substance. 7. it belongs to one man, but it is one out of two. 8. of a pair this is said always. 10. i.e. composition with every case. 11. that is composition with genitives. 12. with a dative.

1. with an accusative. 2. with a vocative, i.e. O greatly 4° increased ! 3. i.e. these two (explanations) are nearly the same. 4. what (is their difference?) i.e. a question.

1. i.e. that those three (nom., ace. and voc.) should be derived from the nominative. 2. for an example he puts the two articles here : they are then with it all thus. 3. i.e. to one form. 4. i.e. the 45 nominative and vocative, the genitive and dative of the first declension etc. 5. identical is the meaning which both express etc. sic. 6. i.e. from is, eius, ei.

a: MS. quod aptota Herz. b: cf. LU. 67" 35 c: MS. plerusq.

[ 133 ]nominatio fit'... Rectus autem dicitur, quod ipse primus natura

nascitur uel positioned genei-ale uidetur esse hie casus geni- tiuus^.. . . .patronymica pariter^ in eum resoluuntur. .. .causa- P. 77a tinus'...*in causa hominem facio^' (i. p. 186)

...a notioribus et frequentioribus acceperunt nominationem, sicut in aliis quoque multis hoc inuenimus'...'neutra' dicimus uerba, non quod solum ea in hac specie inueniuntur, quae neutram habent significationem^ id est nee actiuam nee pasiuam", absolute dicta^...

Genetiuus secundum locum sibi defendit : hie quoque naturale lo uinculum generis posidet^ et nascitur quidem a nominatiuo... datiuus, qui magis amicis conuenit, tertium et quod uel eandem P. 77b habet uocera genetiuo uel unius abiectione uel motatione literae^ ab eo^* fit-^ qui uero magis ad inimicos attinet, id est accusatiuus, quartum^... Igitur ablatiuus proprius est Romanorum et...quia (i. p. 187) 15 uouus uidetur a Latinis inuentus, uetustati reliquorum casuum concessit, quamuis hunc quoque a* uetustissimis Graecorum gramma- ticis accepisse uideutur, qui sextum casum dicebant ' ovpavoOevI ' ifiidev*'... qui profecto ablatiui uim possidet: nam etiam praeposi- tionem assumit, ut 'e'f ifiedev^,' 'e^ ovpavodev' Homerus.

His quidam addunt ilia, quae tam uoce quam significatione unum (i. p. 188) casum habent^ ut 'huiusmodi,' ' istiusmodi.'


7. is tmit hiid ainmnigud innadido indirgi 8. fnslond diXlo P. 76b

1. tuistenach eo quod fere omnes casus generat 2. fri aitreb- 'continued thacha^ 3. coisid 4. .i. dandiuf^ combe hicdis 0. .i. 25 ainmnigud dind ret as mdm and 6. .i. ithd sidi nadtechtat innairdegnusigud cechtar de 7. .i. huacheill gnima 7 chesta 8. .i. ote^ .i. matii techtat inda airdigtha 9. .i. mace indead aathar

1. .i. locwm deffenc^t^ 2. amal m bis indarpe -s- rfe^emtin P. 77b 30 quartiil 7 i dothormuch 2a. .i. genitiuo 2b. .i. datiwus 3. .i. locum defenc^t^ 4. .i. foxlaid ueterum graecorum 5. oeperr hoc is dothucad exemplum 6. .i. ite son aptota lessem riam


7. by means of it is the naming of the thing in directness. P. 76b 8. in order to signify a thing. continued

1. generative, because it generates almost all the cases. 2. with P. 77 a possessives. 4. i.e. I bring him down so that he may be in cause. 5. i.e. naming from the thing that is greatest therein. 6. i.e. these are they that do not possess either signification. 7. i.e. from the sense of action and passion. 8. i.e. and they, i.e. unless they possess the two 4° significations. 9. i.e. a son after his father.

2. even as there is the ejection of s from the genitive of the fourth P. 77 b declension and the addition of i in the dative. 4. i.e. the ablative of the ancient Greeks. 5. so that this is said : 'tis for this an example has been cited. 6. i.e. these are aptota according to him (Priscian) 45 before*.

a: om. MS.

b: der strich unter ut (priami filius) steht wohl nur zufallig iiber -thacha, Thurneysen

c: cf . d-an-diat muir Sg. 8» 9, Sarauw, Irske Studier, p. 77

d: Vol. I. p. 717, Asc. Gl. 221

d: cf. Priscian v. §§ 47, 68

[ 134 ]Caper... ostendit hoc usum^ Catullum... ...'sole'^' quoque

(i. p. 189) antiqui.

...ut 'sponte sua^'... Denique in comparationibus absque (i. p. 190) praepositione solet proferri ablatiuus, nee tamen dicit quisquam^ septimum tunc esse casum, sed ablatiuum... In quo omnes artium 5 p. 88 scriptores consentiunt^. . . ...'rege Latino ' pro ' regnante Latino/ (i. p. 191) quamuis^ in hniuscemodi quoque constructionibus subauditur par- ticipium substantiuum. ...'iv tm ^aa-Ckeveiv^ Tpaiavov' avrl Tov ' ^aaik6vovTo<i^ Tpaiavov^.' Etiam tunc pro genetiuo ponitur Graeco, quando per participium 'habens'*' et accusatiuura inter- 10 pretamur eum...

Lib. VI. Igitur excusatio raihi sit audacis incepti' difficillima (i. p. 194) recusation tuae iussionis.

...multo labore inuenta et diuerso auctoritatis usu approbata' subiungam^ ...nee mirum, cum etiam ipsi probatissimi artium 15 scriptores non omnino certis haec regulis* disseruisse noscuntur.

Solatio enim mihi ipse esse possum, qui ueterum scriptorum artis grammaticae uitia corrigere, quamuis audacissime^ sed maximis auctoribus Herodiano et Appollonio confisus ingredior, si quid in meis quoque homani erroris* acciderit scriptis, quod sit emend- 20 andum'.

...'sophista^'...

Valerius autem Maximus in II Memorabilium ponit ' alienigena


1, ararubart bith 2. .i. biidson dano do thogarthid

1. j. toglenemon exempli a • sua 2. .i. cesu chen remsmdigud 2$ do 3. eperta foxlada'^ do

1. adas 2. proprium masued 3. ewemplum ofail infini- tiuus and argenitin rangabala 4. ashabens

1. .{. denoxa. indsdirsi 2. ni>otalla obbadfair^ itir 3. .i. anderbad hua desimrechtaih a,nctoritatis 4. .i. nihuile asderb 30 5. cesuddnatu dom 6. ami coimtig duine cenchomrorcain 7. .i. ishe se incomdithnad .i. ol as cocarti 8. fissith


1. that he has used. 2. i.e. this, then, is for a vocative.

1. i.e. the sua is a superfluous addition* to the example. 2. i.e. although it is without a preposition. 3. in calling it an ablative. 35

2. a proper name if it is^. 3. an example so that an infinitive is therein for the genitive of a participle,

1. i.e. the making of the art (ars). 2. it does not admit of refusal at all«. 3. i.e. to certify them by examples of authority. 4. i.e. not all is certain, 5. though it is boldness in me. 6. for 40 not frequent is one without error. 7. i.e. this is the consolation, i.e. because it is to be corrected.

a: MS. ev TO ^affiXeve intraiano nantirou /SacriXei/ojToj tpatanoy

b: MS. subgungam

c: Perhaps the gen. after an Irish verh = consentio is a rehc of a constrnction like that of the gen. after Latin impersonal verbs of feeling, W.S.; cf. the genitive with the adjective, e.g. comchosmail crotha 7 delba Kev. Celt. xiii. 440, J.S.

d: cf. nithalla rim no airem furri, Aisl. 3

e: lit. adherence: toglenemon = toglenavion infra 104" 2, cf. Eev. Celt. xx. 445

f: cf. p. 71 note e

g: cf. Eev. Celt. xxi. 176, Sarauw, Irske Studier 49

[ 135 ]studia^' quod prima declinatio non habet. . . .nee idem esse singularis

nominatiuus neutri generis in a disinens et nominatiuus pluraiisV (^- P- ^^^)

Nee non cetera similiter a genere eomposita' proferebant... 'taurigenus^' idque usus confirmat. Pacuuius* in Paulo :

Qua uix" eaprigeno generi* gradibilis gressio est.

Cieero in prognostieis :

Caprigeni pecoris" eustos de gurgite uasto.

. . .' unus '. . .' ullus '. . .' nullus' '. . .' solus ' . . . ' totus ' . .. ' alius ' . . . ' uter ' . . . ' alter/. . . Similiter ab eis eomposita* hoe enim quoque rarior (i- p. 197) lo habet usus* et uetustior... P. 91 a

...'paterfamilias' et ' materfamilias ' sol emus dicere, et frequens (i- p- 198) hoc habet usns^ Dicitur tamen et 'pater familiae^'... (^- P- 199)

. . .sed filii familiarum^ . . . . .patribus familiis^. . . P. 91 b

. . .lepida*. . . . . .glaucomam* (i- p. 200)

...sed etiam 'mille^'... ...Capsa.. P. 92a

In paucis tamen inueniuntur poetae Graecis seruase morem (i- pp- 201, Graecum^; Statins in IIII Thebaidos : ^^^^


1. .i. hilsLT neutair farcetnu divll 2. .i. diambed didiu newtur P- 90b far cdtnu diull ropad far ndendeilb nobbiad aainmid huathadd 7 20 Ai7air 3. huandi osgenus 4. .i. coitchen decheneli indiu lanuelitridi 5. ..foneutiT 6. foneulxiT 7. .i. cid ara nilaigedar drim • a • nullus quia corapositum ut in ante ostendet • reliqua 8. huanaib octsa aniias

1. .L techt innageniten-in i' 7 mtobariha.do in o in his P- 91 a 25 2. .i. buith innageniten in -as- 3. .i. cesu pater familias asruburt

1. .i. cambi dano filius familiarum nominatiuo 2. huandi ^-^ih aspatres familiis 3. sidbair 4. .i. dinsid dawo" cetni diil laarsidi 5. is nephdilledsich. s6n dano

1. comrar^ 2. .1. airdiden indainmedo tete in '&• P. 92 a


1. ie. a neuter plural according to the first declension. 2. i.e. p. 90b if, then, there were a neuter according to the first declension its nom. sing, and pi. would be according to the same paradigm. 3. from genus. 4. ie. to-day, with modern writers, (are they) common bigeneric®. 5. i.e. in the neuter. 6. in the neuter. 7. i.e. why does nullus 35 form a plural number 1 because it is a compound, as he will shew after- wards' etc. 8. from these eight above (unus, uUus, nullus, solus, totus, allies, uter, alter).

1. i.e. the ending in these of the genitive in -i and of the dative in -o. P. 91a 2. i.e. that the genitive should be in -as. 3. i.e. although it is pater 40 familias that I have said.

1. i.e. so thaX filius familiarum is the nominative. 2. from P. 91b patres familiis. 4. the accusative, then, of the first declension with the ancients. 5. this then is indeclinable.

1. a box. 2. i.e. the production of the nominative which ends P. 92 a 45 in a.

a: MS. Pacubias

b: MS. quia uia

c: written above the line

d: the glossator mistakes the place-name Capsa for the common noun capsa

e: cf. Sg. 63* 1, 75» 2, and GC* 236

f: Prise, n. 7

[ 136 ]
Non Tegea^ non ipsa deo uocat alite felix
Cyllene.

...'hoc mantile*' holitor^... Frequentior tamen usus 'hoc cepe' protulit'^...in pafcellis' coquere coepe.

...accepta'^ e faciunt genitiuum in ae diptongum*, ut Helena "^ 5 Helenae.

Traianus in I Docicorum^*... ...piperi*...

...'alcedo^ alcedinis/ Nam et 'uultur' et 'uulturus' et ' uulfcurius ' dicitur^ ' Nemo ' quoque, sine ex hoc [scil. homo] conpositum^...seu non, communis est generis 'turbo* turbinis/ lo quando de ui uentorum loquimur... ...'cupido cupidinis^' quod masculino quidem genere deum significat plerumque et est proprium, feminino uero ipsam rem. Itaque feminini praeualuit declination

Excipitur etiam 'caro" femininum 'carnis.' Vetustissimi tamen etiam nominatiuum ' haee carnis' proferebant*, qui magis rationabilis 15 est ad genetiuum. Itaque eius, quod est ' caro,' dimminutiuum 'caruncula' est^..

. . .' strabo* ' etiam ' straba ' facit.

Pacuuius*^ :

filios 20
sibi procreasse dicitur eundem per Calipsonem autumant'.
Calipso -onis^...idque usus antiquorum confirmat.


3. .i. airdixa -a- and fochosmailius grec • 4. .i. Idmtheoir [man. alt.] uestiraentum

1. lubgartoir [in marg.] Cicero holitor hortulanus coimddigiu neutur and in othud 3. .i. in aignib suscepta • forsinnainmmnid ingenitin 5. helene in grecda. 6. .i. inna, sdirse sin 7. scibar

1, foilenn 2. biit atriur doanmaimindeiuin 3. as com- suidigthe uad 4. .i. cloi gaithe 3o

1. .i.ind accobair 2. .i. is diall femiu file fair .i. motato «o- in -i- in geni^mo 3. ni -o- in. -i dogmson 4. nomtwatiuus as carnis 5. conid riagolda caro do7id ainmmnid in chrutsin • 6. cammderc 7. oid calipso calipsonis dogni 8. a airdergud leiss fudeud hie • 35


3. i.e. a is long in it, after the fashion of the Greeks.

2. i.e. the neuter is more frequent in it in the singular 4. i.e. 'EXcvt;, the Greek. suscepta to the nominative in the genitive. 6. i.e. of those works ^ (artes).

2. the three of them are as the name of the bird. 3. that it is 40 compounded from it.

1. i.e. of the desire. 2. it is the feminine declension which is on it, being changed into i in the genitive. 3. this does not make o into i. 4. a nominative carnis. 5. so that in this wise caro is regular as the nominative. 7. so that it makes Calypso Calypsonis. 45 8. here he has his purpose*^ at last.

a: MS. excepta

b: i.e. the Dacica, Hertz i. 205. For sdirse cf. Sg. 90» 1, 103» 1, 212» 11

c: MS. paucobius corrected to pacubius

d: airdergud (gl. propossitum) Wb. 4c13, but see Asc. GI. ccii.

[ 137 ]Plautus in Aulularia: P. 94a
Quod si Argus seruet, qui oculeus^ totus fuit,

Lucanus in VII....

Seu tonitrus ac tela louis praesaga* notauit.

...delphinus'... ...inter tonitra* et turbines. ^^'ivi^^^'

Nam ' hae lactes' partes sunt intestinorum... cuius singulare ' haec lactis^ ' est. /j' 213)

...'fel fellis' 'Nihil' indeclinabile est.... Quidam tamen ad- p' gg^ uerbium esse putant, quod nomen esse quantitatis adiectiuum ipsa /^ 214) 10 construction ostendit. ...'nihil malum' uel 'mali'.. ...nihil (i. p. 215) minus' ferendum pro 'nihil intoUerabilius^' ...'hilum' enira pro 'ullum*' uetustissimi proferebant.

. . . ' hoc pellium • lii** '. . . ' hoc ostorium • rii ' lignum commodius aequatur^..

...'AopKiuiN haec Dorcium....' Hoc autem solet fieri ^ adolationis ^- ^^*' causa sine diminutionis aetatis. ^^' ^' '


1. .i. suilech centum oculos habens^ 2. innabrotu'^ 3. mucc P- 94a mora 4. .i. huandi astonitrum biid dano tonitrunm 7 tonitrua h'dad

1. findracht P. 94 b

1. i- ainm in chrocainn imhi bilis reliqua icidorus 2. int P. 95a immognam. imhi hisreith rann 3. .i. nephni 4. ardiltud ata •in- 5. hilura tmmorro la isidomim smiur alta reliqua 6. .i. pellium*^ harr .i. d pelle pelium .i. d peleta .i. '^ossessiuum a peleo 7. .i. nomen ciuitatis ut in horo- magw ^ inuenitur 7 25 istoglenamon exempli iaTum lignum commodius^ reliqua

1. .i. acht is la green ata andligedsin P. 95 b


1. i.e. having eyes. 2. the goads 3. a pig of the sea. P. 94a 4. i.e. from tonitrum. There is, then, tonitrum, and from it tonitTtui.

1. tripe. P. 94 b

1. i.e. the name of the skin in which the bile is etc. Isidorus*^. P. 95a 2. the construction in which it is in a series of parts (of speech) •*. 3. i.e. nothing. 4. for negation the in- is. 5. hilum, however, according to Isidorus', means marrow of a joint, etc. 7. i.e. name of a town, as is found in the Horo... Mag..., and then lignum, quo modius is the super- 35 fluous addition to the example

1. i.e. but it is with the Greeks that that rule exists. P- 95 b

a: recte Pelium

b: the reference is to Argus

c: this gloss is misplaced : hrotu (ace. pi. of hrot) is evidently meant to translate tela

d: i.e. pilleum

e: of. in horologio Sg. 181*9. Horologium iipoKbyiov, Liber Ecclesiasticus apnd Graecos, Horas diurnas et officia continens, Ducange

f: leg. quo modius

g: fel appellatum quod sit folliculus gestans humorem qui uocatur bilis, Isid. Etymol. Lib. xi.

h: cf. Sg. 30»12, 213» 9

i: hilum autem Varro ait significare medullam eias ferulae quam Graeci asphodelon uocant, Isid. Etymol. Lib. x.

k: cf. p. 134 note e

[ 138 ]Virgilius in VIII:
Parnasio dictum Panos de more Licei*.

"Apai/r "Apay3o9. . .' Arabus^ Arabi '. . .

...' panthera*' et 'cratera®'... ...rinocerus^,.. ...elifas'...

'cassis^'... ...ballena^'^... 5

...' Adramyn*' nomen haeroys, Adramynis.'

...' flemeri . nis^' 'hoc numen . nis/ 'flamen . nis^'...

. . ' lien^' . . 'rien^'../ ' siren*» ^'...

...laquear^ .ris^... ...nassum^...

...'sequestra*.,. lo

Sed Plautus hoc quoque secundum analogiam^ declinauit...

'LiberV quoque, quando ingenuum* significat... INueniuntur tamen et ' altera utra^ ' et ' alterum utrum ' protulisse ueteres et ex utraque parte declinasse^ Potest tamen hie datiuus^ accipi* : 'nulli rei' pro 'nulli utilitati.' 15


2. .i. in pain chondai • licos enim graece lupus dicitur • continued 3 ainmnid uathsiid Zatindae ua^genitin grecdi 4. .i. panther .i. nomen bestiae 5. .i. crater .i. tailchube 6. .i. srdnbennach .i. exemplum 7. .i. combi elifas

1. .i. barr 2. .i. bled balin" graece mittere laiine 3. [in 20 marg.] ISidorus^ ballenae dictae ab emitendo aquas • 4. .i. ainm alaili thriuin

1. tene dia^- oirclech^ 2. 7 flam en hie sacerdos ut isidorus dicit 3. lua Hath 4. feith t dru 5. muir moru 6. delb e{uin) 7. 7 fit sirena ut (amb- )* cantus sirenar(um) 25

1. neTU 2. camara quod 7 tholus sine tholus rotuudus 3. srdin 4. [in marg.] .i. media • nam sequester medius .i. rdth*^ iiiter du(os) altercantes

1. iar n diul tanisiu. 2. soer 3. insoer

1. .i. comsmdigthe odib ndgaib in i'eminino 7 neuiro ut est in 30 msisculino 2. .i. andiall foadanog

1. .i. rombi^ fri ^o6arthid in hoc exem^pZo


2. i.e. of the wolfish Pan, Xvkos etc. 3. a Latin nominative singular from a Greek genitive. 7. i.e. so that it is dephcts.

4. I.e. name of a certain hero,

1. lightning (?), or oracular (?). 4. sinew or kidney. 5. sea- maid. 6. a bird's shape,

1. ceiling ^ 3. nose,

1. according to the second declension 2. free. 3. the free man.

1. i.e. compounded of two integrals in the fem. and neut., as it is in the masc. 2. i.e. the declension according to its two integrals,

1. i.e. it can be with the dative in this example.

a: om. MS.

b: a over the line

c: leg. paen> MS. bled is over ballena, the rest under it

d: Etymol. Lib. xii.

e: leg. diaitl and of. tene diait, Ann. Ult. 915, 995, 1019

f: cf. uricli 'oracles,' Cogad Gaedel 12

g: ut amb" scheint mir moglich, Thurneysen, cantus Sirenarum, Ambros. de lac. et Vit. Beat. 2, 12, 56

h: over medius ; cf . rath (gl. medius), Leyden Priscian 59*

i: the infixed relative is strange

k: literally 'heaven': cf. Fr. del, Ital. cielo

[ 139 ]Excipitur 'hie later lateris^'... INueniuntur tamea apud ?• 99a

uetustissimos haec ancipitis genitiui^ *hic accipiter *...' Opiter '...sic (i-PP- 228, etiam 'luppiter'... Nam 'louis' nominatiuo quoque casu inuenitur*. '

...'cicer^ ciceris.* Haec etiam contra rationem supra dictarum P. 99b 5 regularum^declinantur: ...'libra^' et 'fibra'^' 'cancer^ cancri,' (i-pp- 230, quod etiam neutrum inuenitur, sed quando morbum significat^ p ^iq^^^ quod uerminatum ne ad cancer" peruenerit. . . .' gener / 233) generi*'... ...ut Plinius Secundus'^ in I Artium. 'Haec acer /j 234) arbor acri*' dicit Seruius® in commento Virgilii^"... ...deferentiae 10 causa fluii et gentilis apagopa* usus est", quomodo Arar dixit pro 'Araris'... Nam proprie 'Hiberes" sunt gens ab Hiberis profecta... P. 100b

. . .' salinator salinatoris'^ '. . . ' marcor marcoris^ '. . . (i. p. 235)

...'hoc ador^'... Virgilius in VII : P. lOla

Adorea^ liba per herbam 237) '

Subiiciunt epulis.

...Theoctistus** ... cui quiquid in me sit doctrinae post deum^ P- lOlb imputo. ...'hoc femen femenis^'... (i. p. 238)

...'hie as asis*'...'uas uadis^'... ^- ^^^*


1. .i. ni er in • ris 2. .i. iscumtuhart ced dogni angenitm'P. 99 a 30 3. .i. ar ni iouis gemtiuus indi as iuppiter ciasid ruburt t'das arhiid iouis cene nominaXiuo'^

1. luih 2. crw^Aaigtheo irmagenitoxi P. 99b

1. med 2. feith 3. .i. rind 4. ,i. iir'phaisiu P. 100 a 5. .i. dourfuisin 6. cele ingine 7. nituc adesimrecht ^5 8. dogluais far acer 9. .i. issed asbeir seruius isdiil tanisi 10. arcAiunn 11. .i. odergeni hiber dindi as hiberus

1. .i. diandid nomen hiber hiberi 2, CoMminianus salina P. lOOb .i. nomen lube .i. sdlchuach^ 7 salinator hijbad 3. .i. feugud

1, [marg. 1.] .i. adrad t genus frumenti 2. dered fersa P- lOla

1. .i. indegaid ft de^ 2. i. sliasit 3. women toimse ^- lOlb

1. techt P-l02a


1. i.e. it is not er into ris. 2. i.e. 'tis doubtful what their genitive P. 99a makes. 3. i.e. for the genitive of Jupiter is not Jovis, though I have said it above, for Jovis is already as a nominative.

1. a plant. 2. of the formation of the genitive. P. 99b

3. i.e. a constellation. 6. a daughter's husband. 7. he p, looa has cited no example of it. 8. as a gloss upon acer. 9. i.e. this says Servius : it is of the second declension. 11, i.e. so that he has made Hiber from Hiberus.

1. i.e. the name of which is Hiber Hiberi. 2. salina, i.e. the name P. 100 b of a plant, i.e. a violet, and salinator (is derived) from it.

1. i.e. adoration, or a kind of corn. 2. end of a verse. p. loia

3. the name of a measure. p jQib

1. a going'. P, 102a

a: leg. apocopa

b: MS. theostistus

c: cf. Sg. gi*" 1

d: .i. salchuach is written over nomen lube; salchuach; ob das der rest eines langezeichens ist, weiss ich nicbt, glaube es aber kaum, Thurneysen

e: cf. Sg. 5» 2

f: the glossator seems to have supposed a counexion between the noun uds uadis and the verb uddo uddis: v. supra 119, note n.

[ 140 ]...'termes^ -tis^*' 'impes impetis^' 'inquies^'...

...'obses"... ...' apes'* '...quamuis' et alia composita ab eo quod est ' pes ' auctores producunt. . . . . .* fidicula ' docet primitiui sui nominatiuum 'fidis/ non 'fides' esse, quod Seruio* placet de cithara^ 5

../inquies' .. cuius etiam semplex^ in usu inuenitur trium generum. ...histrionis^ offam.. '[HJerodes [HJerodae' et '[HJerodis^'... ...Graeci ancipiti^ terminant genitiuo, modo in ov, modo in 0^9... Plinius in II naturalis historiae: ab Euclide, in III: Tucidide^..in VI: Simonide minore^... 10

spicura^ illustre tenens, splendenti corpore uirgo^

' haec ditia/ cuius nominatiuum singularem in ussu non inueni. debet tamen secundum analogiam 'hoc dite ' esse . nam in*' 'is' finiri neutrum non potest*. 'Hie' et 'haec Samnis'... Huius neutrum Neuius ' Samnite ' protulit'... Excipitur ' hie glis gliris®'... 15 Lucretius in II:

Sed quam multarum rerum uis^ possidet in se
Atque potestates.


2. .i. lind te 2a. [marg. 1.] Cicero, termes^: feruor

1. ted'dar^ 2. dcmailt 3. giall 4. .i. neph chostae 20 .i. a- sine 5. adas

1. .i. du inasiidet de cithara inna sdirsiu isand adfet sin 2. .i. quies .i. cuvnsantach A. commune trium generwm 7 isairdixsi • es hisuidiu ut in ante ostendet 3. indfuirsiri

1. aconmir 25

1. .i. e • glan airdixe and issed dogni hivodes 2. cumddubartaig^

1. .i. foxlidi tresdiil inso sis a nominibus tiagdde in • es • 2. .i. toglenamon s6n 3. ainmva iiairm 4. ondch ase ditia dohuith uandi as dis • 5, .i. hiid do anmxnaim inna cathrach. 7 do anmmaim habitatoris 7 intaii as nomen habitatoris is and hiid 30 neutax hiXad 6. ni glitis dogni

1. .i. innanert


2. i.e. warm water.

4. i.e. footless, i.e. a- (in a-pes) 'without.'

1. i.e. where he speaks of the cithara in his work, there he declares 35 that. 2. quies, i.e. restful, i.e. common of three genders, and in it the e« is long, ut etc. 3. of the mountebank»,

1. i.e. the dog's morsel ^

1. i.e. e pure long in it : this is what Herodes makes.

1. i.e. these below are ablatives of the third declension, from nouns 4° that end in -es. 2. i.e. this is a superfluous addition'. 3. name of a weapon, 4. so that it is not possible" for ditia to be from dis. 5. i.e. {Samnis) is as the name of the city and as the name of the dweller, and when it is the name of the dweller then there is a neuter (samnite) from it. 6. 'tis not glitis that it makes. 45

1. i.e. the strengths (ace. pi.).

a: Serv. HI. p. 30

b: Hertz i. 247

c: ova. MS.

d: So in Leyd. Priscian 62» lind tee (gl. feruor) ; cf. termas, ealores, Corp. Gloss. Lat. v. 395

e: dia mbai in teddar os cech maig, Salt. K. 7543

f: dat. sg. fem. of cumdubartach, because Ir. genitiu is feminine

g: or parasite, fuir-sire, from for + sere ' food ' as Trapdffiros from vapa and «rtros, W.S.

h: the reference is to Cerberus, Verg. Aen. vi. 420, cf. coinmir (gl. offa) Ir. Gl. 276

i: cf. p. 134 note e

k: see Vol. i. 520, note k

[ 141 ]...'haec puppis'^ huius puppis'... A sanguine" compositum (i. pp. 260,

non seruat siniplicis declinationem, 'hie' et 'haec exsanguis' huius ^^^) exsanguis/ a cuspide* seruat, 'tricuspis tricuspidis.' P. I05b

Sin in o? puram' Graecus desinat genetiuus... y'^' '

...' compos* compotis '...eius contrarium ' impos^ '... ...osten- p ^' ' dunt epigram mata 2... ...'haec glos' gloris'...ex osse*...Pacuuius' / ^-^) in Chrisse : ^' ^

oss[u]um in[h]umatum aestuosam
Aulam.

Accius uero in annalibus :

Fraxinus fissa ferox, infensa infinditur ossis'.

Cato tamen 'os' protulit® in IIII Originum... (i. p. 255)

Sii'acusii^ enira eron pro eros** dicunt. Romani autem P. 106 b plerumque solent in 'on' terminantia etiam subectione*^^ n proferre^ 15 per o, ut ' leo,' ' draco.' Sic ergo ' Mino,' ' gobio ' quoque dicunt pro gobies'*' abiecta s, et, quod mirabilius est, ' Atho" Athonis ' protulit Cicero... Sed hoc in 'u?' correptam dehinc Attice prolatum est quomodo ^AvSpoyeo^; pro vBp6y€Q)<;^^.

Similiter quartae sunt, quae rerum uocabulis [hjomonima* (i. p. 256)


2. eross P. 105 a

1. [marg. sup., man. al] 7 capus sebocc^ 2. uandi as 'continued sanguis 3. ni exsanguinis dogni 4. udndi as cuspis ^' ^^^^ 5. .i. cen chonsin ren • os 6. comascnidaid

1. neph ascnaidid 2. innaforliterdi 3. inducbdl [man. P. 106a »5 al.] i soror^ 4. chndim 5. nowaViatiuus t ahlsitiuus a nomine quod est ossum- 7 uero .i. indfir fosin 6. is -os- lasuide tmmurgu nominatiuo ni ossis" ut accjus ost&ndit K 7. .i. aicniae digraecaih

1. huaindarpu 2. .i. n- dochor diib 3. .i. cosmaiYtMs P. 106 b 30 indarpi 4. .i. ciasidbiur sa fritsu • atho 7 athos do buith biid dano in • u? • laatacn 7 otordd ind • v in o • I'arum odeni athos 5. .i. analo^rta .i. amal otordd - v in • o • hisuidiu • 6. cos- mailainmmnigthecha


2. from sanguis. 3. it does not make exsanguinis. 4. from P. 105b 35 cuspis. 5. i.e. without a consonant before -os.

2. the epigrams. 3. glory or sister. 6. truly according p. i06a to that. 6. i.e. 'tis os, however with him (Cato) as nominative, not ossis, as etc. 7. i.e. a tribe of Greeks.

1. by expelling it. 2. i.e. in putting n from them. 3. i.e. a P. 106b 40 resemblance to expelling. 4. i.e. though I say to thee that it is Athos and Atho, it is, however, in -v<s with Attic writers, and the v has then been converted so that it makes Athos. 5. by analogy, i.e. as it has been converted into here.

a: MS. Pacubins

b: i.e. i7pwv, ijpun

c: leg. abiectione

d: leg. kco^ios

e: MS. andro7ets pro avSpoyeos

f: cf. capus, falco, Corp. Gloss. Lat. v. 493

g: leg. soror oiri cf. Sg. 67"14

h: MS. 1111,^111 ossis •^nomntatiuo

[ 142 ]inueniuntur, ut 'magistratus"'../hic saltus,' 77 'jrrihr)(Ti^^ koX rj vdirr)^^,

'hie uersus/ rj arpo^r)^" koI 6 o-Tt;^o9"...'hic exercitus' 17 ryvfivaata^^^ Kal 6 CTT^aro?"...* fastus"' quando a ' fastidio' uerbo est, quartae est, quando uero pro annali'* accipitur, a fastis et nefastis'® diebus sic dictum, frequentius secundae est. Inuenitur tamen et quartae^^ 5 Lucanus in X :

Nee meus Eudoxi uincetur fastibus^® annus,

...cum antiquiores quoque similiter idem protulisse" inueniantur. Ouidius fastorum^" inscripsit libros. . . .et 'fastus^^' in aliis codicibus. .

' Senatus ' quoque ideo .iiii. est^, quod a uocabulo ' natus ' com- 10 (i. p. 257) ponitur^ ...corporalia quartae sunt declinationis, nisi sint propria uel raobilia^ut...' rictus*'... Excipitur 'hie lectus^'... 'Mustus"... quod tamen mobile uidetur, cum ueteres et feminino et neutro (i. p. 258) genere inueniuntur hoc protulisse pro ' nouus noua nouum.' Ex-


7. tossach 8. leim riuth xeMqua 9. cat7^ .i. densitas 15 arborum veMqua 10. impud [man. al.] uersio 11. fers 12. frecor ceill t frithgnom reliqua icidorus gymnasium reiiqua in alio 13. .i. sochuide quia dicit mrgilius exercitus hoc est multitude • 14. lius miad cicero dicit fastus superbia 1.5. .i. ut fit lebor airissen 16. .i. duaibsib- 7 combad uad 20 roainmnigthe quando est fastus .i. liber- 17. .i. biid fordeib ndillib quando fastus .i. liber • 18. lebraib 19. abuithfar ce^Aramad qttando est fastus .i. lebor 20. exemplum ara airiuc far diull towaisiu 21. .i. is fastus bis in aliis libris ni fastos .i. libros • 22. .i. congregatio 7 combad nephchorpdae issed asmaith 25 apwd alios

1- fobith isnephchorpdae son 2. ar it diil tanoAsi ams sodin 3. ersolgud • rictura ferarwm oris ape?-tio cicero • item • cicero • rictus ditiu" medium tegmen domus 4. lige 5. foddli cendl hodie 30


8. a leap or a run, etc. 9. a wood. 12. cultivation or care. continued 13 i.e. a multitude g'wia etc. 15. a book of chronicles. 16. i.e. un- lucky, and it would have been named from it quando etc. 17. it is of two declensions, quando etc. 18. books. 19. that it is of the fourth (declension) quando etc. 20. an example for its being found 35 of the second declension. 21, i.e. fastus is in other books, not fastos. 22. i.e. congregatio, and it would be incorporeal : 'tis this that seems good to others.

1. that is, because it is incorporeal. 2. for they, in that case, are of the second declension. 3. opening... covering, 5. it 40 distinguishes gender to-day.

a: MS. ri iravais • kmo • vaire

b: MS. yt/ivaffia

c: this is over rictus, but is meant for tegmen

[ 143 ]cipitur 'arcus*/ quod deferentiae causa quidam tam secundae quam P. I07b

quartae protulerunt. Enniuff in xv annali :

Arcus^ ubi aspiciunt, mortalibus quae perhibentur,

'Acus" enim quartae est... ' Penus*' quoque masculini et(*-PP-260, 5 feminini et neutri inuenitur... ...'uultum^' in facie intellegi quo- ^ modo colores et figuras^... ILLud etiam possumus dicere, quod a , ' „621 uerbo 'arto artas' rei uocabulum fit *artatus"...Et forsitau ideOp jqqj^ 'acus" ab acutu*"*... ...hoc [sc. 'sinus, sinum'] secundae, illud ,^ 263) [sc. 'sinus'] quartae^ declinauerunt. Et possumus non inueniri* 10 similem'^de his omnibus rationem... redden tes dicere 'uersarime in nostro uetere curriculo^' ...etiam ipsa participia inueniuntui* est quando per syncopara prolata, ut 'potus®' pro 'potatus'... ...'Ligus^ -uris' commune quoque est. Quamuis etiam ' ueter^' ^- ^^* analogia exigit... (i. p. 264)

Unum masculinum a Graecis sumptum^ /av?^ 'hie mus muris'... (^* P- ^^^)

...et similis declinatio* supra dicti nominis...apud Graecos quoque <rv<i productum' in nominatiuo reliquos casus corripit.

'INcus^' etiam 'incudis'... ...' intercus" intercutis'... P. llOb ...intestinis^..' hie ' et ' haec ' et ' hoc intercus^'... qnf' ^^^'


1. .i. in tain as Jidbocc is quartdiil intan as tuag nime tmmorro p 207 b is diil towisi med aiidechor insin • - 2. fidhocc^ 3. sndthath^ 4. cucan

1. angne 2. innascdth 3. for 7'iagml dobuith tra isjiaib F.108& anmanaibse anuas dotet hie 4. acutus .i. diihce a quo est acus

1. sinus .i. McAi 2. arananisar^ 3. innai- i-ith arsidni P. I08h 4. per sina^opam prolata 7 it ranngabala dano inchruth hisin 5. ranyigahAl

1. ligordae .i. gentile 2. ciasidbiursa uetus 3. .i. ata P. 109 a dm 4. .i. inchruth donelltar mus is sawlaid doellatar mono- 30 syllabae 5. anas n airdixa

1. .i. inddin 2. comalne^ P. 110 b

1. .i. inmedonchaib 2. inderbus P. ilia


1. i.e. when it is a wooden bow it is of the fourth declension : when, P. 107b however, it is a bow of heaven (a rainbow) it is of the second declension : 35 that is the difference.

1. the countenance. 2. the shadows'. 3. here then he P. 108a touches on the fact that there is a rule that prevails in these nouns above.

2. that it may be found. 3. in our ancient course. 4. lengthened P. 108b by syncope, and thus then they are participles. 5. a participle.

2. though I say uetus. 3. i.e. it is indeed. 4. i.e. as mu^ is p. 109 a declined so monosyllables are declined. 5. when it is lengthened.

2. dropsy. p. nob

2. uncertainty (as to gender). p ^la

a: MS. arcus i acus

b: MS. arcitu acuta

c: recte non inuerisimilem

d: MS. /jlovs

e: the d is smudged, but the word is not cancelled.

f: rectios sndthat

g: leg. aran-isar 'that there be found'

h: later comaille

i: leg. = inna scdth ? of . Ml. 67* 9, and in cenn do thogbail for dorut in duine ina sgath dirg truagh do Ghaidhelaibh, Ann. Ul. 1172, J.S.

[ 144 ]Si eiusdem sint et apud Graecos terminationis'...ut 'OtStTrou?*'...

' Oedipus ' per sinerisin^. . .sicuti ^ si intigra eorum inueniantur. . .

[HJoratius 'Alcinous Alcinoy' declinauit^ in I epistularum...

...'genus generis/ quod Latinura esse ostendit et declinatio^ et uerbum 'genero generas.' Excipitur 'foenus^ foenoris'... ...*ter- gus*'... ...' uiscus* uisceris'...

Liquit enira supera tetri uestigia uirP.

Similiter ' pus ' non habet in ussu genetiuum, ne, si ' puris * diceretur, esset quantum ad eandem scripturam^ dubitatio, utrum datiuus esset pluralis a puro 'puris'...

Et qui** Graeci^-.uocatiuum in e longam terminant... ...in quibusdam 'es' productam terminantibus^ fecerunt Graeci poetae 'eus' pro 'es' proferentes...

In X desinentia, si a uerbis sint in ' go ' desinentibus, ablata x, addita 'gis' faciunt genetiuum, ut 'grego grex gregis'. . . Nee mirum': Graecos enim in omnibus fere emitati^ Latini*^ in hac quoque regula sequuntur... Ennius...in Villi pro 'frugi homo' 'frux^' ponit, quod est adiectiuum.

...'fornix*^^' 'suppellex* supellectilis' ...'Nox*' quoque


3. .i. madhinonn tarmorcenn ndoib lagrecu / lalaitnori A. is- 20 cummae leis didiu -y- y -u- reliqua 4. treaccomol 5. inchrutsa

1. ut • panthous • 7 it sillaba fodlidi is follus s6n asindfers- 2. mad grec roppad diil to^iaisi ut pelagus 8. aithi 4. cro- cenn 5. cenn cridi 7 alaaili reta olchena ut isidorus dicit •

1. indneime andracht^ 2. A. meit as doenscribend^ archuit suin '^5

1. it hesidi gveic 2. foircnedchaib 3. ,i. x • dofoxul 7 • g • doforcomet ingenitin diatechtat briathra, in • go • aracAl 4. arinrusamlasatar

1. toirthech 2. buad lice meirddrech loc 3. fointreb non suppellicis facit 4. excipi^wr C[uia non nocis facit 7 is 30 cosmatYi us g^ amal sodin ni excep^to


3. i.e. if their termination be the same with Greeks and with continued Latins. 'Tis the same to him then, y and v, etc,

1. as Pantlwus. And they are separate syllables: this is manifest from the verse. 3. if it were Greek it would be of the second declen- 35 sion, as pelagus. 5. the end of the heart, and other things also, as Isidorus says.

1. of the dark poison {uirus, uiri). 2. i.e. as regards the same writing, as to sound.

1- they are Greek. 3. i.e. that x should be removed and g kept 40 {conseruare) in the genitive if they have verbs in -go behind them. 4. for they have imitated.

2. a victory-stone or a brothel. 4. it is excepted, because it does not make nocis, and thus it is a Greek similarity, not an exception.

a: MS. odipus

b: recte quia, but qui is glossed

c: om. MS.

d: According to Hertz, the Carlsruhe codex has fornix lapis uictoriae, and in marg. lapis mollis unde erigitur signum triumphale

e: a loan from anthracodes {d.v0paKu>8T)s) Ascoli, Gloss, xl. ; but it is a genuine Irish word, in the gen. sg. neuter : cf . the ace. pi. fem. androchta LU. 95^24: = anrachta YBL. 101*52, and the cognate adj. ardracht .1. solus, O'Dav. 47

f: MS. srih-

g: i.e. grec or grecdae

[ 145 ]'noctis/ apud* Graecos, qui vv^ vvKTOf;^ declinant...' onix^'... P- I13b

'exlex^'...

A capite solum composita' ablata s et mutata e in i, et addita ' itis ' faciiint genetiuura, ut. . . . ' biceps^ bicipitis "...

. . .' puis* pultis.' . . .' frons® -dis '. , .' frons'^ -tis '. . .' lens^ lendis ' (i. pp. 281, . . 'glans' glandis'... ...'libripens^'... ...libram aeneam^.. ^^^^

Lib. VII ... 'hoc unum nomen tan turn, id est 'alius/ quam * * maxime* propter structuras genetiuo et datiuo casu numeri singu- * ^' ' laris, sic anomale comfirmatutn sit declinare^ : hie alius, huius alius, lo huic alii.'

Igitur masculinorum nominum finales sunt literae septem... femininorum quoque eaedem"* nee non etiam e produeta in Graeeis et m figurate in eornieis nominibus... ...per se enim ueutrum in P- ii4b eas literas [sc. o, x] nullum dissinit^.. Et hae quidem generales (^- P- 284) 15 sunt nominatiui terminationes^...

...pares habent sillabas* nominatiuo...nisi diuisio fiat in genetiuo poetica... ...'nepai*' pro 'nepae/ id est 'seorpii.' (i- p- 285)

...etiam si^ produeta sit... Horatius in carminum lib. I: P- n»» T J- J- (i. pp.286,

Lydia, die, per omnes 287)

20 uoeatiuum...eorripit: est enim coriambus et baehius, ex quo osten- ditur correpta in nominatiuo quoque 'Lydia' finalis a^. Virgilius in V:

Troia' Crinisso con cep turn flumine mater
Quem genuit.


1. nem 2. esrechtaid 3. .i. isindih nammd atd andliged P. 113 b crw^Aaigtheo genitensa 4. dechenda demess 5. ith 6. barr 7. etan 8. sned 9. derucc

1. medtosngachtigtheid 2. humaidi 3. cefiu • t quam P. 114 a maxime .i. Sidxierbium 4. donella nech 5. .i. efficiunt seek 30 ammascul lasani forcentar olitrih sidi •

1. neutnr fornocht • biid immurgu coitchen trechenelse in • x • P. Il4b 2. .i. nifil ainmnid nobed acht inti theite in oen innaliter sa 3. it pares dm 4. .i. cenelae nathrach issin^ dano a&scorpius •

1. .i. aid 2. .i. huare as timmortae m nocatiuo bis fordeib P. 115 a 35 rxominaXmi^ 3. .i. dactylus .i. guttae • i • hisund •


3. i.e. 'tis in them only is this norm of forming a genitive. P. H3b 4. two-headed, a pair of shears.

3. how ! vel etc. 4. that one decline^. 5. i.e. they make p. ii4a beyond the masculine when they end in its letters*.

1. a bare neuter. There is, however, a common trigener in a;. 2. i.e. P. 114b there is no nominative possible save that which ends in one of these letters. 3. they are pares indeed. 4. i.e. a kind of snake : 'tis that then that is scorpius.

2. i.e. because it is short in the vocative which is in the form of the P. 115 a nominative. 3. i.e. a dactyl, i.e. i is a vowel herein.

a: MS. secundum apud

b: MS. NoyoS noy5toc, without qui

c: MS. eadem

d: leg. fordeilh nominatiui, which is translated

e: leg. issi sin ?, which is translated

f: in grammatical terminology di-ell- expresses declinari, cf. daeltais Sg. 75"3, and the passive Sg. 4" 1, 109» 4

g: i.e. the letters of the masculine

[ 146 ]'Ei;?;^e9^ capite'^ pro ' capita "^*'... Latina uero proportion in a

(^•PP;^^9, correptam uult uocatiuum primae declinationis...terminari etiam in 116a ' Graecis. Statius ' Nemea/ ut ostendimus^ a producta protulit more Graeco.

Et hoc^ uel metaplasmus^* est dicendu8...apud quos [scil. Latinos] 5 i scribi post iiocalem et non pronuntiari solef*.

' trinum nundinum^'

. . .naturaliter diuisum genus habentia^,. ...'dotes filiabus y^^'^^ suis non dant.' Et 'filiis^' tamen in eodem genere dictum est. V- P- ) Ennius in Andromedia : lo

filiis^ propter te obiecta sum innocens
Nerei

...'de gnatabus^ suis'...

. . . similem habent datiuum ' ambabus/ ' duabus/ quamquam genetiuum * ambarum ' ' duarum ' faciunt^ 15

'Panthus' per sineresin^ pro ' Panthous '. . .

Hoc autem faciunt metri causa, nunquam enim minores uult P. 118a habere syllabas^ genetiuus nominatiuo.

' Androgeo ' Virgilius VI genetiuum posuit Aticum^

...' eus ' finientibus^ nominatiuum. . . 20

...per sincrisin^ . . . uel magis per sineresin' e et i in unam P. 119a syllabam. ...'dis' praepositio est et diues^..

...accusatiuus huiuscemodi nominum^


1. uoca^mw* graecus la. baed bdriagoldae

1. indanalag 2. ani as nemea 3. .i. atecht in • e • 25 3a. .i. antithesis ut olli pro illi 4. .i. arachai

1. na tri noildithe

1. huare ata ndMi heodai fordiiigrat 2. A. do naih ingenaih 3. donaibingensiib 4. .i. gnata • ingen 5. ar bd in • is • ba techte ^o&a?-thid dothecht a nommibtts foite genitin in • rum • 30

1. trechomdluthad

1. .i. ar ni Wa^oldae 2. foriagml watacdai

1. forchenna,t 2. .i. trethdbae 3. .i. trechomdluthad

1, j. dfs somme 2. .i. innananman tiagdde in • eus


1. 'twere this that would be regular. 35

1. the analogy. 2. Nemea. 3. i.e. their ending in e.

1. the three spaces -of -nine-days.

1. because it is living things that they mean. 2, 3. i.e. to the daughters. 5. for it would be in -is that the dative ought to end, (which comes) from nouns that make (lit. send off) genitive (plural) in -rum. 40

1, by synaeresis.

1, i.e. for it is not regular. 2. according to the Attic rule.

1. which end. 2. i.e. by concision*^. 3. i.e. by synaeresis.

2. i.e. of the nouns that end in -eus.

a: MS. eiNexec

b: leg. Kpvri] pro «ptrd

c: MS. non solet

d: per concisionem precedes in the Latin text ; cf. Sg. 120» 6

[ 147 ]...'O Penthee '...quod in ussu non inueni^ P. Il9b

Si^ enim non esset abscissio, debuerunt huiuscemodi uocatiui, (i- PP- 301, id est qui in i desinentes paenultimam correptam habent, ante 9| paenultimam acuere, ut ' Virgili/ ' M^rcuri/ quod minime liquet*^, ' 5 nam paenultimam acuimus. 'Aliius*^' quoque per duas i debuit esse genetiuus datiui, qui est 'alii"...et credo deferentiae causa'*, ne 'ali' infinitum uerbum esse putaretur. ...accentu deffert, quippe circumflectitur^ in genetiuo paenultima. ' Ei ' quoque cum ration- P- I20b abiliter monosyllabum esse deberet^ cum genetiuus ' eius ' disillabus xosit... Virgilius in II: (i. p. 304)

Ei^ mihi, qualis erat...

Est enim dimetrum iambicum coniunctum semiquinariae eroicae*. luuenalis in V :

Ire uiam pergant et eidem'* incumbere sectae.

in eodem...

Implet, et ad moechas dat eisdem® ferre cinaedis.

Quod autem * Pompei ' . . et similia i finalem et ante earn uocalem (i. p. 305) pro una syllaba habent", usus quoque confirmat^

...'huius platani^'... P- 121 a

Est autem etiam apud prosas*^ scribentes idem inuenire^ sed (^- P- 306) raro.


1. .i. atecht in -6 P. ii9b

1. .i. maniptis tobaidi intogarthidi tiagdde in •! ropad^ ante- P. 120 a peneuilt noacuitigfide indih huare as timmortae peneuilt • > 2. .i. 25 combad antepeneuilt noacuitigihe indib nam reliqua 3. .i. genitin intobarihsido as alii 4. asned fodera emnad ■ i • indatiito

1. .i. 7 acuit innomtwatiwo 2. .i. combad laigiu inoensillaih P. I20b quam genitiuus 3. .i. interiec^io .i. upp 4. .i. sillah for deib trsiigthib 5. .i. desillah 6. desylloh 7. .i. in din syllaih 30 ataat afidiis 8. .i. i do buith ar chonsain in his nocsdiuis

1. .i. nomen feda 2. .i. nech P- ^^la


1. i.e. their ending in e. P- 119 b

1. i.e. unless the vocatives which end in i were apocopated, the P. 120 a antepenult in them would be pronounced-with-the-acute-accent, since the 35 penult is short. 2. i.e. that the antepenult in them should be pronounced-with-the-acute-accent, for etc. 3. i.e. the genitive belong- ing to the dative alii. 4. that it is this that causes doubling of i in the dative.

1. i.e. and the acute in the nominative. 2. i.e. that it should be P. 120b 40 less by one syllable than the genitive. 4. i.e. a syllable over two feet. 5, 6. a disyllable. 7. i.e. in one syllable they both are. 8. i.e. that in these vocatives % is for a consonant.

1. i.e. name of a tree. 2. i.e. some one^ P. 121a

a: leg. licet

b: MS. alius

c: corrected from ueteres

d: ad over the line

d: cf. Sg. ISg*» 3

[ 148 ]Virgilius in Villi:
altaque certat
Prendere tecta manu sociumque attingere dextras^

pro * sociorum '. . .quamuis et ' socius socia sociura '. . .dicatur.

In 'a' correptam neutra et^ Graeca... 5

. . / hoc nectar^ '. . .

...'compluriai'...

...'haec [hjospes curiae'

'haecTetis"'...

../hie' et 'haec dis^'... ^ to

'hie' et 'haec infans'^.. to viJ7nov...'hic' et 'haec' et 'hoc P. 124b ij3fans2 ' (5 atXaXo9^ . / amans^'. . .

...'sons*'...

...hie et haec et 'hoc Tiburs^'...

In 'ems' unum femininum 'haec hiems®'... 15

'Adeps^' uel 'adipes' in utroque genere^ inuenitur.

...' Ops' . . nomen matris deum et eopia'...'hic' et 'haec ' et...' hoc ops*' et 'cors"'"^*' pro 'opulentus' et ' corpulentus ' et copiosus pro- ferebant. Accius de Hercule'* dicens :

quorum genitor fertur esse ops gentibus, '°

...ut si dixisset: 'quorum genitor auxilium fuit gentibus*.'


1. .i. noch dm foddli cenel a • us • in • a in ■ um •

1. .i. cid 2. .i. ceitgrinne^ fino

1. .i. JiilsiV neutoir 2. .i. conid femen

1. .i. foirggcB masued 2. sommae »5

1. .i. noidiu 2. aisndedid^ 3. .i. sercaid 4. cerchoitech aitribtheid inna cathrach asberr tibur i tiburtum • 6. .i. wascul la baedam son immurgu ut in si^ dicitur ealido hieme

1. .i. loon • 2. .i. mascwZmo 7 ieminino .i. inderbus and ut demonstrauit in genere • v 3. ops .i. imbed 4. .i. somme 30 5. .i. corpach 5a. 7 imda^ 6. .i. Ams nandeni mascul dindi as auxilium cebeith genitor darrad^ • sic • ni deni dind hi as ops • »-


1. i.e. but still it (socius) distinguishes gender, from -us into -a, into -um.

2. i.e. the first dropping of wine.

1. i.e. a neuter plural. 2. i.e. so that it (hospes) is a feminine. 35

1. i.e. the sea (Thetis) if it is so". 2. rich.

1. i.e. an infant. 2. a non-speaker (?). 3. i.e. a lover. 4. noxious. 5. i.e. an inhabitant of the town which is called Tibur or Tiburtum. 6. i.e. this, however, is masculine in Baeda, ut etc.

2. i.e. uncertainty herein, ut etc. 5. i.e. corpulent. 5a. and 40 wealthy. 6. i.e. as it does not make a masculine of auxilium, that genitor be in apposition with it, so it does not make it of ops.

a: leg. Thetis

b: MS. oaXXoXos

d: leg. cops

d: MS. bertule

e: cf. doljino oingrindi, Imram Brain v. 23

f: nephaisndedid is necessary to translate infans 6 iXaXos

g: insi in marg., which may have been cut

h: .L somme .i. "corpach 'j imda ops • et cors • p opu ^ MS. lentus et corpulentus et copiosus pferebant

i: usually i n-arrad, Ml. 40« 17, 42» 4, BCr. 33" 16

k: cf. p. 71 note e.

[ 149 ]In 'yps' Graeca: 'c3T3yps cynipis".'

. . .* baccar -ris^'. . . ... secundum regulam declinabant . . . sicut P- 126a 'sospes sospitis^'... (i. pp. 324

...'lucar' lucaris'... ...'iS-c lactis*'... pi 26b

'Mefitis^'... (i!p. 328)

...in burim^.. Plautus in Rudente: P. 127 a

seu tibi confidis fore multam magudarim, (i. p. 329)

quod significat frugis genus, id est caulis^, qui nascitur ex ea parte, ^- cuius radix stirpis* auellitur^ uel, ut alii, siliginem*. ^^' P- ^^^^

Horatius in II sermonum : '^' P* ^^^'

Gausape* porporeo...

VndePersius...'gausapa'^' dixit plurale... ...Casiusad Mecenatem: 'gausapo porporeo' salutatus.'

Terentius in Formione : P- 128 b

Nullus es, Geta^... (i.p. 385)

Non tamen conuertitur regula : non enim in e et in i desinentia P. I29a etiam accusatiuum in ' era ' et in ' im ' omnimodo terminant^. (i- P- 337)


7. cuilennbocc cynos" graece hircus atine P_ 125»

1. caer 2. analachson continued

1. erchomul'^ si • id -^ [in marg. man. al.] lucar uectig(al) agro- P. I26a tatio® <uae fiebat in lu(cis) t negotiat(io) 2. timmorte iar naicniud P- I26b in nominatiuo produciwm in genitiuo

1. i. nomen loithe infemalis P- I27a

1. .i. hi cecht 2. .i. comtigiu son cuam raagudans 3. .i. " 25 med immefolngai^ aforbairt arena^^ dothuaslocad^ 7 doleidud foraih • • 4. .i. t'ssed asberat alii dano is hinon 7 siligo •

1. .i. lambrat 2. .i. hilax weutair 3. .i. ond lamhrot

1. goth I'-i^sb

1. .i. is ecenfoxVid in i / in • e- uand ainsid tdte in em 7 in • im • P* I29a 30 ni ecen iynmurgu ainsid in 'im* 7 in em oacach /ooslid tete in-iy in -e-


2. this (is) an analogy.

1. a spansel. 2. short by nature in the nominative, long in the ^* ^ "" genitive.

1. i.e. name of the infernal fen. • '*

2. i.e. that is commoner than magudaris. 3. i.e. 'tis this that P- 127«  causes it to grow, to loosen its roots and to give them free course (?) 4. i.e. this is what others say then : it is the same as siligo.

1. i.e. a handkerchief. 2. i.e. neuter plural. 3. i.e. from the P. 128a handkerchief.

1. i.e. necessary is an ablative in i and in e from the accusative P. 129a which ends in em and in im. Unnecessary, however, is an accusative in im and in em from every ablative that ends in % and in e.

a: leg. sirpis

b: cf . cinis, hircum, Corp. Gloss. Lat. v. 565 • cynoc • g"' • hircus • la • ist in viel feinerer schrift eingetragen als cuilennbocc, vielleicht von demselben glos- sator, aber jedenfalls zu anderer zeit. Thurneysen

c: can the glossator have supposed lucar to be a cognate with laqueus'i W.S.

d: Here si .id. stands for si id est, the Latin equivalent of the Irish masued Sg. 50" 13, 88 gl. 2, 192" 7

e: rectius erogatio, cf. Corp. Gloss. Lat. iv. 110, 256, 362, v. 219

f: MS. timmor; after productum a word (autem?) seems to have followed, Thurneysen

g: h over the line

h: leg. afrema, which is translated

i: MS. dotholuascad The scribe has perhaps omitted some word after leiciud: cf., however, dolleicet form Wb. 13"13

[ 150 ]Inueniuntur tamen quidam in huiuscemodi nominibus etiam in e

(i. p. 338) ablatiuum proferentes, quod mox usus approbet

Statius in IIII Thebaidos :

Accipias, fessisque libens iterum ospita^ pandas
Flumina 5

...quod in heroico stare metro non possit nisi in e terminans eorum [soil, 'hospes' et 'sospes'] ablatiuusl ...'tridens'...cum Neptuni fuscinam per se positum significat^, masculino genere inuenitur.

'Rudis^' quando commune est significans recentem... lo

Virgilius in XII Aeneidos :

neque enim leuia^ aut ludicra^ petuntur
Praemia

../Gausape^' quoque....

Gausape porporeo^ mensam protersit acernam. 15

'Aplustre^'...

. . ,' supplicium^ ' et ' artificium^ ' neutra inueniuntur singularia.

Apud Virgilium quoque in I :

Nuda genu nodoque sinus collecta fluentis,

quomodo 'sinus collecta' accusatiuum iunxit nominatiuo, sic etiam 20 'nuda genu^'

Terentius in heautontimorumeno :

Eius anuis^ causa, opinor, quae erat mortua.


1. .i. atheram archiunn

1. A. hilsir neutadr 2. A. dofoichredtraig necmailt and' eospiti '^ 5 A. amphimacrus • - 3. .i. istren intan^sin

1- rudis .i. nue quia ca,ssianus'^ dicit • rudis • nouus •

1. .i. cuitbedcha 2. Idmbrat 3. ond Idmbrot

1. .i. inchruth noe

1. ,i. toddrnam 2. sdir denmidecht^ 30

1. .i. ainmnid dano fri ainsid hie 2. .i. uandi as anus


1. i.e. we shall say it afterwards (lit. ahead).

1- i-e- a neuter plural. 2, i.e. it would introduce an unwonted foot there; sospitl being an amphimacer. 3. i.e. it is substantival then. 35

3. from the handkerchief.

1. i.e. a ship's gear^

1. i.e. a nominative then with an accusative here. 2. i.e. from anus.

a: MS. lenia

b: intain, with punctum delens over the second i

c: cf. Sg. 41* 1. Or Cassiodorus may be meant.

d: leg. sdirdenmidecht, which is coined to express artificium

e: for inchruth see inchrud Tur. 14, inchruth [sic legendum] Laws i ■. 310, 7, incrod Laws V. 222, 2

[ 151 ]Virgilius in VI : P. I36a
quae gratia curnim* ^^' ^' '
Armorumque fuit uiuis,

quamuis etiam geminata u possit metrum per sinalifam" stare ^...

...'bobus^'... (i. p. 365)

Liquet •* tamen^ pro omnibus dictionibus dicere 'uerba' frequenti- P. 137 b que usu hoc approbatur, nee non etiam 'nomina/ sed raro'^, ut (i. p. 369) Virgilius in III*^:

foliisque notas et nomina mandat.

...quando affectus animi diffinit'.

Sciendum autem, quaedam uerba inueniri difectiua...et hoc... uel naturae necesitate* fieri uel furtunae casu^

Ergo naturae necessitas bibertita*^ est in significatione et in (^- P- ^^O) commoditate®, id est in consonantia" elementorum, ...oppugnat ipso rerum natura propter significationem^..f]gura, ut si dicam : 'bonus animus uxoris mihi nuptus est*'... ...quotiens hoc pro- nomen [sc. sui sibi se] ponitur, ostendit tertiam personam uel ipsam et ageresimul et patia se, ut 'penitet ilium sui^'*,'...uel... ...ipsum P- 138a


1. .i. um do glanad^ inderiud ferso ddg is uaguthaigthi intinns- P. I36a 20 cana infers dodiarmorat .i. armorum • reliqua 2. Aliter t* • m • glantar as • 7 ind • a • toisech ind ferso dedenaich • et • ind -u • do accomol frisin fers ndedenach, ut maximianus dt'a't • > 3. .i. Jii bouibus d^ni

1. .1. is dilmain 2. .i. cesu meinciu aranecar uerbum do ep'irt P- 137 b 25 donaih huilih rannaib arecar dano cid so^ indhuathad nomen doepirt doib • ut uirgilius 3. cinness 4. .i. ni aimcc aicned 5. fadidmed aicned acht dondecmaing anisiu 6. .i. hiforgnuis^ 7. uandneph^ 8. ar inninni 9. .i. is fuath n eperta int inhodugud don menmmain 10. .i. gnim, ind aithirge cesad 30 afodaitiu •


1. i.e. um is to be elided at the end of a verse, because the verse which P. 136 a follows it begins with a vowel, i.e. ArTnorum etc. 2, Otherwise : m is elided from it, and the initial a of the posterior verse, and the w is to be added to the posterior verse, as Maximianus says. 3. i.e. it {hos) 35 does not make bouibu.8.

1. i.e. it is allowable. 2. i.e, although it is oftener found that P. 137b all the parts of speech are called verhum, yet even this is found rarely that they are called nomen. 3. (when) it defines. 4. i.e. a thing which nature finds'*. 5. nature would have sufiered it, save that this so 40 happens. 6. i.e. in form. 7. from the un-^. 9. i.e. it is a figure of speech, the wedding of the mind. 10. i.e. the repentance (is) action, its endurance (is) passion.

a: leg. synaloepham

b: leg. licet

c: MS. VI

d: leg. bipertita

e: cf. Sg. IS*» 3

f: =cid inso? or leg. ciaso 'though rarely'?

g: cf. Sg. 139*1, 198*4, 203» 2, 216" 3

h: cf. Wb. 11= 19

i: inconsonantia is taken as one word

[ 152 ]enim uerbum agentis personae nominatiuum in se habet^. ...in

interrogatiuis . . quae tertiae sine dubio sunt personae et maxime iungi personae* absenti^ uel quasi absenti^ . . . uocatiuum esse prohibet^. . .

INcommoditate uero uel inconsonantia^...difficiunt quaedam... 5

Ab eo quod est 'tonsor,' 'tonstrix"' fecit femininum, addita t, et ex eo diminutiuum 'tonstricula'... Et ea per naturam^.

...uel inconcinna^^ et turpia...

...Inusitata sunt, quibus non inueniuntur usi auctores, quamuis proportione potestatem faciente dicendi®, ut 'faux/ 'prex",' 'dor"' 10 caus^^ dico^^ for*' dicio . . positiuum faris debet esse for^^. Ea enim... quia in usu auctorum non inueniuntur, recusamus dicere.

Cum igitur^^ masculinum sit 'nutritor,' et ex eo secundum analogiam nascebatur^ 'nutritrix'... ...'cum nobis^' turpe est, itaque 'nobiscum*' praeposterum profertur. 15

Vnus* ergo ex his plerunque quatuor modis' iuuenitur, qui facit tam uerba quam alias partes orationis esse difectiuas. Differentiae quoque causa multa solent uel taceri uel contra regulam proferri, ut 'fas* genetiuum non habet; nam siue 'fatis*' seu 'faris' uel 'fasis* dicamus, aliud significare potest. 'Fac,' 'die,' 'due,' 'fer,' magis «o


1. .i. sluintir persan tresin 6rethir ceniM ainmnid 2. .i. ecndairc dan ut ille 3. .i. eciidairc ocus 4, .i. huare ata tertpersin^ immechomarcatar treo isairi nitechtat to^arthid 5. rohiat ar chuit folid cenid rubat ar chuit suin 6. is indi asr^ftar^ tostriculae 7. bdm forois insin ■ 8. nephfograigthi ^s 9. .i. cechonistis nombetis ar chuit analoige 10. .i. guide 11. .i. dobiur 12. .i. glenn .i. quamuis iwuenitwr caus magnum 13. asbiursa inna hisiu inusitata esse «1: is dico osecraim asecoimtig 13 a. A. archiunn 14. .i. iartestimin

1. .i. nogigne{d) 2. .i. dtig sin 3. .i. alind son 4. .i. 30 dagni sechip^ oinmod diib 5. .i. damod naturae 7 damod furtunae 6. .i. dothoicdib


1, i.e. person is expressed by the verb, though there be no nomina- tive. 2. i.e. far absent, as i/Ze. 3. i.e. near absent. 4. i.e. because it is third persons which are interrogated by them, therefore they have 35 not a vocative. 5. they can be in respect of substance, though they cannot be in respect of sound. 6. in that he (Cicero) has said tonstriculae. 7. that is a recapitulation. 9. i.e. though they might be as regards analogy (analogically). 12. i.e. a glen. 13. I say that these are not used. Or it is dico 'I consecrate' that is 40 unusual. 13 a. i.e. ahead. 14. i.e. the end of the period.

1. i.e. would be born. 2, i.e. ugly, that. 2. i.e. beautiful, that. 4. i.e. some one mode of them makes it. 5. i.e. two modes of nature and two modes of fortune, 6. i.e. to fates.

a: leg. quae tertiae maxime solent inngi personae et. Hertz

b: MS. inconcina

c: a corrupt text, caus is taken as • hollow '

d: cf. Sg. 197»15, 211"9

e: cf. Ml. 1161 5

[ 153 ]placuit per apocopam proferri differentiae causa, ne, si 'face/ 'duce/

'fere,' 'dice",' diceremus, aliud significare putaremur, quamuis hoc non in omnibus consimilibus uel uniuocis soleat fieri^

...ad sensus^ pertinentia uerba, si quis altius considerat, in P. I39a actiuis uocibus passionem et passiuis actionem fieri inueniat, ut 'audio te*. , .ostendo enim, pati me aliquid in ipso actu^ Sed tamen quia nobis agentibus, id est sentientibus et aliquid facientibus*... actiuorum et uocem et constructionem* habuerunt. . . .deponens (i. p. 374) uocatur, quasi simplex' et absoluta', quod per se ponitur", uel quae lo deponit alteram^ significationem et uuam® per se tenet, quomodo positiuus gradus^" dicitur, qui absolutus per se ponitur . .

Haec autem uerba... possunt transire in quem fit actus'... P, 139b

. . ut 'seruor^ tibi.' Et est quaerendum, cur actiua ablatiuo per se' non adiunguntur. . .

Haec* enim de se et ad se loquuntur, quod est suum'* animantium, (i. p. 375) quibus natura serraonem dedit.

Iuuenalis in I III :

sed nulla aconita® bibuntur (i- p- 376)
Fictilibus,

Quis enim dicit *aror,'...nisi poetica conformation, id est 77/300-- P. 140 a


7. .i. huandi as dix coisecrad 8. .i. ni ecen anisiu dogres P. 138 b isnaib sonaib himbi^ cosmailius .i. anerthuasacht t acumscugud continued

1. .i. do chiallaib .i. ar ni hiforgnuis atd in cesad acht is hi ceill P. 139 a 2. .i. file indibsom 3. .i. huare is intrinsecus atd ingnim 7 25 exti-insecus incesad 7 ishe infir gnirn iamva insin • 4. .i, acumtach 5. .i. ni eroim • r • hua gnim ar iscomsuidigud son 6. .i. hu{a)gnim 7 kua chesad 7. .i. cen airitin • r • ab altero genere 8. .i. cesad 9. gnim 10. .. as ngrdd

1. .. his indi for sanairisedar ingnim 2. .. fordom chomaither V . n^h 30 3. an dinor 4. .i. innahi huarlgainedar cesad o. sainred 6. neimi

1. .i. ardd do f Hid asapersin P. 140 a


7. i.e. from dix^ 'consecration.' 8. i.e. this is not always P. 138b necessary in the words wherein there is similarity, i.e. that they should continued 35 be silent {taceri) or that they should be changed.

1. i.e. to senses, i.e. for the passion is not in form, but in sense. P. 139a 2. i.e. which is in them. 3. i.e. because the action is intrinsecus and the passion is extrinsecus, and that then is the real action. 4. i.e. the construction. 5. i.e. it does not receive r from action, for that is 40 composition. 6. i.e. from action and from passion. 7. i.e. without receiving r ab etc. 8. i.e. passion. 9. action. 10, i.e. that it is a grade.

1. i.e. in him on whom the action rests. 2. i.e. I am preserved. P. 139b 3. by themselves. 4. i.e. those from which a passive is formed. 45 5. a speciality. 6. poisons.

1. i.e. that it should be said by a poet in his person. P. 140a

a: MS. W6i

b: a nominative invented for the defective genitive dicis. The glossator understands Priscian to say that dice is avoided because it might be confused with the ablative of dix

[ 154 ](OTTOTToua^, inducatur? ...in quibus et fateri possunt^ eaedem"

personae quod in se sit"... ...quamuis 'facitur' quoque a 'facio' pro 'fit*' protulerunt auctores..., ut Titinius in Quinto :

consilium bonum gratia parui faciatur*.

...'calefacio/ 'tepefacio' et similia 'calefio' et 'tepefio' loco pasiuorum 5 habentur^ Quaedam neutra^...ut est 'spiro/ 'uiuo' quando inueniuntur^ tertiam passiuorum habentia personam... 'Curritur' enim 'spatium' bene dicimus^ Itaque huiuscemodi uerba non egent casu*... ...unam duntaxat habent significationem*...

...architector.. lo

. . cum uideantur actiuam habere constructionem...tamen pasiuam uim intrinsecus . , uidentur habere^.. ...to 'So/ccw^'... ...sauus ' sum et animo et corpore, nam et sapio bene et uideo et audio acute*... 'angor^'...

Sed haec magis per eclipsin* consuetudo proferre tradidit. »5 ...'anclo^' et 'anclor' pro 'perficio' contra consuetudinem' aliorum...

. . .cum uideantur agere ipsi, ad quos passiuum refertur uerbum®, ut Virgilius in II Aeneidos :

Implicat et miseros mursu depascitur*» ^ artus. 2©


2. ,i. fosisetar in gnim gnither foraih 3. .i. ar issed file do hodie 4. .i. dothaidhse rombdifo • r • amal in • mbrelhir n diuit t uerius ni comsuidigther acht is ar in mbrethir 'A diuit doberr • 5. is ciall chesto fil indib 6. ithd inna fir neuturdldi insin

1. ataat dm inchrut sin 2. .i. huare mbis curritz^r 3. .i. 25 huare isldn chiall indib chenae^ 4. .i. ciall gnwia i cesto

1. cunutgim

1. .i. ciall chesta indib 7 immognam gnima 2. .1. ^rec indi as uideor

1. A. is airi asbiur dm am sldn nsim reliqua 2. nomthachtar zo 3. .i. tre erchrae cesta 4. forfiun 5. is fricomacnabad don- chessbd 6. .i. is hinonn persan gnis 7 fodaim

1. gelid • consumit • uirgilia?iwm 2. sdstair quando passtwMwi*


2. i.e. (they are able) to confess the deed that is done upon them. 3. i.e. for this is what is to it (facio) to-day. 4. i.e. to show that it 35 was in r, like the simple verb. Or, more truly, it is not compounded, but it is put for the simple verb. 5. the sense of a passive is in them. 6. those are the true neutrals.

1. they are indeed thus. 2. i.e. since there is wont to be curritur. them without it. 4. i.e. 40 3. i.e. because it is a full meaning in meaning of action or of passion.

1. i.e. passive sense in them and active construction. 2. i.e. the Greek of videor.

1. i.e. 'tis therefore, verily, I say 'I am whole,' for etc. 3. i.e. through the failure of the passive. 5. it is against the usage of the 45 passive. 6. i.e. 'tis the same person that acts and suffers.

2. (meaning) it is fed when it is passive.

a: MS. rrpoCAnoneCHA

b: MS. eadem

c: recte fit

d: for the aspiration of c cf. Sg. 40* 11, ISl»» 1, 212» 11, 238" 1

e: in marg. sup.; diirfte der gewohnliche glossator sein, Thurneysen

[ 155 ]...Idem in VIII:
Consurgit senior tonicaque induitur^ artus.

...'absciditur* caput'... (i. p. 392)

...perse' pa ti demonstrant... ...'inundo^'... 'Assuesco*'... P- I44a

'Coeo*'... (I. p. 394)

Sunt, quae tarn actiua quam pasiua uoce unnm atque idem ^- ^^^^ significants. . ...'quirito' et 'quiritor^'...'nequit' et 'nequitur^'...

'Lento/ 'lentor^' et 'lenteo'^'... 'Umecto*'... Virgilius... . in I georgicon../LiquiturV pi'O 'pedetemptim desoluitur.' 39^) ' lo ...'lacto*'... 'Deficio/ . . quando .. pro 'dificiscor*' neutrum est. p. 145a

...'experior'^'... Quamquam simplex eius 'peritus' sit, cuius (i. p. 399) uerbum in usu non est'... Nam 'repperio,' 'comperio' .. sicut P. Uob 'aperio^' actiua sunt. Difficio' autem loco pasiui deficio" facit. ^^'fJ^:^^' 401)

. ..'labo^abas'. . .'lauo^ lauas' et 'lauo* lauis'. . .'mando*' ivTeWop^at'^, p 145 15 'mandas,' 'mando',' fiaa-ay/j-ai^, 'mandis,'...'fundoV e'/c^eo), 'fundis/ . , (i. pp. 402, 'obsero^' irept^dWo) rov /xox^ov, 'obseras,' 'obsero®,' Trepia-TreLpco^, *^^)


3. indtuigther 4. .i. imdibenar qiiod ofFendit totuw corpus ^- ^f ^^

1. X. huadib fdissna : (so)w (?) non ab alio 2. intonnaigim " ^"^ 3. adcuindminim^ 4. .i. otdig .i. adit usus est

1. .i. is hinunn chiall indib illitred gnima 7 chesto 2. .i. P. 144b hastas colligo .i. gaigim t quero i populo alloquor*^ • 3. .i. feib fondudir som la awctoru" mamlid dadrbuid • reliqua

1. .i. dlgenaigim i fillim 2. .i. atoibim 3. folcaim p. i45a 4. .i. isdilgen doneprinn trdctairecht forsdiiquitur insin 5, 6. do- 25 gdithim .i. nutrio [marg. 1.] arbiathim^

1. arachrinim 2. .i. dosceulaim 3. arecar anainm P. I45b indiuitius 7 ni airecar in briaihair acht hi comsuidigud 4. amal asmbi'iathax gnima aperio

1. .i. t'ssed asbeiT hic arberr chial chesto asindi as difficio quango P. pro uiucor accipitwr ut in ante ostendit • >

1. .i. dofuislim 2. .i. dofonuch 3. /olcainiTa 4. .i. P. 146 b imtrenigim 5. .i. ithim 6. doddlim 7. /escrigim^ 8. clandaim


1. i.e. from themselves, not from another. P- 144 a

1. i.e. the meaning in them is the same in-the-series-of- letters (ex- P. pressing) active and passive (as mereo, mereor). 3. i.e. as he has found it in authors so he has showed it, etc.

4. i.e. 'gently it flows'; that {pedeteviptiin dissolvitur) is a commen- P. 145a tary on liquitur. 5, 6. I dupe. I feed.

3. the noun is found uncompounded (lit. in simplicity), but the verb P. 145b is found only in composition. 4. as aperio is an active verb.

1. i.e. 'tis this he says here : a passive meaning is derived from P. 146 a deficio when it is taken for vincor, as he shews afterwards.

7. I grow towards evening (/escory. P. 146b

a: recte defetiscor

b: leg. defio

c: MS. eNOeAAoAMAi

d: MS. macoAAai

e: MS. nepicnipo)

f: ci. adchondeimnea Ml. 130» 14

g: the Latin glosses precediug and following .i. gaigim are from glossator C

h: cf. auctaru Ml. 35** 17

i: doga- ithim gloss. A, .i. nutrio gloss. C, arbiathim gloss. A, Thurneysen

k: Prise, i. 404

l: the glossator takes obsSro to be cognate with sera : see The Deponent verb in Irish, p. 45 note.

[ 156 ]'obseris'; 'appello'/ Tr/Doo-aYopeLift)*, * appellas/ 'appello'",' irpoawOoi^,

'appellis/ 'uolo",' Trero/Mai, *uolas,' 'uolo^V ^ovXo/jLai, 'uis/ 'cons- ternor",' Trrvpofiai, ' consternaris/ ' consternor",' KaTaarpcovvvfiai", 'consterneris.' Nam 'lego legas' et 'lego legis' et 'dico dicas' et 'dico dicis**' etiam in prima persona habent differentias temporum... 5

'Sapio' prudentia et sapore^^

Tempus accidit uerbo ad diuersi actus significationem^ accommo- datum...

Nee mirum tarn late patere^ praeteritum tempus, cum in notitiam nostram nihil sic naturaliter a longo saeculorum spatio 10 potest uenire, quomodo actus praeteriti temporise In praesenti enim et in futuro pleraque incerta sunt nobis angustissimaque est eorum cognitio nobis et dubia^ plerumque ; itaque singulis uocibus per haec duo tempora® iure sumus contenti ; quamuis Graeci futurum quoque diuiserunt in quibusdam uerbis in futurum in- 15 finitum", ut TV-yjrofMat^, et paulo post futurum", quod et Atticum* dicunt, ut rervy^oixai^. Melius tamen Romani considerata futuri natura, quae omnino incerta est, simplici^"* in eo uoce utuntur nee finiunt' spatium futuri".

Instans autem indiuiduum est, quod uix stare potest^ Vnde 20


9. adglddur 10. indrbenim 11. foll'Aur 12. ad- cobraim 13. fobothaim 14. fommdlagar t foalgim^ 15. .i. Ar atd dechor naimsire hisuidib lacumscugud cot6edne no» sic praedicto 16. .i. trebaraigiTii 7 sapio asCigninaim

1. .i. do dechor gnima 2. arndaosailci^ 3. .i. med as 25 maam gnirn praeteriti conidreid afodil 4. .i. cia cruth^ thhias 5. .i. oin guth fri cechtar de 6. ecrichthae .i. med apaulo post sin 7. .i. todochaide gairbiuc iartain 8. .i. laatacu insin 8a. absque diuisione .i.fudb^ 9. nicinnet 10. .i. ut paulo post .i. ni bia leo insin • 30

1. anephthairismech


15. i.e. for there is a difference of time in them along with the shifting of the conjugation. 16. i.e. I am wise, and sapio I know.

1. i.e. to distinguish action. 2. that it opens it" {aimser F. 35 'time'). 3. i.e. that is how the action of the preterite is greatest, so that it is easy to divide it. 4. i.e. how it will be. 5. i.e. a single word for each of them. 6. (future) infinite, i.e. that is the paulo-post. 7. i.e. future shortly afterwards. 8. i.e. that belongs to Attic writers. 10. i.e. as the paulo-post, that is, that they will 40 not have.

1. the inconstant.

a: MS. TTpOCTepeyCO

b: MS. TTpOCOOTCO

c: MS. KATACTpCONeCMAI

d: MS. Tl<t)OM&i

e: MS. et YyoM&Y

f: foalgivi ist spater und mit anderer tinte eingetragen, doch weiss ich nicht ob der glossator ein andrer ist, Thurneysen

g: the 7t superscribed

h: rectius chruth

i: leg. fudil ; the last letter is not the usual b, Thurneysen

k: for the translation of patere cf. Vol. i. p. 372 note b

[ 157 ]merito a quibusdam 'instans' imperfectum nominatur^ Nisi enim

sit imperfectum, in eo adhuc esse actus intellegi non potest'. Futurum quoque cum incertum sit . . *et infinitum, utrum paulo post an multo erit", non potuit discretis quibusdam finibus declina- 5 tionis uti.

Apud Graecos etiam praeteriti temporis sunt imperatiua*, quam- uis ipsa quoque ad futuri temporis sensum pertineant, ut ^vemx^ot -q irvXt)^ 'aperta sit porta^'... Erga nos quoque possumus in P- 148a passiuis...uti^ praeterito tempore imperatiui^...'amatus sit^' uel lo'esto'... Quod autem uim praeteriti habet huiuscemodi con- (^- P- ^0"^) structio^ ostendunt subiunctiua" praeteriti perfecti...

Optatiuus autem, quamuis ipse quoque uideatur ad futurum pertinere.-.tamen habet etiam *^ praeteritum tempus, quia euenit saepe de absentibus et ignotis rebus precari*, ut facta* esse ante nobis 15 potuerint in notitiam uenii-e, ut si", filio meo Romae in praesenti


2. .i. ainm leo dofrecndairc imperfecio 3. .i. issed dogni^-'^^l^ freciidairc de praesenti huith neich de chen forhae ar manibe bith 'continued sechmadskchte • • 4. .i. is ecintech ingnim arafolmathar 5. .i. post .i. paulo post bd multo post • 6. .i. arecar forngarthaid 20 sechmadachti lagrecu • - 7. .i. bad cersoilcthe .i. gidh sech- madachti 7 iodochaidi wimurgu

1. .i. aramberam biuth 2. .i. bad carthi 3. .i. issed P. I48a acumdach leiss accomol indarann ocslund^ imperatiui • ~ 4. .1. ind r6ta adgiksi optait m biat cedacht o. ama farcuimsitis ^5 6. .i. forcomnacair buith amaicc som hiroini affamenad som didiu no legad amacc innheret sin imbdi^ [in marg.] et- robu anfiss dosoni inro- leg fanacc • deg rombu ecndaircc'^ do 7 afamenad rafesed in roleg • • ~


2. i.e. a name they have for the present imperfect. 3. i.e. P. 147 b this is what makes a present de praesenti, that something of it is continued 30 without completion, for unless there be, it will be a preterite. 4, ie. the act is indefinite for whose sake it is undertaken*^. 5. i.e. post i.e. paulo-post or multo-post. 6. i.e. an imperative of the past is found ^ith the Greeks. 7. i.e. let it be opened, i.e. a word of the preterite and yet of the future.

1. i.e. to use (lit. that we may use). 2. i.e. let him be loved'. P- 148a 3. i.e. this is the construction in his opinion, junction of the two parts in expressing the imperative. 4. i.e. the things which the optative desires, they are not however. 5. as though they had happened. 6. i.e. his son happened to be in Rome. He desired then that his son 40 should read during that time that he was (there) ; but he (the father) knew not whether he (the son) had read or not, because he was absent from him; and he (the father) wished that he should know it, whether he (the son) had read.

a: MS. HNHCoxBoJ- HHYAN

b: MS. imperatiuo

c: MS. subjunctatina

d: .i. habet <» habet etiam, MS. etiam

e: cf. Sg. 209" 28.

f: leg. mboi ? cf. Ml. 33» 9, 39» 2

g: cf. Sg. 161" 3, Ml. 29<» 15

h: 'that it purposes ' (?), cf. Vol. i. p. 615 note f, J.S. See Ase. Gl. p. 149

i: if carthi =carthe (rectius charthe); otherwise amatus sit is mistranslated as amandus sit

[ 158 ]degente", optans dicam: 'utinam Romae filius meus legisset auctores,

propter quos nunc ibi raoratur*'... Possumus tamen hoc uti modo (i. p. 408) etiam ostendentes, quae optamus non euenisse"... ...'utinam legerem heri"'... Potest autem iste optatiuus et inceptus" et non inceptus^^ ante intellegi. Nam si dicam : 'utinam legerem heri 5 quoque, quomodo nudiustertius/ ostendo coepisse quidem, non finisse tamen; sin autem dicam: 'utinam legerem heri saltim"' ostendo nee coepisse. Similiter" si dicam : 'utinam adhuc legerem/ ostendo coepisse^® quidem in praeterito, in praesenti autem caessare... P. 148b ...'utinam legissem ante quinquagenta annos' et 'utinam legissem 10 ante horam^' Nee mirum sic intinite in hoc modo intellegi prae- teritum, quod quantum ad ueram intellectionem nullum certum nee inceptum" nee* finem habuit.

Cum dicimus enim ' legere/ significamus rem imperfectam, quae uel ad praesens uel ad praeteritum imperfectum attinet, cum uero 15 'legisse,' perfectam, quae sua^ est tam praeteriti perfecti, quam plusquamperfecti. Nota autem, quod uim nominis rei ipsius habet uerbum infinitum. Vnde quidam nomen uerbi hoc® esse® dicebant... (i. p. 409) Itaque omnis modus finitus potest per hunc modum interpretari'...

Gerundia. . .cum participiorum uel nominum uideantur habere 20 casus obliques^ nee tempora significent... Itaque pro infinite.


7. .i. anarambeir biuth 8. .i. arlegend Leo 9. .i. ni rabatar cidecht ar ni ail aicsu^ forsani nothechti 10. niroilgius tmmurgu 11. .i. hiid intinnscann .i. [axite optaimwrn] and 7 ni forhanar 12. a'ii.cw tantum his and cen intinnscann" 13. cid ind he 14. .i. frisa quomodo nudiustertius 15. .i. robd^ 6c legund

1. .i. issed a multo in sin 2. .i. med apaulo 3. .i. intinscanta ni dechuid do chom forcinn • anintinscann • - 4. .i. sainredach 5. .i. finitum® .i. combad he ecrichdatu sin nobed and 3° .i. cumang nominis 7 uerbi • - 6. .i. nomhith 7. .i. is triit astoascther intdiucht^ cachmuid 8. delb trituisel foraib it trituisil hirec reliqua quod melius


8. i.e. for reading with them. 9. i.e. they were not, however, for it is not proper to wish for what thou hast. 10. I have not read, 35 however. 11. i.e. there is a beginning therein and it is not perfected. 12. the wish for it only is there, without beginning, 13. even yesterday. 14. i.e. (similiter) to quomodo nudiustertius. 15. i.e. 'that I was reading.'

1. i.e. that is the multo. 2. i.e. this is the paulo. 3. i.e. begun : the beginning has not gone to the end. 4. i.e. special. 5. i.e. infinitum, i.e. that would be the infinity which is in it, i.e. power of the noun and verb. 6. i.e. that it used to be. 7. i.e. through it is expressed the meaning of every mood. 8. i.e. a paradigm of three cases upon them : or it is three cases simply, quod melius.

a: om. MS.; the glossator explains the MS. text

b: MS. aucsu, with i written over the former u. Aicsu (from *ad-gustio) may be the verbal noun of ad-giisim, but in 148* 12 ucu, cf. Wb. dO^ 23

c: MS. inthinxcann with punctum delens over h

d: rectius rombd, but cf. Sg. S*> 15, 45" 1, 50» a, 68" 9

e: leg. infinitum

f: the second i superscribed

[ 159 ]qui coniungitur* genetiuo casui^" articuli apud Graecos, nos utimur

in 'di' terminatione"...'legendi,^ 'toO dvayvaxTreov'^^'^ ' kol 'tov ava- yivcoaKeiv^^' . . koI Wov avayivaxTKeadat,^*.' luuenalis in I :

Plurimus hie aeger moritur uigilando, sed ilium ^'
Langorem peperit cibus imperfectus.

...ut 'legendo^*' avayvcocrreo)^" koX ev tm avayivoxTKeiv'^^^ koI 'iv tc3 P* 149a avTiyivo)(rKea6at^^^.' uerbo enim separata praepositio per appo- (^- P- ■*10) sitionem^ praeponi non potest. In 'do' quoque terminantia^ inueni- untur ante se habentia separatam praepositionem. ,..nec genera lo discernunt nee numeros, quod suum est* infinitorum uerborum... 'intellegendi Homerum* causa uenio'.,.quamuis rarus sit huiuseemodi p. 149b construetionis usus'. A caeteris uero neutris^ et a deponentibus (i. p. 411) gerundia quidem eandem habent^ signifieationem, quam et uerba...

Quid enim est 'uenatum*' aliud nisi 'ad uenandum'? ...quern- (i, p. 412)


9. .i. dogenitin articuil adcomaltar ingerind in • di • ardoellatar P. 148 b articuil leosom is genitiu articuil iai-um tov masu- to file iarnachul-^ continued 10. .i. ut est huius, api^d nos genitiuus articol^ tov dano apwd graeeos 11. .i. uan gerind indi 12. .i. teora greca mso dondi as legendi • 13. .i. a^rec anisiu intan aramberar ciall 20 hretktQ gnima ass • 14. .i. a^rec anisiu intan arambeiar ciall chesta ass • ut paulo post dicet • 15. .i. dered fersa 16. ^rec coil driicol^ 7 remsuidigud 17. ciall nominis 18. .i. ciall gnima 19. ce'sad

1. .i. trechomaisiiddis 2. .i. do denom anma diih insin p. 149 a 253. sainred 4. .i. fn dinsid fogniinbriathar asberr inteWigo • reliqua 5. .i. ara forcmatis intuisel sainredach innahrethxe huambiat ■

1. .i. pasiuis 1 6 neuturgnim^ -fir neutor tmmurgu nabiiathra P. Udh remeperthi 2. .i. sens saichdetath^ 3. .i. am as uenatum


9. i.e. to the genitive of the article is joined the gerund in -di, for P. 148 b 30 with them articles are declined. Now tov is the genitive of the article, if continued it is TO that is behind it. 10. i.e. as with us huius is the genitive of the article, so with the Greeks is tov. 11. i.e. from the gerund in -di. 12. i.e. these are three Greek words for legendi. 13. i.e. this is its Greek when the meaning of an active verb is expressed by it. 14. i.e. 35 its Greek is this when the meaning of a passive verb is expressed by it, as he will say soon. 15. i.e. the end of a verse. 16. Greek with an article and a preposition. 17. meaning of a noun. 18. meaning of action. 19. passion.

2. i.e. that is to make a noun of them. 3. special. 4. i.e. P. I49a 40 with an accusative the verb intelligo is construed, etc. 5. i.e. that they should preserve the special case' of the verb from which they are.

1. i.e. passives, or from a neuter action: true neuters, however, are p. 149 b the verbs aforesaid. 2. i.e. sense of striving towards. 3. i.e. the word venatum.

a: MS. ANAfNCOTeOY

b: MS. ANAfNOCTea)

c: MS. ANAflNOCKeiN

d: MS. ANTiNcoCKAiceAi

e: for the genitive sg. articuil

f: over con articol caue is written in the same hand

g: leg. neutxxTgnim

h: gen. sg. of saichdetu, cf. Sg. 214*' 1, saichdetu dochum luic

i: i.e. the case which the verb governs

[ 160 ]ammodum propria nomina ciuitatum^ quae cum 'ad locum' signifi-

cant, carent praepositione. Visionem"^ tam ex actione quam ex pasione® potest fieri. ...communem habent significationem ab actiuis uel communibus nata, ut 'oratum'...'oratu'...idem enim significamus". 5

...ut 'curritur a me^' pro 'curro'... Hoc autem interest inter (i. p. 413) infinitum pasiuum et infinitum, qui fit ab impersonalibus, quae nascuntur a uerbis actiuis, quod infinitus passiuus uerbo eget solo ad perfectam significationem'^...

Cum enim tempus fluuii more instabili uoluatur cursu, uix lo (I. p. 414) punctum habere potest in praesenti^, hoc est instanti. Similem huic uim habeut etiam uocatiua^, ut 'Priscianus uocor, nominor, noncupor, appellor.'

Alia autem uerba praesentis^ . . inter praeteritum et futurum sunt, exempli causa, si incipiam uersum aliquem scribere et dicam 15 'scribo uersum,' dum adhuc ad finem eius non peruenerim et cum pars eius sit iara scripta, pars autem scribenda*. Ergo praesens tempus hoc solemus dicere, quod contineat et coniungat quasi puncto aliquo" iuncturam praeteriti temporis et futuri nulla intercesione (i. p. 415) interueniente^...ut" si in medio uersu dicam 'scribo uersum'...


4. .1. analo^ia laissem anisiu dothaidbse cheille saichdetath^ is- ingerind • > 5. .i. ani as uisionem .i. uisio 6. .i. is cummae adcither nech 7 add • 7. ata dano linni insin .i. dede doairbeirt agennd'^ gnimo et coitchin • >

1. .i. is follus gnim et persona hi • curritur iartormuch pro- 25 nominis ama as follus hi curro • 2. .i. ar ni ecen dechor fri cesad donaib hi bite hiXaneutur •

1. [in marg.] Samlaid^ som hie tra praesens temptts fri pone bis etir dason nand mmda sin abrig • sic praesens iiiter p/'aeteritum et futwrum • > 2. .i. torand hifrecndairc indib cadesin 7 folud 30 tairismech 3. .i. cen mitha sum et uocatiwa 4. .i. biid 5. ni maa sin abrig 6. ni bi ni etarro 7. amal


4. i.e. he has here an analogy to shew the sense of aiming at in the gerund. 5. i.e. the word visionem, i.e. visio. 6. i.e. 'tis equally that one is seen or (lit. and) sees. 7. that then we have, i.e. to 35 express two things by the gerund of an active and a common verb.

1. i.e. manifest in curritur is action and person after adding a pronoun, as is manifest in curro. 2. i.e. for to those which are from a neuter there is no need to be distinguished from the passive.

1. here then he likens the present time to a point which is between 40 two sounds — that it is of no more account than that. So is the present between the past and the future. 2. i.e. a signification in the present in them themselves and a constant® meaning. 3. i.e. besides sum and vocativa. 4. i.e. is (to be written). 5. it is of no more account than that. 6. nothing is between them. 7. as. 45

a: leg. Visio enim

b: gen. sg. of saichdetu, cf. Sg. 214" 1 : saichdetu dochum luic

c: Ms. ageriind, with punctum delens under the first i, Windisch ; but according to Thurneysen it is rather a mark of length over i of gnimo

d: elsewhere in the glosses the present indicative of this verb is deponent

e: tairismech the opposite of nephthairisviech which is used to render instans (tempus)

[ 161 ]Ex eo...nascitur plusquamperfectum, si inueterauerit^ res a nobis P. I5la

perfecta.

Sciendum tamen, quod Romani praeterito perfecto . . in re modo completa^ utuntur... Sed sicut apud illos [scil. Graecos] 5 infinitum tempus'^" adiectione rod 'dprc' aduerbii top irapaKeifievov, id est adiacens tempus^ tov'^ he 'TrdXac' top vTrepavvTeXiKov, id est (i. p. 416) plusquamperfectum, significat, sic apud nos hoc, id est praeteritum perfectum, potest et modo et multo ante intellegi perfectum'*. .. ...si uelimus explanandae quantitatis causa temporis' addere, ante ro quot dies uel annos, nee licet illi^ 'modo' uel 'nuper' aduerbia ad- P- I51b iungereS praeteritum uero perfectum ad manifestandam significa- tionem^ eget uel 'modo^' uel 'pridem'*' aduerbiis.

Futurum ex praesenti nascitur, quippe cum praesens medium sit" praeteriti imperfecti et futuri. . . .nam futuro quoque tempori cognatio 15 est cum praeterito perfecto quantum ad infinitatem temporis^ hoc (i- P- 417) est ad dopicTTOv. Idque ex participiis maxime est conicere', quae cum in praeterito tempore nou finiunt spatium temporis praeteriti, breue sit an longum... similiter in futuro... Sed quia ad praesens P. I52a quoque ei est cognatio^, fit etiam a praesenti futurum, ut 'amans 20 amandus'...

...'patruus amitta^' 'auunculus matertera'... Propria enim (i- P- 418) nomina non sunt naturaliter mobilia^, sed ex sese nascuntur... ...carent significatione definita^...


1. masenaigidir 2. statim factam 7 iamaforbo 2a. .i. P. I5la 25 multo au^e 3. .i. isi ind aimser ecrichdae asrhbiur frit 4. .i. ciall praeteriti plusquamperfec^i an^om" hisuidiu • > 5. .i. dothaidhse inna meite nammd

1. .i. aris Idn chidl inolfoirhthiu chene 2. .i. imfochroih hd P- 15lb chian 3. .i. 6 modo 4. .i. hua pridem 5. atd etarro zo itwinedon 6. A. ecrichdai an diis 7. isfollus dfin file choib- nius etir sec^madachte 7 ^oc^ochaide ex -participiis

1. .i. aris eter secAmadachte 7 ^ocfochaide atd 2. .i. aile P- lo2a mdthsiiT [in marg.] isidorus^ amitta soror patris qwasi altera mater 3. .i. comsreithson cenfodail ceniuil 4. erchintiu


2. done and after its completion. 3. i.e. this is the indefinite time P. 151 a which I mention to thee. 4. i.e. the sense of a preteritum plusquam perfectum, is there in this. 5. i.e. to display the quantity only.

1. i.e. for it is a full sense in the pluperfect without it. 2. i.e. P. 151b whether at hand or afar. 3. i.e. (has need) of modo^. 4. i.e. of ^o pridem^. 5. i.e. it is between them amidst. 6. Le. indefinite are the two of them. 7. it is manifest to us from the participles that there is an affinity between the past and the future.

1. i.e. for it stands between the past and the future. 2. i.e. a second P. 152a mother. 3. i.e. this (is) a construction without distinction of gender.

a: MS. TO

b: MS. ilia

c: = amisom, andsom ' therein ' : cf. Wb. 28"= 5.

d: cf. amita est soror patris, quasi alia mater, Is. Etym. Lib. ix. 6, 18.

e: Ir. aidlicnigur ' egeo ' is followed by d, e.g. Sg. 4" 10

[ 162 ]p. 152b ...'sisto^,' 'tollo/ 'fero' . . Ennius in annalium XI:

(i. p. 419)

Missaque per pectus, dum transit, striderat^ hasta.

(i. p. 420) ...uerba, quae uel literarum inconsonantia' uel* regularum quibusdam rationibus impediantur. . .

Item impersonalia uerba quae ex se nascuntur, deficiunt per 5 tempus futurum in modo infinito...

...prima positio uerbi, quae uidetur ab ipsa natura^ esse prolata, in (i. p. 422) hoc est modo, quemammodum in nominibus est casus nominatiuus, et quia substantiam sine sententiam sine essentiam rei significat^ quod in aliis modis non est. ...inter aduerbia magis ponenda *° [scil. infinita] censuerunt, quod* nee numeros nee personas.,.habent... P. 153b Sed haec postea reputentur"^ nunc hoc sufficiat ostendere, non bene ab infinitis quosdam^ coepisse, ...sicut et praesens tempus ideo aliis praeponitur temporibus^ et primum optinet locum, quod in ipso sumus, dum loquimur de praeterito et futuro — , et quia ad praesens ^5 praeterita et futura intelleguntur*...et quod praeteritum non potest (I. p. 423) esse, nisi quod fuerit prius praesens^ Futuri autem uox sine signifi- catione esset, nisi cogitantibus {.i. nobis] et notionem sumentibus ex praesenti uel ex praeterito*. ...ista sine illis potest inueniri, cum secum aliquis loquitur", illae autem sine ista non inueniuntur ; et 20 quod causa naturaliter ante causatiua...esse solet^ ...et quod qui agit incipit*, sequitur autem qui patitur...

...subiunctiuus, qui cum diuersas habeat significationes, non ab


1. dodiut uirgiliawwm" 2. cichnaigistir 8. dndneph- chomfogur 25

1. .i. impersonali nad Mat huabrethir ut poenitet pudet reliqua 2. gnimo primae persowae 3. slond gnimo hirec^ dogni indidit 4. .i. ol

1. .i. adrimfiter 2. ani 3. .i. cid arinfrecfidairc his resecAmadachtu anisiu infecht so 4. .i. robatar et biet hifrecAdsiirc 30 5. .i. robu freciidairc riavtx 6. .i. oid airi rolaad fodead 7. .i. lais feisin cen acaldaim nach aili 8. .i. isi as causa aliarwm 9. .i. istoisigiu ingnim fornech


3. from the inconsonance.

1. i.e. impersonals which are not from a verb, as poenitet etc. 35 2. of the action of the first person. 3. it is the signification of the act simply which the indicative does.

1. i.e. they will be reckoned. 2. that (which)*. 3. i.e. this is now even for the present which is before the past. 4. i.e. they have been and they will be in the present. 5. i.e. it has been present 40 formerly. 6. i.e. so therefore it has been put at the end. 7. i.e. by himself, without conversing with any other. 8. i.e. this is the causa aliarum. 9. i.e. the action on any one is earlier'.

a: om. MS.

b: reete refutentur

c: cf. Sg. 143" 1

d: cf. p. 63 note b, and Cormac s.v. taurthait

e: the reference of this gloss is not clear

f: cf. Sg. 209'* 12

[ 163 ]una earum, sed a constructione nomen accepit^, ueluti denominatiua, P. 154a

quae diuersas habentia significationes generale tamen nomen mul- tarum specierum sibi defendunt^ ...nisi quid^ impedimento (i. p. 425) fuisset...

IMpersonale uerbum suae cuiusdam significationis*. ..

Sopina. . .nomina uidentur esse, quae tamen loco infinitiuorum P. I54b ponuntur^.. ...indubitabilia* nomina^...

...ut inchoatiua...quae plerumque a neutris absolutam uel intrin- P. 155a secus natam significantibus passionem, quam Graeci avToirddeiav^ (i- P» 427) lo dicunt, diri vantur. . . . ' hio hisco "... (i. p. 428)

...'sciscitor^ sciscitaris'.. . ...'noto notas,' in quo similiter P. 155b est notandum, quod, cum a noto fit diriuatum^ corripuit tamen (i. p. 430) paenultimam. ...'traho tracto^,..'dico dicto^'; sed si quis attentius (^- P- ^31) inspiciat, non penitus absistunt" neque haec a priraitiuorum signifi- es catioue.


1. .i. ni oin innanilchial techtas arroet ammnigud^ acbt P- I54a isuabuith ifoacomol oc lathur thestimin 2. .i. each gnuis nad techta ainm sainredach 3. .i. ni 4. .i. slond gnimo centorant persine

1. .i. dialuc'^ fadesin t doluc infinite- reliqua- 2. .i. nifil F.15ih chumtubairt ata nanmman sidi

1. an • aito^ dondi as nsitsim 2. [marg. 1.] Probws* dtct't EST P. I55a praeterea hio bias ex quo iteratiuum figurate didmus • hiato • tas^ incho[a]tiuum uero hisco -scis- sed quanqitam ita e^se habet tamen 25 plus ines^e uidetwr in eo quod est hiscere quam hiare • hiat enim qui ore patet uelnt oscitat quod in rehus factis animaduerti potest hiscere uero incipere loqwi • illud praeterea libuit ncwnullis animad- uertere quod actiuis non nulla figurata inchoatiua reperiuntwr esse pasiua quale est gelo • as • at • cum inchoatiuuw gelasco facit quod 30 pasiuum' est enim incipio gelare item est idem cum est lento • as • unde 7 niTgilius lentandus remits in unda ex hoc inchoatiuum (l)entasco facit (i)dem uirgilius • sed (pi)cis i?i morem (ad d)egitos len(tescit) haben(do) . .tar ethirche . . . bednae . . . utius ...ch{V) lapro tmrnurgu . . .

1. .i, ondi as scisco file ondi as^ scio • 2. .i. ondi as notus P- 155b 3. imradim 4. .i. doerdechtim 5. .i. nidechrigetar


1. i.e. it is not from one of the many meanings which it possesses P- 154 a that It has received (its) appellation, but from its being in subj unction in arranging the text. 2. i.e. every species which has not a special 40 name. 3. i.e. something. 4. i.e. expression of action without denoting person.

1. i.e. to their own place or to the place of the infinitive. 2. i.e. P. 154b there is no doubt that these are nouns.

1. the avTo- from natam. ^' 155 a

1. i.e. from scisco, which is from sdo. 2. i.e. from notus. P. 155b 5. i.e. they do not differ.

a: MS. indabitalia

b: MS. aimnigud

c: cf. Sg. 28" 4

d: this indicates that the gloss was written on a text which had the variant ahoTddeiav

e: Hertz seems to think that this was the Probus who died a.d. 859

f: leg. passiuum est?

g: om. MS.

[ 164 ]...a rege^ 'regno*... Apud Latinos autem dignitatum nomina

(i. p. 432) pleraque ex uerbis uel nominibus nascuntur, quae faciunt uerba'*, ut P. 156b 'consul' a consulendo'... A uilico^ etiam 'uilico' uel 'uilicor' (i. p. 433) dicebant antiqui. ...ab unda^ 'undo, abundo, inundo'...a mare* (i. p. 434) uel marito 'marito maritas'... Artium uero nomina^ tarn apud 6 Graecos pleraque quam apud nos omnia post uerba naturaliter sunt accipienda. 'Doceo' post 'doctor', ..'suo' post 'sutor"'... Nomina' quoque, quae ex ipso actu® agentibus^ imponuntur, ex uerbis nomina, non ex nominibus uerba perficiunt...

...apud Romanes uero semper intrinsecus fit declinatio^, id est in lo (i. p. 436) ipsa iunctura sequentis uerbi^ uel post eam, 'conficio confeci'... (i. p. 437) Et illud quoque sciendum, quod principalem lyteram, quancunque habuerit positio uerbi, in suo loco seruamus* per omnem decliua- tionem, ut 'amo amaui'...

Quaeritur in compositis uerbis, cur, cum saepe in praesenti i5 corrupta sit aliqua pars compositionis, in praeterito Integra inuenitur, ut 'perficio perfeci'... Excipitur 'alteruter alterutrius,' quod cum in nominatiuo ex duobus integris sit, in genetiuo non est, nam 'alteriusutrius' esset*... ...sicut et 'quicquam' cuiusquam®' et 'idem eiusdem.' Euphoniae causa tamen haec fieri manifestum est^... 20

Apparet ergo ex hoc^ quod compositio huiuscemodi uerborum,


1. .i, ondi as rex 2. .i. tecmaing dano huith briatha,r huadib sem ut uilico ondi as uilicus • 3. ondi as consulo 7 reliqua sic

1. .i. uandi as uilicus .i. rechtaire 2. .i. huandi as unda • 3. .i. ondi as mas .i. fer 4. .i. dana .i. anmman arafdimtar 25 didanaib ut doctor de doctrina • - 5. .i. cairem^ 6. .i. doberr P. 157b ainm ndoib dingnim gnite 7. .i. donaibhi gnite

1. .i. is immeddn dognither infilliud nifodeud 2. .i. inna rainne dedenchm wcAomsuidigthi*' 3. .i. indliter huatinscana inchetna persan isuadi dano intinscanat inna aimsir^ olchence 30 4. .i. mad odib nogaib 5. .i. anog 7 6g 6. dandg 7. ishe inso tuasolcud indimchomairc asrubart riam 8. .i. as causa euphoniae immefolngai andliged sin


1. i.e. from rex. 2. i.e. it happens then that verbs are (derived) from them as villico from villicus. 3. from consulo etc. .^5

1. i.e. from villicus 'steward.' 2. i.e. from unda. 3. i.e. from mas a male. 4. i.e. of arts, i.e. names which are assumed from arts, as doctor from doctrina. 6. i.e. a name is given to them from the deed which they do. 7. i.e. to those that do.

1. i.e. the flexion is effected internally, not at the end. 2. i.e. 40 of the final part of the compound. 3. i.e. the letter in which the first person (of the present) begins, is also that in which the other tenses begin. 4. i.e. if it were from two integers. 5. i.e. a non-integer and an integer. 6. two integers. 7. this is the solution of the question which he has previously put (Quaeritur in compositis etc.). 45 8. i.e. that it is the causa euphoniae that causes that law.

a: recte Omnia

b: pl. cairemain LL. 29» 28

c: the former h is expressed by the usual mark of aspiration over the c

d: Or can aimser 'tense' have had the plural aimsir, as persin from persan?

[ 165 ]quae non eosdem modos compositionuin per omnia seruant temporal

per singula separatim fif . Nam cum soleat plerunque" compositio a correptam uel in e correptam uel in i conuertere per quaecunque tempora...'mano^ permano'...'pareo reperio' — ueteres enim et 'pario' ^- l^^a 5 quarta coniugatione declinabanf*... In praeterito uero perfecto et (^- P- ^^®) plusquamperfecto cum simplex uerbum e longam habeat, non potest (^" P' ^^^) compositio eam commotare*, ut 'egi exegi'... Nam non possumus dicere*, quod i breuis, quae est in praesenti tempore, conuertitur in e longam in praeterito...

...'cogens coactus,' 'subigens* subactus,' 'exigens exactus.' Haec P- I58b enim omnia cum in praesenti extremam partem... corniptam habeant^, in praeterito integram habent.

Anomala quoque uerborum id possunt ostendere^, quae sine dubio per singula tempora siue etiam personas componuntur... Idque «5 ita esse confirmat Appollonius^...docens...immobilem figurationis iuncturam manere, et separatim confirmans^ componi to^ ' KaTaypdcfxo' Koi 'KaTiypa<l)ov'...et his similia, quaecunque habent intus® declina- tionem, hoc est post praepositionem . . .

Possumus tamen, quod illi de uerbis intrinsecus^ habentibus (i. p- 440) 2o declinationem dicunt, nos quoque etiam de nominibus huiuscemodi


9. .i. niforcmat din chomsuidigud treanuili aimsera, ut efringo P- 157b efractus 10. .i. etarscartar connabi oin cAomsuidigud 11. .i. '^°^^^'"'^^^ issed andliged dogi'es manifoired causa eupkoniae

1. .i. dolinim 2. ,i. nib'^ machdad lat reperio dobuith for P. 158a 25 quartcobedin cesu c^o?nsuidigthe huandi aspario arcid pario reliqua 3. .i. ar isfrisasechmodachte dotet mcomsuidigud** 4, ar is yHsasecAmadachte® dodechuid iwcomsuidigud*

1. .i. agens dedenach didiu an agens dondi as sub ut subigens • P. 158b 2. .i. incomsuidigud fricach naimsir 3. .i. demnigid appollonius 30 rongab andedese /orbriathra,ih 7 reliqua 4. .i. comsuidigud fricach naimsir 5. .i. himmeddn 6. .i. med andiall nin- medonach laisem infilliud {him)m(e)don innabrethre


9. i.e. they do not keep one compound through all their tenses, ut P. 157 b etc. 10. i.e. they are separated, so that there is not one compound, continued 35 11. i.e. this is always the rule unless the causa eupkoniae should operate.

2. i.e. do not wonder that reperio is of the fourth conjugation p. i58a although it is compounded of pario, for even pario etc. 3. i.e. for it is with the preterite (egi) that the composition occurs. 4. for it is with the preterite that the composition has occurred^.

1. i.e. agens: agens, then, is the last to sub, as subigens. 2. i.e. the P. 158b composition with every tense. 3. i.e. Apollonius affirms that these two are on verbs. 4. i.e. composition with every tense. 5. i.e. in the midst. 6. i.e. this is what he deems the internal declension, the flexion in the midst of the verb.

a: MS. snbigo

b: MS. componit o

c: MS. nimb

d: MS. inchoms^

e: i • MS. is ar isfrisasech"

f: inckoms; with puncta delentia over and under h

g: cf. Sg. 158» 3

[ 166 ]dicere, quod per singulos casus fit compositio eorum... Quod

autem non est nominatiuorum proprium"...

. . .in compositione extremam partem sibi defendit ipsum uerbura*. . .

a Ideo autem praepositiones compositae quidem cum uerbo in- ueniuntur, nunquam autem separatae per appositionem^, quia uerba per omnes personas in omni tempore nominatiui casus uim habent", (I. p. 441) cui soli possunt coniungi. ...sed non possunt participia componi, nisi per nominatiuum casum'... Ergo 'doctificus,' id est 'doctum faciensV in uim nominum transtulit participia...

...'penulatus"...

...a capillo intonso^ 'capillatus'...a cirro" 'cirratus' a pilo (i. p. 442) 'pilatus^'...a dentibus 'dentatus^'...a Cerere 'cerritus"...

Consonantibus in his uerbis, quae ^apvrova^ appellant, hoc est ante finem habentia accentum^... 'Coniugatio' autem nominatur. ..quod una eademque ratione declinationis plurima con- iugantur uerba'...

Per ordinem igitur uocalium locum singulae* optinent apud nos. P. 160b ...aopKTTov, hoc est praeteritum infinitum spatio temporise., (i. pp. 445, Nam 'amaui' 'ire^LXrjKa' koX ' icjitXrjaa^' significat2...plerumque in t5 446) 'pgj' facimus^ praeteritum perfectum


7. .i. ni leo anoinur 8. .i. hi cumscaigthetaid

1. .i. tr^chomaisndis 2. air intan nolabrither incetni persin t intanaisi doadbit ainm hi suidiu • > 3. .i. is airi ni ta^t" com- suidigud yW ra wgabail huare as coibnesta dobrethir ar is lour com^uidigud frisuidi airbid comsuidigud etarscartha comsuidigud 25 1. 5 i. mong rangab^lae 4. .i. huare nad comsuidigther inte feisne casaldae .i. penula 6. .i. imlebor 7. Icidorus^ cirus } gibnoB

1. .i. gaide 2. daintech^ 3. caichen 4. .i fine • 5. .i. awal rongab indosa indrong briatharde tonise in • as • 6. .i. coniugationes .i. ord gutte fit foraib

1. .i. tintiXd inna grece insin 2. .i. confil linni hisind din secAmadachtu afile leosum indib «ecAmadachtib 3. dogniam dm ni bi in ^ersine 30


7. i.e. it does not belong to them alone. 8. i.e. in mobility.

2. for when thou sayest the first person or the second thou shewest 35 a noun herein. 3. i.e. this is why composition does not occur with a participle, because it is akin to a verb : for composition with this is sufficient, for composition of a participle will be separated composition. 4. i.e. since it is not compounded into itself. 6. i.e. very long.

4. i.e. it is not in the end. 5. i.e. as for example now the verbal 40 group of the second person in -as. 6. conjugations i.e. (it is) the order of the vowels (a e i) which is in them.

1. i.e. that is the interpretation of the Greek. 2. i.e. so that we have in the one preterite what they have in two preterites. 3. we indeed make. 45

a: MS. BApflTONA

b: irc^iSe km Te<f>iav<ra

c: cf. Sg. 158»3, 4

d: unde et cirri uocantur quod etiam iidem Graeci fiaWbv uocant, Etymol. Lib. XI. 1, 30

e: cf. dainthech (gl. rastros) Philarg. at Eel. iv. 40 (Bibl, Nationale, MS. lat. 11, 308, fo. 23"), and dantmir Lawa iv. 176, 4

[ 167 ]...de personis quod non omni uerbo^..adhaerent... P. I6la

. . .'meatim," tuatira '; quamuis enim" a singular! pronomine deriuantur, O- PP- '**7, indeferenter tain singulari quam plurali numero uerborum coniun- ' guntur... Nomen tameu et participium in omni casu tertiae sunt 5 person ae' absque uocatiuo...

Sunt igitur personae uerborum tres. ...tertia, de qua extra se* et illam, ad quam derigit sermonem, posita loquitur prima, ut 'dicit dicunt.' Et prima quidem et secunda uerborum personae p. leib finitae sunt, praeseutes enim demonstrantur^ , . ...tertia^ uero lo etiam nominibus, quae per se tertiae personae sunt^...

In imperatiuis prima persona singularis non potest esse, quod (i. p. 449) naturaliter imperans ab eo, cui iraperat, diuiditur^ Itaque quae Latini in plurali numero imperatiua primae personae accipiunt, haec Graeci vnoOeTiKa uocant, id est suppositiua® sine hortatiua*. Dicunt 15 enim, quod superior debet ostendi' qui imperat eo cui imperat, hie autem suam quoque coniungens personam^ similem se sociumque in hac ipsa re, de qua imperat, ostendit futurum illis quibus imperat, ut 'pugnemus,' 'legamus,' quasi ad socios uidetur hoc modo uti^ Itaque" melius illis uisum est hanc personam numeri pluralis


1. .i. ni do each brethir teeming persona ut impersoMa^m 7 p. leia in^mtiui 7 gerundia 2. .i. is airi asbiur nitechtat arim 3. .i. in immognom 4. .i. cen intertpersin ni hi ade hifrecndairc

1. .i. tres innimmocaldaim^ frecndskirc 2. .i. in immognom P. 161b tlfrie 3. .i. aisndeis eciidairc indib huilib 4. .i. issain inti forcongair^ 7 inti forsaforcongara,T 5. airindi fondasuidigedar hicummato'^ lasinni forsaforgair sech ba huaisliu inti forchongair iamaicniud • • 6. .i. ni forgave amaX sodain acht is nertad 7. .i. mad iamaicniud 8. .i. noch ni ed on bis hiforg^vm 30 9. ,i. ni arddu feisin quam ac^oc^le 10. .i. dindi atacomla 7 nud soiriu each


1. i.e. not to every verb does a person happen, as impersonals and P. 161a infinitives and gerunds. 2, i.e. therefore I say they have no number. 3. i.e. in construction. 4. i.e. without the third person ; it is not 35 present.

1. i.e. through the present mutual colloquy. 2. i.e. in construe- P- 161b tion with it. 3. i.e. expression of the absent*^ in them all. 4. i.e. difierent is he that orders and he that is ordered. 5. because it {supponit) puts itself on an equality with him whom it orders, though he 40 that orders were naturally the superior. 6. i.e. it is not a command then, but it is an exhortation. 7. i.e. if it be according to nature. 8. i.e. but it is not this that is in a command. 9. i.e. he himself is not higher than his comrade. 10. i.e. since it joins itself and is not nobler than anyone (else).

a: the letter next before d is somewhat doubtful. AscoU and Thurneyseu read it fts c

b: recte forchongair

c: leg. hinimmat, cf. Ir. Texte in. 263, LL. 69»' 14

d: Ut. an absent declaration

[ 168 ]separare ab imperatiuis. Sciendum tamen, quod frequentissime iste

modus pro optatiuo ponitur uel deprecatiuo, ut:

Mussa, mihi causas* memora", quo numine laeso,

Ergo si ad deos...imperatiuo utiraur modo^^ cur non etiam ad socios. . .quamuis maiores nobis. . .hoc modo. . .utamur ? 5

At tuba terribili sonitu taratantara^ dixit...

(i. p. 450) ...ut^ etiam apud Graecos ai^e 6(f)daX/x6<;^, eKXaj^av 8' ap"" oiaroL

'Pluit' et 'tonat' et 'fulminat'...proprie quidem ad tertiam dicuntur personam, possunt tamen etiam in prima inueniri persona et secunda per poetarum TrpocrcoTroTrotla?^', id est conformationes, uel xo per responsa dei et per apostrophas^, quasi ad ipsum louem praesentem®...

...'ipsi' uero et 'isti' et 'illi' datiui singulares et nominatiui plurales — , in uerbo nunquam hoc inuenitur apud Latinos*, quamuis apud Graecos in multis, ut ervTrrov^ tam singulare est primae 15 personae quam phirale tertiae praeteriti imperfecti...

Earum ergo ahae in principio mouentur", ut...'mei tui sui'...in genera uero et in numeros et in casus transeuntia finem mouent...


11. .i. abamin fornaidminte^ ar ni reid aforgskxe isindea^ 12. .i. ni meite hid machdad^ forga,re form huare rhbis forgave 20 fordeib reliqua

1. .i. nomen de sono factum 7 niairecar naail do sed hoc tantum 2. .i. d*CMn^Mr .i. ad tertiam haec ue7'ba graeca as6eir sis 3. .i. intan labratar indfilid apersin innafidea dogniat primam 7 secundam in illis 4. .i. intan} dombeir indea aithesc trechomthoud talmaidech 25 5. .i. tonas aiddil - 6. .i. briathar^ do foirnded persin deirb bed choitchen iter huatha,d 7 hilsir 7. .i. tantum A. absce genere .i. nicumscichther dead nindib • nisi principium •


11. would that thou wouldst call to mind^: for in the case of a god it is not easy to command him. 12. i.e. not so very wonderful 30 would be command to them since there is command to gods, etc.

1. i.e. a noun made from the sound, and naught else is found to it, but only this. 2. i.e. these Greek verbs which he mentions below belong to the third. 3. i.e. when the poets speak in the person of the gods they make a first and a second in them. 4. i.e. when the god 35 gives an answer by a sudden apostrophe™. 5. i.e. tonas, O idol. 6. i.e. a verb to signify a certain person that is common both in singular and plural. 7. the end is not changed in them, nisi principium.

a: om. MS.

b: MS. o<f>€adafjios

c: MS. KOLay^av dapa,

d: MS. irpoffuiTroiroieias

e: MS. et evirTov

f: for-n-aith-mente

g: dea for dia, as in Sg. 53» 14, 60« 4, 66^ 24, 162« 3, 4

h: machdad seems out of place; the sense is complete without it: 'it is not much that it should be command etc' Perhaps machdad is an alternative to mSite. For m€ite see Vol. i. p. 549, n. e., J.S.

i: MS. intar domV

k: of. Sg. 207'» 14

l: MS. hreth"

m: Cf. Ml. 20*16, 53«: 14

[ 169 ]ut 'ille ilia illud^',..necnon etiam participia, quibus omnia fere P. I62b

accidunt tam nominibus quam. uerbis accidentia'^...

Praeteritura perfectum tres habet raotus...in principio et in(i-P-453) medio et in fine: 'caedo cicidiV 'cado cecidi'...

EXcipiuntnr 'fero,' 'uolo,' 'edo^' quae inaequalem habent decli- P. I63a nationem ... (i- p. 454)

...'nostras* ultima circumflexa quando est norainatiuus singularis ad differentiam pluralis accusatiui^

...'BiSw^ do^'...'7roy?*'.pos pes*.' Secunda autem per con- P. 163b lo cisionem i^ profertur tertiae personae singulari addita 'is'... (i. p. 455) Aliam quoque quidam rationem de hoc^ conati sunt reddere dicentes, (^- P- 456) quod imperatiuus modus necessitatem significat, uoluntas autera libera debet esse; itaque hoc uerbum, quod* carere debet necessitate, caret imperatiuo. Licet* tamen et subiunctiuo...uti pro impera- 15 tiuo', id est 'uelis/ 'fac uelis.' In prima enim et tertia persona omnium uerborum imperatiuus praesens similis est subiunctiuo^

Et praesentis quidem... causa est corruptionis secunda persona" indicatiui^.. Et 'uolim' tamen pro 'uelim' proferebant*.

...per sinarisin"*' e et i in 'ei' diphthongum coacta... Huic


1. .1. is din huatinscanat ni din hifoircniter • 2. .i. ha P. I62b immaircide cenobed indi incumscugud bis hicechtar dalino ar iscobnesta friu diblinaib • 3. .i. Conoscaigter atnur .i. is cumscugud lesom cid atormag •

1. .i. fobith ndd comtkoet -o in -is- 2. ondi as nostra p. 163 a 25 3. .i. dobiur 4. .i. 6 m e ondeni p^s

1. n-iuolitis 2. .i. iure .i. biiithe cen forngaHhid dondi as P. I63b uolo 3. ol 4. is dilniin 5. .i. indi as uolo 6. is immaircide cerube subiunctiwits pro imperatiuo (uia est cosmilius etarru hicUni persin tVair 7 hitertpersin hiter othsid 7 ilax hicach 30 coi6edin 7. uare as n drudlnide 8. roboi do insin 9. .i. treaccomol


1. i.e. it is with the same (letter) they begin, not the same wherein P. 162b they are ended. 2. i.e. it were meet that in it (the termination of participles) should be the change (lit. movement) which is in each of the 35 two, for it is akin to them both. 3. i.e. the three of them are changed (lit. moved), i.e. he considers even their increase a change.

1. i.e. because they do not convert o into is. 2. from nostra. P. 163a 4. i.e. o into e, so that it makes pes.

1. it is not volitis. 4. i.e. of void's, being without an imperative, p. I63b 40 4. it is permissible. 5. i.e. of volo. 6. it is meet that there should be the subjunctive for the imperative, because there is a likeness between them in the first person plural and in the third person, both singular and plural, in every conjugation. 7, because it is corrupt. 8. that it {volo) had.

a: MS. 5u«w

b: MS. xots

c: leg. corruptionis cormptio secundae personae, Hertz

d: leg. synaeresim

[ 170 ]opponitur*^": *cur ergo in prima persona, cum similis asset dubitatio,

hoc non est factum V Si enim 'eo' diceretur pro *edo,' nulla esset, non dico scripturae^ sed nee temporis differentia inter 'eo is' et 'eo' quod pro 'edo' poneretur^

. , anomalorum ratio coegit pluribus uti per medium^ uerbis... 5

...exceptis duobus : 'iuuo iuui,' 'lauo laui^' Et notandum est in omnibus uerbis disyllabis*, quibus interposita est consonans, quod, si pares sint in praeterito et in praesenti syllabae, paenultima... producitur...

Et in prima quidem coniugatione immobile principium manet^ lo in supra dicto tempore...

Nam 'absonus/ 'abstinens' et similia non in principio eadem {.i. in} syllaba" habent coniunctas b et s, cum praepositio separatim est syllaba accipieuda^

L manet per se*, ut *oleo olui'... i5

Sunt igitur formae generates praeteriti perfecti octo^: in 'vi' syllabam, 'ii,' 'ui' diuisas, 'si,' 'xi' et i antecedente consonante, quae in praesenti tempore ante o uel 'eo' uel 'io' inuenitur, et quae in principio geminat consonantem^ et quae in fine.

In 'ii' uero tertiae et quartae, quae in 'iui' desinentia intercepta 20 u consonante' corripiunt i peneultimam : 'cupiui cupii'...


10. .i. doherr dondligudso ifrithcheist .i. cur non fuit dechor inter primas persowas

1. .i. niedamdt 2. armedon

1. ar is coTYilunn in his 2. isnaib hi himbi oson ren

1. .i. aicned bis isinchetm persin in praesenit" is ed bis praeterito

1. .i. arciabeid • b hisuidib non in una syMaba atd • b • 7 s • 2. .i. is syllah foleith mrer?i,si«'digud 3. .i. sifeisine 7 ni bi ni tarahesi ar is feidligud disi diambe son 30

1. .i. oct ndelbce^ 7 oct ngnd cenMcha andsoui ■ setarmmorcenn^ immurgn reliqua 2. .i. ailigid gnei 7 ni hilaigedar tairm- moircniu anisiv 3. aetargabdl as ondbe and


10. (the question) is put to this law in opposition, i.e. why was there continued no difference between the first persons. 35

1. i.e. not only.

1. for in these (preterites) it is equals 2. in those (verbs) in which there is a consonant before o (in the pres. indie, act.).

1. i.e. the nature that is in the first person in the present 'ti.s this that is in the preterite, (marg. inf.) it is dark for me. 40

1. i.e. for although b be (as it is) in them, h and s are not in one syllable. 2. i.e. the preposition is a syllable apart. 3. i.e. it itself, and there is nothing in place of it, for it is permanence to it if that be.

1. i.e. eight paradigms and eight general forms in it : six termina- tions, however, etc. 2. i.e. this (kind of preterite) changes the form 45 and does not multiply the terminations. 3. the interception of it {v) from it {-ivi), so that it may not be there.

a: MS. apponitur

b: MS. ponetur

c: leg. in principio syllabae, Hertz

d: recta delba

e: nom. pi. neut. ; the word is both masc. and neut., of. Sg. 63" 3, 111» 3

f: cf. Sg. 48"5

[ 171 ]I habent post consonantem ante* o uel 'eo' uel 'io' praesentis

temporis'.,.

...in tertia uero hoc idem obseruatur^ in iis omnibus quae n on P. 167a • habent uocalem ante o, ut...'succino^ suecinui,' quod in secunda uel (i. p- 465) 5 quarta eoniugatione non potest inueuiri^ cum liaec i, ilia e semper habent ante o finalem. Nee mirum, cum solum hoc [sc. pono, posui] in 'no' dissinens et n in s mutauit* in praeterito et in 'ui' diiiisas* terminauit... In Graecis autem dictionibus sepe hoc' (i- p. 466) inuenitur: 'Menelaus,' 'spondeus'..

Et sciendum quod in his quoque' in 'eo' uel in 'io' desinentia P- I67b uerba una syllaba minuuntur in praeterito, ut 'sedeo, sedi'... (^- P- ^^'^)

...nunc separatim per singulas coniugationes de uariis eiusdem P- I68a temporis [sc. praeteriti perfecti] speciebus, cuius dificillima est (i- P- 468) tractatio omnium uerbi quaestionum^ disserere conemur.

Excipiuntur haec, quae in 'ui' diuisas faciunt praeteritum sub- tracta a^: 'domo domas domui'... Quod maxime ex compositis (i- P- 469) dinoscitur^.

Nam a 'circundo' 'circundas' facis, quia 'circum' et disyllabum P. I68b est et magis aduerbium 'Da' enim ubique ante finem corripitur^ (i- P- 471) 2o in hoc uerbo simplici, ut 'dS,turus, datum, ditu, dStor.' P- 169 a


4. .i. iarsin chonsin his suite 5. .i. inchonson^ ante • o • P- 166 a ,. ..,i .7- • / 1 r ■ ,-. continued rehqua isindjrecnaairc issi bis m praeterito

1. .i. imdugud una %ylaha 2. foacanim 3. forhart P. 167a secha/recndairc 4. .i. cid armad machdad anisin ol atd lee dano 25 aji ingnad so 5. airdiden gutce renalali

1. .i. forcomat osoin mdyrecndairc an^e • i • in praeterito p. i67b

1. .i. issed asdoirbeni de uerbo airli^ sechmadachti foirbthi p. i68a 2. asindsechmadsichtu riagoldu 3. .i. indagne forsinsech- madachtu iniia brethre diuite^

1. .i. isairi iscetna co6edne circundo p. lesb

1. acht^ rop reforciunn robbe da 7 nip he som bes forcenn is p. 169 a timmorte acht asringba oin syllsiih


4. i.e. after the consonant which is before (o etc.). 5. i.e. the p. I66a consonant before o etc. in the present, is that which is in the preterite. continued

1. i.e. redundance by one syllable. 3. increase beyond the p. i67a present. 4. i.e. why should that (the change of u to s) be wondered at since it has this marvel (the ending in w-i) 1 5. the lengthening of one vowel before another.

1. i.e. they keep the consonant of the present before i in the P. 167b 40 preterite.

1. i.e. this is the most difficult (part) of the verb, the treatment (?) of p. I68a the perfect preterite. 2. from the regular preterite. 3. i.e. the two forms of (lit. on) the preterite of the simple verb.

1. i.e, therefore circumdo belongs to the first conjugation. P. 168b

1. provided the da- (of dare, datus) be before the end, and it be not P. 169 a the end, it is shortened, provided it exceeds one syllable.

a: MS. disas

b: the h is expressed by an aspiration-mark over c

c: MS. hinfrec, with a punctum delens under h and d written over /

d: cf. Wb. 31« 7

e: gen. sg. fern, of the adjectival i-stem diuit

[ 172 ]'Mico' quoque 'micui mictum' debet facere. Sed dubitationis

causa^, quia 'mingo' quoque 'mictum' facit, in usu non inuenitur...

Virgilius . . in georgicon IIII^:

Quoque modo potis gauderent intiba^ fibris.

Cato in V Originum" : 'illi polliciti sese facturum omnia/ per 5 ellipsin^ 'esse' pro 'factum ire'...

. . si minuat praesentis syllabas praeteritum, necessario producit (i. p. 477) paenultimam.,.nisi sinacopam" patiatur ut ' cieo ciui/ et per syncopam 'cii'...

'Coniueo^'... Caluus 'coniuere^' infinitum secundum tertiam 10 (^- PP- ^'^^' coniugationem correpta paenultima protulit.

...propter 'latum catum^ fatum*^'...

...'ausim^' .. pro subiunctiuo 'audeam' , . inuenimus.

Rarissime tamen ab omnibus neutris secundae coniugationis, P. 171b quae in 'ui' diuisas faciunt praeteritum, inuenio uel huiuscemodi 15 (i. p. 483) sopinum'^ uel participium futuri... 'Si qua tamen inueniantur, i breuem ante 'tum' habent.

'Senesco^' enim inchoatiuum est. sicut et 'iuratus' tam (i. pp. 484, actiue quam pasiue^ profertur.

Iuuenalis in 1 : 20

et rubra deterges uulnera mappa^

'Mulgeo' quoque 'mulsi' facit, quamuis differentiae causa 'mulxi' quidam protulerunt, quia 'mulceo' quoque 'mulsi' faxjit. Sed Virgilius in III georgicon* :

Quod surgente die raulsere horisque diumis, 25
Nocte premunt.


2. arnaroib dubitatio

1. .i. in hairr thalma,n • 2. .i. tre erchra indi as • esse •

1. quia corripitit?' hi suidiu

1. fortiag 2. ondi asconiueo 30

1. catus .i. agree .1. ingeniosus

1. .i. rolldmar 2. .i. ni gndd gerind in tum reliqtia nachaili

1. huandi as seneo 2. .i. isindranvgahail adrodarcar an dedesin .i. gnim 7 c4sad quia fuit iuror apwc? antiqwos ut in an^e 35 dicit in participio 3. mantile [marg. 1.] lamhrat his targlii;ne 4. fobith noenaigedar acialla archinn


2. that there may not be doubt (as to the meaning of mictum).

1. i.e. the endives (?) 2. i.e. through ellipsis of esse.

1. because in it (the penult) is shortened. 40

2. from coniveo.

1. catus i.e. its Greek.

2. i.e. not usual is the gerund in -turn,, etc. 3. i.e. any others.

1. from seneo. 2. i.e. 'tis in the participle (iuratus) that these two things, i.e. active and passive, can be seen, because with the ancients there 45 was iuror, as he, Priscian, says below in dealing with the participle. 3. a napkin that is over the knees. 4. because he unites their meanings below.

a: MS. I

b: MS. de origenum

c: leg. syncopam

d: MS. "fatum' catum

[ 173 ]'Torsi' quoque et 'torsum' et 'tortum' facit, itaque 'tortores' et P- 172b

'torsores' dicuntur^ (i- P- ^87)

...'redoleo*'... 'Obsoleo^' 'soleo,' quod 'solitus sum' uel P- I73a 'solui' secundum Sallustium facit perfectum, qui in II historiarum (^- PP- 488, 5 ponit : 'neque subsidiis, uti soluerat, compositis*'...'ceno*'... ' Plautus : ^" P- ^^'

Domi* reliqui exoletam' uirginem,

id est, grandem, quae exoleuerat. ' Aboleo'...et 'abolui' et 'aboleui' facit praeteritum, unde et 'aboletum' et 'aholitum' et lo 'abolitio*" dicitur®. A 'deleo'...'deletum,' a 'delino^ delitum' nascitur*... ...letum^...

...'polluceo^ poUuxi.' P. I73b

Supine*' in 'ui' quidem diuisas facientia praeteritum** neutra (^- P- ^91) deficiunt...ut 'canui'... Nam a 'carui^' uel 'caritum' uel 'cassum' ^^- P- *^*^) 15 uidetur posse dici 'censui' ..'censumVquiain simplicidictione n antecedente s et t sine r sequi non possunt*. ...a'scripsi scriptum*' et 'nupsi nuptum,' quorum neutrum adhuc in usu non inueni®.

Artis Prisciani uiri eloquentissimi grammatici Caesariensis P. 174a doctoris urbis Romae Constantinopolitanae^ liber VIII. explicit. (i- p- 493) 20 ...'mingo^'... (i. p. 495)


1. .1. fobith rongab torsur» 7 tortum arecar dano torsor 7 tortor p. 172b nomtni* •

1. forbiur 2. sercim 3. arsolui hoc exemplum P. 173 a 4. aslennim} 5. forbartaig 6. .i. meincichthech^ 25 7, fosligim 8. .i. dothaidbsiu^ dechuir inso inter delitum 7 deletum 9. bds

1, dolinim 2. .i. is airi nithabur^ duit 6n 3. ni P. I73b censtum 4. cotecat immurgu diambe • r • ut monstrans 5. analo^rm c?owsorptum 6. .i. ni airecar nectar de

1. .i. indrom fil M cowstowtinopoil ar rohucad airechas innaromce P. 174a CO constantinopoil rucad rfano aainmui ■ - 2. munigim^


1. i.e. because there is torsum and tortum, there is also found torsor P. 172 b and tortor as a noun.

3. this example is for solui. 8. i.e. this is to shew the difference P. 173a 35 between delitum and deletum.

2. i.e. 'tis therefore I do not put it for thee. 3. it is not censtum. P. 173b 4. they (s, t) can do it, however, if there be r, as monstrans. 5. by analogy of sorptuvi. 6. i.e. neither of the two is found.

1. The Rome which is in Constantinople. Because the empire of P. 174a 40 Rome was brought to Constantinople, its name has been brought also,

a: om. MS.

b: MS. abolito

c: MS. sopina

d: om. MS.

e: for the construction cf. p. 84 note i

f: cf. asrollennad Ml. 124'» 17 ; but aslenaimm Sg. 54» 8, cf. 17* 1

g: formed from mencigur from menicc

h: MS. dothaibsiu

i: Here the 'aspiration' of t after ni points to an infixed neuter pronoun of the third sg. So in Sg. 179» 4, 207» 2, nithabur Sg. 179*2, 215» 8, 218» 8, nithechta Sg. 195" 4, ni choimnactar Ml. 19« 5. Otherwise where there is no such pronoun: nitabur Sg. 19" 2, nitechta Sg. 41" 3, nlcumcat Sg. 220» 7, nifndlat Sg. 197» 21

k: a denominative from mun 'urine,' cognate with Skr. mutra

[ 174 ]Sopinum uero ab eo [scil. inquio] non inueni nee quoque*

(i. p. 496) Solent ab eo nasci^

In 'gio' similiter^ producta antepaenultima et ablata o extrema (i p. 498) faciunt praeteritum perfectum...

..'linguo^ linxi'... 5

Excipitur 'rutum' uel 'ruitum/ quod^ u corripuit uel quod i P 176b seruauit. Et uidetur hoc per syncopam i uocalis in praeterito prolatum, 'erutus' pro 'eruitus,' ideoque tempus perfect! simplicis, quod habuit u ante i, seruasse^ ...'metutum uel metuitum' et 'plutum' a 'pluui/ uelut 'adiutum' ab 'adiuui^' debent facere, sed lo ea in usu non inueni.

...nunquam enim b ante s in principio syllabae potest inueniri, (i. p. 506) ut 'Pseudolus^' 'ipseV

...'dispisco^ dispiscui'...

...secundum rectam uero proportionem debent eorum quoque 15 p J g perfecta ab 'ascio' et 'descio^' esse. Sallustius tamen secundum / " gj^j^ analogiam : 'neque ex proelio inermes uiros quemquam agnotorumV Pacuuius*^ secundum utrumque^ protulit:

In turba Oresti cognita agn5ta est soror.

'Iuro' quoque 'iuratus' tam in actiua quam in passiua inuenitur 20 (i. p. 512) significatione Et haec quidem etiam iunioribus in usu manserunt, ilia uero obsoleuerunt^.. Sed eorum usus in libro, qui scriptus^'* est a nobis de participio, inuenies.


1. medi^aima irequentatiua -p&rticipia

1. /Wfodio oacomsMidigthib 25

1. Hgim^

1. ol 2. .i. angair roboi ^truitus fortchomi hi • rutus • ui • in ' tum in his c^ano

1. .i. ami si fit in his

1. .i. dechrigim 3°

1. .i. composita ondi as ■ scio 2. .i. riagol arside 3. .i. iarndligud^ arside iarsindligud dano fil hindiu •

1. .i. ciall chesto 7 gnimo and 2. .i. roseircset .i. nisfll hodie 3, 4. .i. scribend menmman .i. robbdi fora inndsliuchtsom


1. to /odio with its compounds. 35

1. i.e. the short which was in ruitus, is preserved in rutus. 3. ui in tum in these also,

1. i.e. for it (6) is not in these.

1. i.e. compounds from scio. 2, i.e. a rule of the ancients. 3. i e. according to a rule of the ancients and also according to the rule which exists to-day.

1. i.e. the meaning of the passive and the active in it. 2. i.e. they have become obsolete, i.e. they are not to-day. 3, 4. i.e. an intended writing, i.e. it had been in his mind.

a: leg. quae

b: MS. psedulus

c: MS. paucobias

d: Das Langezeichen ist zweifelhaft, Windisch; there is a short stroke over g, Thurneysen

e: MS. iardligud

[ 175 ]...'emungor' emunctus'.,. Gracchus pro se: 'Si nanciam^ populi P. 179a

desiderium, comprobabo^ reipublicae commoda? nam ab eo quod (i. pp-513, est'deficio"defectus'fit"participium praeteriti^ ...in'tum' tamen, ' non in 'ctum* faciunt supinura : 'commiriiscor commentum^'.., 5 Nam a 'reminiscor' supinura uel participium praeteriti uel futuri in usu non inueni*...

Inuenitur tamen etiam 'claudeo/ sed et 'claudo' pro 'claudico".'

'Excudit®' enim tam praesens quam praeteritum potest intellegi, (i- P- 515) sed quia 'suscepit' subiunxit, melius praeteritum intellegitur.

Et uidentur hi rationabilius protulisse, ne minorum sit temporum P. I79b praeteritum quam praesens ^ Caetera uero seruant n, ut 'pando (i- P- 517) pandi^'... 'Cado' quoque 'cecidi' facit, ne, si 'cadi' dicamus, nomen P. I80a esse putetur Virgilius autem ab eo, quod est 'adedor,' 'adessum' (^- P- 518) protulit in Villi : P- l^Ob (i. p. 520)

et postibus haesit adessis^^

Naeuius : (i- p- 522)

Tibi serui multi apud mensam astant, ille ipse astat, quando Sdit.

Non potest enim in hoc iambo paenultima syllaba longa esse, ut intelligatur praeteritum'^, ne sit scaton". Plautus^ in lipargo:

Nihil moror mihi fucum in alueo^, apibus qui perSdit cibum, corripitur enim paenultima.


5. .i. noraglantar p 178 b

1. tn mesorsa 2. isairi ni thabur son 3. tractad continued 4. ni thabur dit^ 6n 5. ar is gndthiu s6n 6. .i. ar ata p. 179a 25 secAmadachte nail and ideo praeteritum est ani as cudit

1. ar nab laigiu inaimserad praeteritum quam praeseus 2. .i. P. I79b cenmitha innahi thechtaite • u • t • i • an^e • n •

1. indtelchubi quia cadum fit P. isoa

1. eisib i loiscdib 2. .i. co asagnoither nand secAmadachte P. I80b 30 .i. huare as timmorte 3. .i. duo nomina^ unius uiri quod non bonum [in marg., without reference to text] i scaton .i. grec indi as (claudus) .i. do s..


1. shall I judge? 2. 'tis therefore I do not give it. 3. a P. 179a commentary. 4. I give not this to thee. 5. for this is more .^5 usual. 6. i.e. because there is another preterite there, therefore cudit is preterite.

1. that in marking temporality the preterite may not be less than the P. present. 2. i.e. except those that have w or i before n (e.g. tundo, findo).

1. of the cask, quia etc. p. 180 a

1. consumed or burnt. 2. i.e. so that it may be understood that p. I80b it is not a preterite, i.e. because it is short. 3. ie. the Greek of clatultLs.

a: om. MS.

b: Verg. Aen, ix. 537

c: leg. scazon

d: MS. albo

e: =deit or duit, cf. Sg. 173" 2

f: Scaton and Plautus

[ 176 ]Nam 'porrigo' et 'corrigo' et 'arrigo^' e in i conuertentia

(i. p. 623) aptissime seruant secundum proportionera simplicis declinationem.

Excipiuntur ex hoc composita-: 'negligo neglexi'... Sed (i. p. 524) antiqui ' pago^' quoque dicebant pro 'paciscor.' Varro in I humanarum : 'ut habent Parii . . ut quorum ophiogenistum"* arbi- 5 trantur subpositum esse in stirpe aliquem, si ammoueant", utpungat, colubra*'^; cum pupugerit, si de genere sit, uiuere*^, si non sit, mori/

Cum ei, qui nos pupugit, talionem®, id est uicem a nobis redditam ostendimus, 'repupugi*"' dicimus, quando uero de rationed P. 181b uel kalendario* loquimur, 'repunxi^"' dicimus. Ab 'ago' et 'frango' lo et 'lego' composita seruant simplicium praeteritum, ut ' exigo exegi'...'relego relegi/ quod differentiae causa^ non motauit 'le' in (i. p. 525) 'li'... ...'ringo^ rictum.' 'Ango^'...

...etsi non* seruant ubiqne eandem uocalem... ...'excello' uel P. 182a 'excelleo exculi' uel, ut alii, 'excellui/ quorum simplex in usu non rs (i. p. 527) est ...'excello, excelles'... Ex quo^ debet 'exculi' quoque esse praeteritum perfectum, sicuti 'percello perculi.'

A 'toUo' quoque defecit supinum, sed pro eo utimur 'sublatum^'

Sed Probus 'occini' quoque existimat posse dici, cum simplex (I. p. 629) 'cano cecini' faciat^.. ...'cerno^ creui.' Non solum enim 20


1. nifil rdthugud^ forsuidib 2. ni in gi/oidit asecAmadachte 3. ,i. comhad hosuidiu m?-um pepigi 4. t origenistum .i. hunadgein^ 5. ,i. mamlid atadaimet cia chrechtnigthi nathir mani eple de • 6. .i. innimthdnad .i. digal ind ancridi dogni nech frit 7. .i. adrogegonsa 8. De ratione .i. intan as conguin 35 dligid kuadligud ailiu sechih ed dliged s6n .i. forbrisiud dligid hua- dligud ailiu • i de kalendario .i. dliged rimce oc airli kal • reliqua 9. .i. dechaldigud • ut in horologio fit • 10. .i. adrothoirndius^ non repugi

1. frisa religo fil huandi as ligo oriug 2. gloidixn 30 3. doimvaurc 4. cenid

1. -i- tiihi cello t celleo 2. ondi as excello 3. ani^

1. .i. is imuiaircide fosodin 2. .i. cerno do/uismim


1. there is no guarantee (?) for these. 2. it is in -gi that they end (lit. send off) their preterite. 3. i.e. from this would be then pepigi. 5. i.a 35 thus they recognise them if a snake wounds him, if he dies not of it. 6. i.e. vengeance for the wrong that anyone does to thee. 8. De ratione i.e. when it is the violation (Hit. wounding) of a reckoning by another reckoning, whatsoever this reckoning is, i.e. the infraction of a reckoning by another reckoning. Or de kalendario i.e. the law of 40 calculating in settling (?)" the calends. 9. i.e. of keeping the calendar.

1. from religo, which is from ligo 'I tie together.' 4. though they do not (keep).

1. i.e. cello or celleo does not exist. 2. from excello.

1. i.e. it is fitting according to this. 45

a: recte ophiogenis cum

b: si ammoueant : leg. ei admouent

c: leg. colubram

d: MS. uiuimus

e: MS. repugi

f: cf. nirbo rom a rdthugud, LB. 29* 19, rhyming with bldthugud

g: as though origenistum contained origo ^ MS. adro thoirdius

h: in full aid as sublatum 'the word suhlatum' ^ cf. Sg. 168* 1

[ 177 ]TO ' Koa-KLVL^wv'^ Kpivo)' sic facit praeteritum, seel etiam cum pro

'uideo' accipitur^ ...'lino leui"... Terentius in heautonti- P. I83a morumeno^:

Releui"' dolia omnia, omnes serias.

Virgilins...in X ab 'obeor^': (i. p. 530)

Morte obita qualis fama est uolitare figuras,

...'sarpo*' 'sarpsi'... P. I83b

...'sero seras/ a sera obdita- natum', 'seraui' facit. (i. p. 532) 'Seui' uero secundum analogiam 'setum' debuit facere, sed 10 differentiae causa ueteres 'Setum' pro 'Zethum^' dicentes hoc P- I84a 'satum' pro